This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world's books discoverable online. It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you. Usage guidelines Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. We also ask that you: + Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes. + Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. + Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. + Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. About Google Book Search Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web at |http : //books . google . com/ HALL V. V/ILLIAMS oftbe \antvcr0it12 Of Mi0con0in z Oc Digitized byCjOOQlC Digitized byCjOOQlC The New Tinsmith's Helper and Pattern Book A TEXTBOOK AND WORKING GUIDE for the ambitious apprentice, busy me- chanic or trade school student, giving a practical explanation of the properties of circles, the mensuration of surfaces and solids, simple geo- metrical drawing, the forming of seams, laps and joints, and one hundred problems on the layout and cutting of Conical Vessels, Elbows and Pip- ing, Furnace Fittings, Ducts, Gutters, Leaders and Roofing, Tinclad Fireproof Doors, Cornice and Skylight Work; with ninety- two tables and many shop kinks, recipes, and formulas. By Hall V. Williams Fourth Edition New York U. P. C. Book Company 231-249 West 39th Street Nineteen Hundred and Nineteen Digitized by CjOOQIC Copyrighted 1917, 1920, BY XJ. P. C Book Company, Inc y Google 267112 JUN21 .Wb7 PREFACE For many years "The Tinsmith's Helper and Pattern Book" has been one of the most popular books on tinsmithing and elementary sheet metal work. It is to be found in the majority of the shops, because it explains the elements of pattern drafting and shows how the rules of mensuration are applied to the problems which come up daily. This New Helper is an outgfrowth of that practical guide. At first it was intended to merely revise the old book, but it soon became apparent that an entirely new treatment of the subject was necessary in order to cover the ground. This book is new with the exception of the chapter on Mensuration, which has been re-arranged and amplified, and possibly some fifty pages of problems and tables which are classi- fied according to the phase of the work they cover. The present work has 360 pages, 248 figures and 92 tables as against the 120 pages, 53 figures and 24 tables contained in the former^ work. The additional matter covers simple geometry and every phase of modern pattern cutting, irqm the making of every type of seam, lap and joint, to conical problems and tinware, elbows, piping, ducts, gutters, leaders, cornice and skylight work, and furnace fittings. The use of triangulation in the development of pattern problems is simply ex- ^ uyuzeuoy Google 4 PREFACE plained. Information is ^Isd includei on tin roof- ing, corrugated iron worlc, laying metal shingles^ tile, slate, etc! The chapter of tables contains practically all the data the sheet metal worker requires, from the weight of iron and steel, copper, brass and aluminiun sheets and bars, to the capacities of cylinders and rectangular tanks in U. S. gallons. Our Canadian and English friends will find complete tables of capacities based on their standard Imperial gallon. The metric equivalents of all our measures are also given. The chapter on Recipes and Formulas gives the mixtures for all the soft and hard solders, solder- ing fluxes, cements, putties, inks for making sheet metal work, rust preventives, etc. It is the belief of the editor and publishers that this handy little volume is the most complete text- book and guide for the apprentice or trade school student, as well as an upnto-date reference book for ihe mechanic and shop foreman. Anyone who fails to find the information which he thinks ought to be in the book will confer a favor by writing the pub- lishers. A more comprehensive treatment of the sub- ject is given in "The New Metal Worker Pattern Book," and "The Advanced Tinsmith's Helper, and Pattern Book'' just published. Digitized by CjOOQIC Table of Contents Chapter I pagb Mensuration i Chapter II Simple Geometrical Problems 20 Chapter III Conical Problems and Tinware 3ft Chapter IV Elbows and Piping 74 Chapter V * Furnace Fittings . . . . , 96 Chapter VI Leadeis and Gutters 119 Chapter VII Cornice Problems 146 Chapter VIII Skylights 168 Chapter IX Seams, Joints and Processes .186 Chapter X Roofing Slates and Tiles ......... 223 Chapter XI Handy Receipts and Formulas 229 Chapter XII Useful Tables 256 5 Digitized by CjOOQIC Digitized byCjOOQlC THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER CHAPTER I Mensuration Mensuration is that branch of mathematics which IS employed in ascertaining the extension, solidities and capacities of bodies capable of being measured. Definitions of Arithmetical Signs = Sign of Equality, and signifies as 4 + 6=10. + u Addition, " • as 6 + 6=12, the Sum. — ii Subtraction, " as 6 — 2= 4, Remainder. X it Multiplication, " as 8X3 = 24, Product. -f- tt Division, " as24-r-3 = 8. V u Square Root, " Extraction of Square Root. 6* u to be squared, " thus 8^ = 64. r u to be cubed, " thus 3" = 27. Digitized by Google 2 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER SURFACE MENSURATION The Square, Rectangle, Cube, Etc. 1. The side of a square equals the square rbot of its area. 2. The area of a square equals the square of one of its sides. 3. The diagonal of a square equals the square root of twice the square of its side. 4. The side of a square is equal to the square root of half the square of its diagonal. 5. The side of a square equal to the diagonal of a given square contains double the area of the given square. 6. The area of a rectangle equals its length multi- plied by its breadth. 7. The length of a rectangle equals the area divided by the breadth; or the breadth equals the area divided by the length. To Measure or Ascertain the Quantity of Surface in Any Right Lined Figure Whose Sides are Parallel to Each Other. Rule : Multiply the length by the breadth or per- pendicular height, and the product will be the area x)r superficial contents. Example: The sides of a square piece of iron are 9% inches in length, required the area of this sheet of iron. Ans. : Decimal equivalent to the fraction % = .875, and 9.875 X 9-875 = 97'Sy etc., square inches, the area. Example: The length of a roof is 60 feet 4 Digitized by CjOOQIC xMENSURATION 3 inches and its width 25 feet 3 inches ; required the area of the roof. Ans.: 4 inches = .333 and 3 inches = .25 (see table of equivalents), hence, 60.333X25.25 = 1523.4 square feet, the area; or, to convert back to feet and inches, 1523 square feet and 57^ square inches. Triangles 1. The complement of an angle is its defect from a right angle. 2. The supplement of an angle is its defect from two right angles. 3. The three angles of every triangle are equal to two right angles : hence the oblique angles of a right angled triangle are each other's complements. 4. The sum of the squares of two given sides of a right angled triangle is equal to the square of the hypothenuse. * 5. The difference between the squares of the hypothenuse and given side of a right angled tri- angle is equal to the square of the required side. 6. The area of a triangle equals half the product of the base multiplied by the perpendicular height of the triangle. To Find the Area of a Triangle When the Base and Perpendicular are Given. Rule: Multiply the base by the perpendicular height and half the product is the area. Example: The base of the triangle is 3 feet 6 inches in length and the height i foot 9 inches; required the area. Digitized by CjOOQIC -4 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Ans. : 6 in. = .5 and 9 in. = .75, hence, ^ = 3.0625 square feet, the area. To Find the Hjrpothenuse When the Base and Perpen- dicular are Given. Rule: Add the square of the base to the square *of the perpendicular and the square root of the sum will be the hypothenuse. Example : The base of the triangle is 4 feet and the perpendicular 3 feet ; required the hypothenuse. Ans.: 4^ + 3^ = 25, V 25 = 5 feet, the hypothe- nuse. To Find the Perpendicular When the Hjrpothenuse and Base are Given. Rule: From the square of the hypothenuse sub- tract the square of the base, and the square root of .the remainder will be the perpendicular. Example: The hypothenuse of the triangle is 5 'feet and the base 4 feet ; required the perpendicular. Ans. : 5^ — 4^ = 9, and V 9 = 3» the perpen- dicular. To Find the Base When the Hypothenuse and Perpen- dicular are Given. Rule : From the square of the hypothenuse sub- tract the square of the perpendicular, and the square root of the remainder will be the base. Example: The hypothenuse of a triangle is 5 feet and the perpendicular is 3 feet, required the .base. Ans.: 52 — 32 = 16 and V 16 = 4, the base. Digitized by CjOOQII^ MENSURATION 5 Polygons The side of any regular polygon multiplied by its apothem or perpendicular, and by the number of its sides, equals twice the area. To Find the Area of a Regular Polygon. Rule: Multiply the length of a side by half the distance from the side to the center, and that prod- uct by the number of sides; the last product wilt be the area of the figure. Example: The side of a regular hexagon is 12 inches, and the distance therefrom to the center of the figure is 10 inches; required the area of the hexagon. Ans. : — X 12 X 6 = 360 square inches = 2j4 2 square feet. To Find the Area of a Regular Polygon When the Side Only is Given. Rule: Multiply the square of the side by the multiplier opposite to the name of the polygon in the ninth column of the following table, and the product will be the area. Example: A hexagon side is 12 inches, required its area. Ans. : 12^ = 144 ; 144 X 2.598076 = 374.1229 square feet. Table of Angles Table of angles relative to the construction of Regular Polygons with the aid of the sector, and of coefficients to facilitate their construction without uigitized by Google « THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER it ; also, of coefficients to aid in finding the area of the figure, the side only being given. •8 Ntmee. Triangle 3 120 60 .288681.782 .5773 2. .433012 Square 4 90 90 .6 1.414 .7071 1.414 1. Tentagcm 5 72 108 .68S2 1 L6 .8606 1238 1720477 Hexagon 6 60 120 .866 1. 1. 1.156 2.598076 heptagon 7 513-7 1284-7 1.0382 .86721.152 1.11 3.133912 Octagon 8 45 135 1.2071 . 7664 1 . 30b5 1 . 08 4.828427 Nonagon 9 40 140 1.3737 .684 1.4619 1.06 6.181824 Decagon 10 36 144 1.5388 .618 1.618 1.06 7.694208 Undeeagon 11 328-111473-111.7028 .56341.7747 1.04 9.36564 Dode:agon....^.. 12 30 150 1.866 .51761.9318 1.037 11.196162 Note. — "Angle at center" means the angle of radii passing from the center to the circumference or comers of the figure. "Angle at circumference" means the angle which any two adjoining sides make with each other. The Circle 1. The radius of a circle is a straight line drawn from the center to the circumference. 2. The diameter of a circle is a straight line drawn through the center and terminating both ways in the circumference. 3. A chord is a straight line joining any two points of the circumference. 4. The versed sine is a straight line joining the chord and the circumference. 5. An arc is any part of the circumference. 6. A semicircle is half the circle Cut off by a diameter. 7. A segment is any portion of a circle cut off by a chord. % Digitized by CjOOQIC MENSURATION 7 8. A sector is a part of a circle cut off by two radii. 9. The circle contains a greater area than any- other plane figure bounded by an equal perimeter or outline. 10. The areas of circles are to each other as the squares of their diameters. Any circle twice the diameter of another contains four times the area of the other. 11. The circumference of a circle equals its diam- eter multiplied by 3.1416. 12. The diameter of a circle equals its circumfer- ence multiplied by .31831. 13. The area of a circle equals the square of its diameter multiplied by .7854. 14. The square root of the area of a circle mul- tiplied by 1. 1 2837 equals its diameter. 15. The diameter of a circle multiplied by .8862, or the circumference multiplied by .2821, equals the side of a square of equal area. 16. The side of a square multiplied by 1.128 equals the diameter of a circle of equal area. 17. The number of degrees contained in the arc of a circle multiplied by the diameter of the circle and by .008727, the product equals the length of the arc in equal terms of unity. 18. The length of the arc of a sector of a circle multiplied by its radius equals twice the area of the sector. * 19. The area of the segment of a circle equals the area of the sector, minus the area of a triangle Digitized by CjOOQIC « THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER whose vertex is the center and whose base equals the chord of the segment. t 20. The sum of the diameters of two concentric circles multiplied by their difference and by .7854 equals the area of the ring or space contained be- tween them. To Find the Circumference of a Circle Whose Diameter is Given. Rule: Multiply the diameter by 3,1416. Example: The diameter of a circle being 5 feet 6 inches, required its circumference. Ans.: 5.5X31416=17.27880 feet, the eircum- ference, or, converting back to feet and inches, 17 feet and 3 5/16 inches. To Find the Diameter of a Circle When the Circumfer- ence is Given. Rule : Multiply the circumference by .31831. Example: A straight line or the circumference of a circle being 17.27880 feet, required the circle's diameter corresponding thereto. Ans.: 17.27880 X 31831 =5.5000148280 feet, di- ameter, or actually 554 feet. To Find the Area of a Circle When the Diameter is Given. Rule: Multiply the square of the diameter by -7854- Example : The diameter of a circle is 9^ inches • what is its area in square inches ? Ans. : 9-375' = 87.89, etc., X .7854 = 69.029, etc., square inches, the area. 0.29 feet equal about H of a square inch. Digitized by CjOOQIC MENSURATION 9* To Find the Diameter of a Circle When die Area is. Given. Rule: Extract the square root and multiply it by 1.12837. Example: What must the diameter of a circle be to contain an area equal to 69.029296875 square inches ? Ans: V 69.02929, etc., = 8.3091 X 1. 12837 = 9.375, etc., or 9^ inches, the diameter. Given the Diameter of a Circle to Find the Side of » Square of Equal Area to the Circle. Rule : Multiply the diameter by ,8862. Example: The diameter of a circle is I5>4 inches; what must each side of a square be to be equal in area to the given circle ? Ans.: 15.5 X .8862 = 13.73, etc., inches, length 0* side. Given the Side of a Square to Find the Diameter of a Circle of Equal Area. Rule : Multiply the side of the square by 1,128. Elxample: Each side of a square is 13.736 inches in length ; what must the diameter of a circle be to contain an area equal to the given square ? Ans.: 13.736 X 1.128= 15.49, etc., or I5>4 inches, the diameter. To Find the Diameter of a Circle Any Chord and Versed Sine Being Given. Rule: Divide the sum of the squares of the versed sine and one-half the chord by the versed sine; the quotient is the diameter of corresponding circle. Digitized by CjOOQIC 10 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Example: The chord of a circle equals 8 feet and the versed sine equals i>4 ; required the circle's diameter. Ans. : 82 + 1.52 z= 66.25 -v- 1.5 = 44.16 feet, the diameter. Example: In the curve of a railway a stretched line is 80 feet in length and the distance from the line to the curve is found to be 9 inches ; required the circle's diameter. Ans. : 8o2 + .752 = 640.5625 ~-2 = 320.28, etc., feet, the diameter. To Find the Length of Any Arc of a Circle. Rule : From eight times the chord of half the arc subtract the chord of the whole arc, and one-third of the remainder will be the length, nearly. Example: Required the length of an arc, the chord of half the arc being 8^ feet and chord o^ whole arc 16 feet 8 inches. Ans.: 8.5 X 8 = 68.0 — 16.666 = il:^ = 3 lyAiiYz feet, the length of the arc. • To Find the Area of the Sector of a Circle. Rule: Multiply the length of the arc by half the length of the radius. Example : The length of the arc equals 9J/2 inches and the radii equal each 7 inches ; required the area. Ans. : 9.5 X 3-5 = 33-25 inches, the area. To Find the Area of a Segment of a Circle. Rule : Find the area of a sector by the rule given for sector of a circle, whose arc is equal to that of Digitized by CjOOQIC MENSURATION 11 the given segment, and if it be less than a ^tmicircle subtract the area of the triangle formed by the chord of segment and radii of its extremities; but if more than a semicircle add area of triangle to the area of the sector, and the remainder or sum is the^ area of the segment. To Find the Area of the Sjpace Contained Between Two Concentric Circles, that is to say, the Area of a Cir- cular Ring. Rule 1 : Multiply the sum of the inside and out- side diameters by their difference and by .78 54; the product is the area. Rule 2: The difference of the area of the two circles will be the area of the ring or space. Example: Suppose the external circle equals 4 feet and the internal circle 2j4 feet, required the area of space contained between them or area of a ring. Ans. : 4 + 2.5 = 6.5 and 4 — 2.5 == 1.5, hence, 6.5 X i.S X .7854 = 7-65 feet, the area ; or. The area of 4 feet is 12.566; the area of 2.5 is 4.9081. (See table of areas of circles.) 1:^.566 — 4.9081 = 7.6579, the area. Cylinders The circumference of a cylinder multiplied by its length or height equals its convex surface. To Find the Convex Surface of a Cylinder. Rule: Multiply the circumference by the height or length, the product will be the surface. Example: The circumference of a cylinder is 6 Digitized by CjOOQIC 12 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER feet 4 inches and its length 15 feet, required the convex surface. Am.: 6.333 X 15 = 94-995 square feet, the sur- face. Ellipses or Ovals ' 1. The square root of half the sum of the squares of the two diameters of an ellipse multiplied by 3.1416 equals its circumference. 2. The product of the two axes of an ellipse multiplied by .7854 equals its area. To Find the Area of an Ellipse or OvaL Rule: Multiply the diameters together and their product by ,7834. Example: An oval is 20 x 15 inches, what are its superficial contents ? Ans.: 20 X 15 X 7854 = 235.62 inches, the area. To Find the Circumference of an Ellipse or Oval. Rule : Multiply half the sum of the two diameters by 3. 1 41 6 and the product will be the circumference. Example: An oval is 20 x 15 inches, what is the circumference ? 20+15 Ans.: = 17.5 X 31416 = 54.978 inches, the circumference. Cones and Pyramids I. The curve surface of a cone is equal to half the product of the circumference of its base multi- plied by its slant side, to which, if the area of the base be added, the sum is the whole surface. Digitized by CjOOQIC MENSURATION ' 13 To Find the Convex Surface of a Right Cone or Pyramid. Rule : Multiply the circumference of the base by the slant height and half the product is the slant sur- face; if the surface of the entire figure is required, cuid the. area of the base to the convex surface. Elxample : The base of a cone is S feet diameter and the slant height is 7 feet, what is the convex surface? Ans.: 5 X 3.1416== 15.70 circumference of the 15.70 X 7 base and — '• = 54.95 square feet, the con- 2 vex surface. Converting feet to inches, .95 square* feet equal 136^ square inches. To Find the Convex Surface of a Frustum of a Cone or Pyramid. Rule : Multiply the sum of the circumference of the two ends by the slant height and half the product will be the slant surface. Example: The diameter of the top of the frus- tum of a cone is 3 feet, the base 5 feet, the slant height 7 feet 3 inches ; required the slant surface. 25.12 X 7.25 Ans.: 9.42 + 15.7 = = 91.06 2 square feet, slant surface. To change to square inches, .06 square feet equal 10^ square inches. Spheres 1. The square of the diameter of a sphere multi- plied by 3.1416 equals its convex surface. 2. The height of any spherical segment or zone, multiplied by the diameter of the sphere of which Digitized by CjOOQIC 14 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER it IS a part and by 3.1416, equals the area or con- vex surface of the s^^ment ; or, 3. The height of the s^^ment muliplied by the circumference of the sphere of which it is a part equals the area. To FiQd the Conycz Surface of a Sphere or Globe. Rule 1 : Multiply the diameter of the sphere by its circumference and the product is its surface; or. Rule 2: Multiply the square of the diameter by 3,1416; the product is the surface, Elzample : What is the convex surface of a globe 6j4 feet in diameter? Ans.: 6.5 X 31416 X 6.5 = 132.73 square feet; or, 6.5* = 42.25 X 3.1416= 132.73 square feet, the convex surface. MENSURATION OP SOLIDS AND CAPACI- TIES OP BODIES 1. The solidity of a cube equals the area of one of its sides multiplied by the length or breadth of one of its sides. 2. The length of a side of a cube equals the cube root of its solidity. To Find the Solidity .or Capacity of Any Figures in the Cubical Form. Rule: Multiply the length of any one side by its breadth and by the depth or distance to its opposite side, and the product is the solidity in equal terms of measurement, 'Example : The side of a cube is 20 inches ; what is its solidity? Digitized by CjOOQIC MENSURATION 15 Ans. : 20 X 20 X 20 = Socx) cubic inches, or 4.6296 cubic feet. Example : A rectangular tank is in length 6 feet, in breadth 4J4 feet and its depth 3 feet; required its capacity in cubic feet ; also its capacity in United States standard gallons. Ans: 6 X 4.5 X 3= 81 cubic feet; 81 X 1728 = 139,968 -T- 231 = 605.92 gallons. Cylinders 1. The area of the end of a cylinder multiplied by its length equals its solid contents. 2. The area of the internal diameter of a cylinder multiplied by its depth equals its cubical capacity. 3. The square of the diameter of a cylinder mul- tiplied by its length and divided by any other re- quired length, the square root of the quotient equals the diameter of the other cylinder of equal con- tents or capacity. 4; The capacity of a cylinder, i inch in diameter and I inch in length, equals .0034 United States gallon. 5. The capacity of a cylinder, i inch in diameter and I foot in length, equals .0408 United States gallon. 6. The capacity of a cylinder, i foot in diameter and I foot in length, equals 5.875 United States gallons. 7. The capacity of any other cylinder in United States gallons is obtained by multiplying the square of its diameter by its length, or the capacity of any other sphere by the cube of its diameter and by the uigitized by Google 16 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER number of United States gallons' contained as j^bove in the unity of its measurement. To Find the Solidity of Cylinders. Rule : Multiply the area of the base by the height and the product is its solidity. Example : The base of a cylinder is i8 inches and height 40 inches. What is its capacity? Ans.; 18^ X .7854 X 40 = 10,178.7840 cubic inches. To Find the Contents in Gallons of Cylindrical Vessels. Rule.: Take the dimensions in inches and deci- mal parts of an inch. Square the diameter, muHi- ply it by the height, then multiply the product by .00S4 for wine gallons, or by .002785 for beer gal- lons. Example : How many United States gallons will a cylinder contain whose diameter is 18 inches and length 30 inches ? Ans.: i82 X 30 = 97^0 X .0034 = 33.04, etc., gallons. Cones and Pyramids 1. The solidity of a cone equals one-third the product of its base multiplied by its height. 2. The square of the diameters of the two ends of the frustum of a cone added to the product of the two diameters, and that sum multiplied by its height and by .2618, equals its solidity. Nearly all appliances for measuring liquids are frustums of cones in shape, rather than cylinders; so it might be well to pay particular attention to gallon capacities in the examples for frustums. uigitized by Google. MENSURATION 17 To Find the Soli<)ity of a Cone or a Pyramid. Rule: Multiply the area of the base by the per- pendicular height and one-third the product will be the solidity. Example: The base of a cone is 2}i feet and the height is 3^ feet, what is the solidity? ^ 2.252 X .7854 X 3.75 w t . .u Ans. : — I —- ^^—^ = 4.97 cubic feet, the o solidity. To Find the Solidity of the Frustum of .a Cone. Rule: To the product of the diameters of the ends add one-third the square of the difference of the diameters; multiply the sum by .7854 and the product will be the mean area between the ends, which multiplied by the perpendicular height of frustum gives the solidity. Example: The diameter of the large end of a frustum of a cone is 10 feet, that of the smaller end is 6 feet and the perpendicular height 12 feet, what is its solidity? Ans.: 10 — 6 = 4^ = i6-~3 = 5.333 square of difference of ends ; and 10 X 6 + 5.333 = 65.333 X •7854 X 12 = 615.75 cubic feet, the solidity. To Find the Contents in U. S. Standard Gallons of the Frustum of a Cone. Rule : To the product of the diameters, in inches and decimal parts of an inch, of the ends, add one- third the square of the difference of the diameters. Multiply the sum by the perpendicular height in inches and decimal parts of an inch and multiply Digitized by CjOOQIC 18 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER that product by .0034 for wine gallons, and by . ,002785 for beer gallons. Example: The diameter of the large end of a frustum of a cone is 8 feet, that of the smaller end is 4 feet and the perpendicular height 10 feet; what are the contents in United States standard gallons ? Ans. : 96 — 48 = 48^ =2304 -^ 3 = 768 ; 96 X 48 + 768 = 5376 X 120 X .0034 = 2193.4 gallons. To Find the Solidity of the Frustum of a Pyramid. Rule: Add to the areas of the two ends of the frustum the square root of their product, and this sum multiplied by one-third of the perpendicular height will give the solidity. Example: What is the soHdity of a hexagonal pyramid, a side of the large end being 12 feet, one of the smaller ends 6 feet and the perpendicular height 8 feet? Ans. : 374.122 X 93-53 = V 34,99i-63 = 187.06. ^ ^ 654.712 X 8 374.122 + 93.53 + 187.06 = ^ = 1745.898 cubic feet, solidity. Spheres 1. The cube of the diameter of a sphere multiplied by .5236 equals its solid contents. 2. The capacity of a sphere i inch in diameter equals .002266 United States gallon. 3. The capacity of a sphere i foot in diameter equals 3.9168 United States gallons. 4. The solidity of any spherical segment is equal to three times the square of the radius of its base. Digitized by CjOOQIC MENSURATION 19 plus the square of its height, multiplied by its height and by .5236. 5. The solidity of a spherical zone equals the sum of the squares of the radii of its two ends and one- third the square of its height! multrplied by the height and by 1.5708. To Find the Solidity of a Sphere. Rule : Multiply, the cube of the diameter by .5236 and the product is the solidity. Example: What is the solidity of a sphere, the diameter being 20 inches ? \ Ans.: 20^ =8000 X .5236 = 4188.8 cubic inches, the solidity. The oblate spheroid, the prolate spheroid and a few other shapes have not been discussed because they are not generally used in the shop, and this manual has been boiled down so as to give the great- est amount of usable material in the space available herein. Further information on the practical application of mensuration to shop and outside problems is given in Neubecker's "Mensuration for Sheet Metal Workers." Digitized by CjOOQIC CHAPTER II Simfde Geometrical Problems A knowledge of geometry is very useful, and while some of the mechanics who read this chapter may feel that they can do all that is required of them by rule of thumb, it is recommended that tlhey study the methods given in these simple prob- lems. No one who hopes to become an expert pat- tern drafter should fail to study geometry, for it is the foundation on which all the principles of pat- tern cutting are based. The problems presented in this chapter have been selected for their importance, and a more compre- hensive treatment of the subject is given in "The New Metal Worker Pattern Book." To Erect a Perpendicular to a Straight Line In Fig. I A B is the straight line, and P the point at which perpendic- ular is to be erected. Take any point, C, out- side of line A B as cen- T~"5 ter, and with radius C to P strike an arc. Draw a Fio.1.— Erecting a Pcrpciidicuiar. line from where arc cuts line A B through C to arc again, thus establishing point F. A line drawn from F to P is the required perpendicular. 2^ vGooQle digitized by V 3gl SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS 21 lio Erect a Perpendicular to an Arc In Fig. 2, A D B is the given arc. With A and then B as centers, with a radius greater than half the length of the arc A B, describe arcs X X and Y Y. Then draw a line, F D E, through the points where the arcs X X and Y Y cross each other and the result is the perpendicular required; always use extreme care in the operations. Fio. s. — ^To Elect a Perpendicalar to an Are. Fio. 3-— To Dhride a Stnigbt Line To Divide a Straight Line into Equal Parts In Fig. 3, A B is the given line. With the points A and B as centers and with radius greater than one-half the length of A B, draw arcs X X and Y Y as shown. Then draw a line E F through the points where these arcs cross each other, thus dividing line A B into two equal parts at G. Inci- dentally E G or F G are perpendiculars to A B, so that this method will do for erecting perpendicu- lars, at G, to A B. Digitized by CjOOQIC 22 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER To Find the Center of an Arc Let H K in Fig, 4 represent the given arc. Span dividers any convenient radius and describe small arcs, as at V and O, being sure to have the point of the dividers on the arc H K. Draw lines through them, as shown by dotted lines, and the intersec- tion, S, will be the center sought. Arc B from V and O, bisects angle V S O. Flo. 4.^Find an the Center of Fig. 5. — Finding the Center of the Arc Having Chord and Height of Segment to Find Center of the Arc In Fig. 5 let A B be the chord and C D the height of the segment, then draw lines A D and B D. Bi- sect these lines as shown and extend the lines H L and I M until they intersect each other as at point E, then E is the center sought. Continuing line D C until it cuts either H L or I M is another method in which but one bisecting line, either H L or I M, is used. Digitized by Google SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS 23 To Bisect air Angle In Fig. 6 A C B is the given angle, and to bisect it strike an arc, to any convenient radius, using B as center and establishing points D and E. With the compass set to a radius more thaft half the dis- tance from D to E and with these points as centers strike intersecting arcs, thus producing point H. A line from H to B bisects the given angle ABC; in part, a similar procedure to that of Fig. 4. Fig. 6. — Bisecting an Angle. M N Fig. 7. — Locating the Center. Arc and Radius Given, to Locate the Center In Fig. 7, assume that A B is the given arc and line M N the radius. Set the compass to radius M N and with any point on arc, say C, as center, describe a short arc. With any other point on arc A B, as D, for center describe another arc cutting the first one at T, which is the center of the given arc A B. Digitized by CjOOQIC 24 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER To Draw a Straight Line Parallel to Another In Fig. 8, let A B be the given line. Select any two points on line A B as C and D and with com- pass set to radius equal to distance the parallel lines are to be apart, strike short arcs using points C and D for centers as shown. Then draw a line touching these arcs as E F, and that line, E F, will be paral- lel to, and the required distance from line A B. Fig. $, — Drawing Parallel Lines. Fic. 9. — Dividing a Line Equally, To Divide a Straight Line into a Number of Equal Parts In Fig. 9, assume that line A B is to be divided into nine equal spaces. From A draw another line, at any convenient angle. Step this line off into nine equal spaces as shown on line A C by setting the dividers at will, but trying to arrange it so the last swing will come near the end of the line A C. From C draw a line to B and then draw lines, parallel to line C B, from the points on line A C to intersect the line A B, giving points A 2°, 3°, 4°, 5°, 6°, 7°, 8°, 9° and B. These spaces on A B are all equal and divide A B into nine spaces. Both problems on this page are very uceful and the reader will do well to memorize them. Digitized by CjOOQIC SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS 25 To Draw a Tangent to a Circle or Arc In Fig. lo, let M D N be the given arc of the cir- cle and to draw a tangent at D set the compass to a convenient radius and with D as center describe arc cutting M D N at A B. Join points A and B. ' Then set compass to radius equal to distance be- tween b and the line A B. With this radius and with B as center describe an arc above line A B. Then draw a line extend- ing through point D and touching the second arc as shown by E D H, which is the tangent. I D A^ 7^ \ \l / \ E r Fig. 10. — Drawing the Tangent. Fio. ii.— A Triangle in a Circle.^ To Inscribe an Equilateral Triangle in a Circle In Fig. II, let ADB be given circle, then with compass set to radius of the circle and from any point on it at will as E describe arc BCD cutting circle at points B and . D and naturally passing through center of circle C. Draw line B D, which is one side of the triangle. With the compass set to a radius equal to space B D and with B and then D as centers describe arcs giving point A. Draw lines from A to D and A to B completing the tri- angle. The same method of drawing a triangle may be followed when one side is given, as B D. Digitized by CjOOQIC 26 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER To Inscribe a Square in a Circle In Fig. 12, let T be given circle. Through its center A draw two diameter lines at right angles to each other as C D and E F. To be sure you have a square set your dividers to the distance between points CE and using that as a guide check the length of the other sides. Drawing lines from F to D, D to E, E to C and C to F completes the square. . Fig. 12. — A Square in a Circle. Fig. 13. — ^A Hexagon in a Circle. To Inscribe a Hexagon in a Circle In Fig. 13, let T be the given circle; choose any point for center, as A, on the circle and with a radius equal to that of the circle describe arc P B, P of course being the center of the circle T. Set dividers to space A B and step around circle as B C, C D and so on. In other words, the radius of the given circle equals one side of the hexagon, so all that is necessary to get the other five sides is to step} off the length of the radius as often as possible on the circumference, beginning at A. The sixth poin^ should be A. Digitized by Google SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS 37 To Inscribe an Octagon within a Given Square Draw diagonal lines from comer to corner and the intersection is the center H, as shown in Fig. 14. With the compasses set to a radius from center to corner, and one foot set successively at each cor- ner, describe arcs, as shown. The points at which they cut the square, as K V, will be the corners of the octagon. Draw lines from point to point to complete the figure. .^<:=^ "5~\ >r ^^^^ A. /\ / H c J Kk J^ ^\^y/n V \W^ ^^Jr -f^ ^- Fig. 14. — ^An Octagon Within a 11' • Square. Fig. 15. — ^An Octagon Within a Circle. To Inscribe an Octagon within a Given Circle Draw lines at right angles passing through center H as in Fig. 15. This divides the circle into four parts, which need only to be subdivided into equal parts again to form the corners for the octagon. This may be easily done ^y drawing the lines K V, and bisecting them, as shown, and drawing Unes to the circle thorough the bisecting arcs locates desired points. Digitized by Google 38 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Heart with Square and Compass Draw line H K the breadth of the heart and de- scribe two semicircles on it as shown in Fig. i6. These semicircles should be of the same size and radius. About the best way to do this would be to ■divide line H K into four equal parts and then use the first space point from H, and also from K, as centers describe a semicircle from H and then K. Span dividers from H to K and with H as center make sweep K to V. Then with same radius and X as center, make sweep H to V. l^'iG. i6.— A Geometrical Heart. Fig. 17. ^A Five Pointed Star. To Describe a Star With V in Fig. 17 as center strike circle size of star desired. Divide circle in five parts and draw lines to points. There is a rule for finding the points of a star other than stepping, but it is not given here because it has been found that this mode is the quickest and most accurate ; in fact, it is about the quickest way to draw any polygon. Digitized by CjOOQIC SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS 2^ To Describe an Oval or Ellipse with a Compass Draw horizontal line F K the length of the oval desired, as shown in Fig. i8, then span the divid- ers one-third the required major diameter F K, and from V and O as centers describe circles, as shown ; then span dividers two-thirds entire length V to K,. Fio. 1 8. — Quick Way to Draw an Oral. and, with one foot at the intersection of the circles,. as S and B, draw the arcs G H and U R, stopping them where they touch the circles drawn with O and V as centers, which of course is G H U and R, which completes the oval. The proportion of the diameters is about as three to four, and makes an oval — or, strictly speaking, an ellipse, that is satisfactory for all ordinary pur- poses. Drawing straight Ines from G to H and from U to R describes an oval that is quite popular for furnace pipes. Or, draw a rectangle as wide as the required oval and as long as the distance from center to center of semicircular ends. Strike half -circles from the centers of the ends of the rectangle. Digitized by CjOOQIC 30 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER To Describe an Oval Having Diameters as Five to Eight with a Square and Compass Draw horizontal line H K the length desired as shown in Fig. 19. Span compasses one-quarter Fig. 19. — Another Method of Drawing an Oval or Ellipse. the long diameter and describe three circles with that radius, as shown by diagram. Then draw lines through centers of outer circles and their intersec- tions with the inner circle as shown. The oval is <:ompleted by drawing the arcs, connecting the outer <:ircles, from points V and O as centers ; the dotted lines being the terminus points. By comparing the diagram, Fig. 19, with the other diagram, Fig. 18, it will be seen that this method gives a more accurate ellipse. Digitized by CjOOQIC SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS 31 To Describe an Oval with a Square and Compass* Third Method Draw horizontal line H K and erect line VO perpendicular to it as shown in Fig. 20, Fig. 20.— a Third Metimd of. Drawing an Oval or Ellipse. Let H K equal the long or transverse diam- eter, and S B the short or conjugate. Lay off the distance ~S B on the line HK,. as from H to U. Divide the distance U K into three equal parts. From R, the center, siet off two of the parts each side, as G F. On the line V O set off the dis- tance G F from R, as R V and R O. From V and O draw lines passing through G and F, as shown. From the points V, O, G, F as centers describe the arcs that complete the ellipse. As may be observed, the foregoing procedure more nearly approaches the usual prescribed geo- metrical procedure. Digitized by Google 32 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER To Describe an Oval with a Square and Compass. Fourth Method Construct the parallelogram equal in length and width to the long and short diameters of the oval Fig. ai, — ^A Fourth Method of Drawing an Oral or Ellipse. desired, as shown in Fig. 21. Divide it into four equal parts by drawing lines through the center, crossing at H. Mark the points K and K one-third the distance from V to H, and draw lines from the corners through these points until they intersect, as shown at O. Then from O and O as centers de- scribe the arcs SUB and SUB; from K and K as centers the segments B V B and S V S ; thus com- pleting the required figure. Digitized by Google SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS 3S To Describe Oval with String, Pins and Pencil Erect perpendicular line H K equal to short diam- eter and at right angles to it VO, as shown in JL Fig. 22. — Drawing Oval with a String. Fig. 22, Span dividers one-half the length of the oval, and with H and K as centers describe the arcs S and B. Set pins at these points, and, with a string (one that will not stretch) tied around them so that the loop when drawn tight will reach H or K, as shown, draw the figure with pencil, keeping string equally tense while going around. The various rules for drawing ovals, or rather ellipses, by the use of dividers and other means have been given in this work for the benefit of the student and so the mechanic may select and use the one that seems easi- est to him. This is a mechanical process and there are many other mechanical devices for drawing ellipses. There are also numerous other geometrical processes like developing the oblique section of a cylinder. Digitized by Google u THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER To Draw a True Oval Strictly speaking the foregoing problems are not ovals, but ellipses. A true oval is egg-shaped, and Fig. 23. — Drawing a True Oval. in Fig. 23 is shown a geometrical method of draw- ing such a figure. Draw a horizontal line A B the length of the narrowest dimension of the figure. Draw a vertical line C D the length of the longest dimension of the oval ; line CD is to pass exactly in the center of line A B by method of Fig. 3, giv- ing point E. With E as center and ladius A de- scribe full circle. Draw lines from A and B through F indefinitely. With A and then B as centers de- scribe arcs A G and B H. With F as center and a radius equal to F G describe arc G D H, which will complete the oval. Digitized by Google SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS S5 To Draw a Simple Spiral or Scroll The scroll or spiral is a typical geometrical prob- lem and, of th^ many different methods, the follow- Fig. 24. — ^A Simple SpiraL ing one is recommended for its simplicity. Draw any polygon, for example a hexagon as in Fig. 13. Continue the various sides as shown in Fig. 24. Then with 2 as center and 2 to i as radius describe arc I A. With 3 as center and A to 3 as radius, de- scribe arc A B. With 4 as center and B to 4 as radius, describe arc B C. With 5 as center and C to 5 as radius, describe arc C D. With 6 as center and D to 6 as radius, describe arc D E. With i as cen- ter and E to I as radius, describe arc E F, complet- ing revolution. As many revolutions as desired may be drawn by just continuing in this wise, as shown in the diagram. Digitized by CjOOQIC 36 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Practical Application of Mensuration and Geometry This problem is presented in concluding the chap- ter on geometry to show the practical application of mensuration and geometry to actual shop problems. Fig. 25 illustrates an ordinary hip roof with a flat deck to be covered with tin. In handling work of this character the sheet metal worker is required to calculate the areas of flat surface for the tin, the length of the hips, etc. Fig. as.—Sketch of Practical Problem. Fig. 2(>. — Method of Measuring Roof. Fig. 26 shows the steps followed in determining the area of the roof. This is one quarter of the plan with the cornice gutter omitted. The length is 40 feet on the eaves line for each side, or 40 feet 6 inches over all for each side. The deck is 10 x 10 feet or 100 square feet of area. Now, the pitch of the roof, as usually figured, is 6 inches to i foot of horizontal line, that is to say, one-quarter of the span of the roof. Should this differ though from the reader's idea of pitch, it is to Digitized by Google SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS 37 be said that the mathematical operations as herewith expounded would be the same, simply a substituting of his rise per foot for that given here. As it is 15 feet on the horizontal lines from eaves to deck, the rise of the deck above the eaves would be 15x6 inches or 7 feet 6 inches. Draw the quarter plan to a convenient scale as in Fig. 26 which may be made % inches to the foot. Continue deck line to eaves as A B. At right angles to A B draw line A C, 7 feet 6 inches by scale. Con- nect B and C and scale, learning thereby that the line is 16 feet 9 inches, which is the slant measure- ment of the roof from eaves to deck. Determine the area of the roof by the rules given in the chapter on mensuration, viz. : Add the length of the deck to the length of the eaves, divide into one-half and multi- ply the result by the slant length of the roof, which in turn is multiplied by 4 (the number of sides of the roof). That is, 10 + 40 = 50; 50-^-2 = 25; 25 X 16 feet 9 inches = 418 feet 9 inches ; 418 feet 9 inches X 4 = 1675 square feet as the area of the hipped roof. The length of the hip A D is ascertained by draw- ing a line from A, at right angles to it, and seven feet six inches long, to scale, thus locating point E. Connect E and D. Scale and it will be found that the slant of the hips measures twenty-two feet seven inches from the eaves to the deck. Digitized by CjOOQIC CHAPTER III Conical Problems and Tinware Pattern for Cone In Fig. 27, H K V represents a cone for which an envelope is wanted. And by envelope is meant the surface of the cone, for pattern cutting is the science of the developing the surface of solids. Span the dividers from, V to H and describe the arc O S. Set off the arc equal in length to the cir- H Fig. 27. — Cutting a Cone Pattern. cumference of the required cone. Draw the lines V O and V S, allowing for locks or laps, as shown by the dotted lines. For the circumference, refer to the tables in Chapter XII or obtain by some of the rules given in Chapter I. By using the rules familiarity with them is obtained, which is desirable. Of course, stepping around a circle of the required diameter would also do. Digitized by CjOOQIC CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 39 The Old German Rule for Developing the Patterns for the Cone Take the slant height of the cone H K, in Fig. 28, as a radius, and describe a circle. Divide the diam- FiG. 28. — ^A German Rule for Cones. eter of the base of the cone KV into seven equal parts and set off a space equal to twenty-two of these parts on the circle already struck. From the extremities thus measured off draw lines to the center. The dotted lines shown parallel to the solid lines from the center, represent allowances for locks for seaming after forming the metal into shape. Of course, these laps are allowed in accordance with the method used for making the seam and a lap should be allowed on the outer circle if required. Digitized by CjOOQIC 40 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Steamer or Pitched Cover Strike circle i inch larger than rim burred. Draw line through center H, as shown in Fig. 29, and from either side cut i inch on circle to i inch from center K. Draw lines and cut out. Or, strike circle the same or larger. Draw line through cen- ter and cut on it to center. After burring put in rim ; draw up and mark, cut out triangular piece and solder. The latter method is much quicker and equally as good as the first. Fig. 39. — ^A Pitched Cover. Fig. 30. — Measure Lip Pattern. A Measure Lip Draw line H K as shown in Fig. 30, and upon it, with V as center, describe a circle the size of meas- ure. With S, half the distance from V to H, as cen- ter, describe semicircle B U. Make R K the de- sired width. With V as center and the compass set to the radius V K, describe the arc G O ; continuing the arc to both sides, until it intersects arc B U. Cut on arcs B U and G O to obtain the required lip pattern. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 41 Flaring Vessel in Three Pieces Draw line H K; then locate points V and O as far apart as the height of the vessel, as shown in Fig. 31. With the intersections V and O for cen- ters, describe circles equal in size to the top and the bottom of vessel. These circles, or rather arcs, are Fig. 31. — Pattern in Three Pieces. to be described on both sides of line K H as shown in the diagram. Draw lines S H and B H touching on or, more properly speaking, tangent to these arcs or circles. With intersection H as center and with the radius H V, describe the segment U R. Then with the radius H O describe the segment G F. Allow for locks, as shown by dotted lines. It is to be understood, of course, that it takes three of these to make the girth or entire pattern; meaning, that for an entire pattern, arcs U V R and G O F are continued to both sides and made the same length as U to R, and G to F. Then lines are drawn to H. Digitized by Google 42. THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER/: Pattern for Frustum of a Cone Lay the square on your sheet and construct the right angle H K V, as shown in Fig. 32. Draw line O S parallel to K V, making the distance K O Fig. 3a, — One Method for Frustums. the altitude. On these lines lay off one-half the diameter of the large and small ends. Draw a line through points V and S to the intersection at H. Then, with H as the center, describe the semi- circles B U, R G. Lay oflF circumference of large end on line B U and draw lines to center H. Allow for all edges. For two sections take one-half of the piece, allowing edges on piece used for pat- tern. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBtfeMS AND' TINWARE 43 Ano&er Method of Dcvdoping the Pattern of a Frustum of a Cone Draw perpendicular Kne H K, as shown in Fig. 33, and from K lay off diameter of large end, as V O. - On the line H K lay off the height of frustum, as K S. Draw line parallel to V O, and on it lay off small diameter, jl&^B U. Draw lines through Fig. 33. — ^Another Case of Cone Frusttims. points V B and O U until they intersect at H. With H V* as radius draw large arc R G ; and with H B as radius describe small arc. Make arc R G equal to the circumference of the large end and draw lines from R and G to center H. To find this cir- cumference refer to the tables, Chapter XII, or draw a circle with V O as diameter and step it with the dividers. Allow for all edges, wire, burr and locks as shown by the dotted lines. This forms a pattern in one piece. Digitized by Google 44 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER To Describe Pattern for Flaring Vessels For example, it is desired to describe pattern for pail 12 inches in diametet at top, 9 inches at bot- tom and 9 inches deep, which is a very common article in tinsmithing and the dimensions are the usual ones. Flo. 34. — Flaring Vessels. Take the difference between large and small di- ameters (3 inches) for the first term, the height for the second and the large diameter for the third, thus, 3 : 9 : : 12. 12x9-7-3, this gives radius by which the pattern may be described. Span the dividers (or use beam compasses, piece of wire, straight edge or any con- venient device) 36 inches and strike large circle as in Fig. 34. With radius less the slant height of pail strike small circle. Ascertain the circumference re- quired and divide by the number of pieces to be used. Lay off on outer circle and draw lines to center, as H K V. Allow for locks, burr and wire as may be re- quired according to the process of making pails. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 45 To Describe Patterns for Flaring Tinware In Fig. 35 is given a popular rule for flaring tinware. Let H K V O represent the elevation of an ordinary tin pan, constructed in four pieces, 15/4 inches in diameter at the top. Below the ele- vation is shown the same in plan* The pan is a Fio. 35. — A Popular Rule for Flaring Tinware. frustum of a cone, and if the sides of the pan were continued down until they intersected at S, as shown, the cone would be complete. The radius of the envelope of the cone must be either S H or S K. To describe the section of the frustum which is re- quired, place one foot of the dividers at the center S, and with the radius S H describe the arc K B. With the radius S V describe O U. This gives the width of the pattern and the proper sweep. Digitized by Google 46 XHE^ NEW TINSMITH^S HELPER To get the. length .of the piece, refer to the table of circumferences or find, by the rules given, the circumference of the article, which in this case is 485^^ inches. There being four pieces, divide by four, which gives 12 5-32 inches. Span the divid- ers I inch, step off the 12 and add the fraction. Draw line from the center S to the point last ascer- tained ; which is S to B. Allow for locks, wire edge and burr ; all as indi- cated on the pattern by the dotted lines. The pattern for the bottom is the smaller circle with edges allowed for seaming. Strainer Pail or Watering Pot Breast Strike a circle the size of the pail or pot desired as in Fig. 36. With the radius VK i^ inches Fig. 36. — Pail Breast Pattern. more or less than radius of circle described accord- ing to the pitch desired and with point V as center describe an arc. Draw the chord, making the seg- ment K O which is the pattern of the desired width. The breast may be cut out if preferred, as shown by dotted lines. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TFNWARE 47 Can Breasts — ^First Case Draw horizontal Hne H K and, parallel to it, at a distance equal to the height of breast, draw line V O, as shown in Fig. 37. On H K lay off diameter of <:an, as S B. On V O lay off the size of opening, as U R. Then extend lines B R, S U, until they cross G. With G as center and G S as radius, describe outer circle. G to U as radius and G as center, de- FiG. 37.— First Case of Breasts for Cans. scribe inner circle. Starting at B set off the outer circle, by stepping with the dividers, the length of the circumference of a circle having a diameter equal to space S to B. Of course, this circumfer- ence can be readily found by referring to the cir- cumference table herein. This is the usual procedure for all flaring articles and follows the general principles of all previous cone problems. The various laps and locks are pro- vided on the pattern as shown by the dotted lines on the pattern. Digitized byCjOOQlC 48 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Can Breasts — Second Case Can breasts, as a rule, mean the sloping tops of cylindrical cans. The small opening is usually fitted with a screw cap spun from zinc or brass; or else, a small inverted frustum of a cone is soldered on, and an ordinary cork is thrust into it for a stopper. Fig. 38. — Second Case of Breasts for Cana. Draw the two horizontal lines, K V and O S, and perpendicular to them the line K H, as in Fig. 38. Set off on line K V from the point K one-half the diametei of the can. On O S the point R is one- half the diameter of the opening. Produce the line U G, touching the points B and R, until it in- tersects H K. With U as center and the radius U B, describe the outer circle. With the same center and the radius U R, describe the inner. Then span from K to B and step six times on large circle to obtain size of breast. Draw line to center and allow for locks, as shown by dotted lines. uiyuzeuuy Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 49 Can Breasts— Third Case Describe a circle the size of can desired, as indi- cated by medium sized circle in Fig. 39. Draw line through center and mark point H at three-fourths of diameter. Then with the three-fourths of diam- eter as radius and with H as center strike circle K V. Span to diameter of can and step three times on large circle. Pig. 39. — ^Third Case of Breasts for Cans. Draw line from center to point KV, allowing for edges and locks as may be required by the process of making the can. For more or less pitch make circle K V larger or smaller. Small circle in center for opening in top. Hoods and pitched covers may be cut by same rule inas- much as they are like bodies. These problems are based on the principles of cone envelopes. The years of success of this treatise attest the usefulness of these problems and they are again presented for this reason. Digitized by Google 50 THE NEW TINSMITH'S' HELPER Rectangular Funnel Draw side of the rectangular funnel, as shown by H K V in Fig. 40. Continue side lines, as shown by dots. From point of intersection as cen- ter, describe arc and chord K V and H. Draw end O K S, producing lines to intersect at B. From B (B Fig. 40. — Pattern Process for Square Funnels. as center describe arc and chord O K and S. The other side and end obtained in the same manner, as shown in cut. Can be made in two or more pieces by dividing the pattern. It is to be under- stood that this funnel has sides of different dimen- sions. Should a square funnel be wanted the same procedure would apply. All locks and edges must be allowed for on the pattern piece, which are not, however, shown in the diagram. The provision for these depends on how the seam is to be made. Digitized by CjOOQIC CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 51 Flaring Square Vessel ot"* Frustum of a I^ramid In Fig. 41 let K V and B U represent the width of the bottom ahd top of one of the sides, respec- tively, the distance between them being -the slant height. Contintae lines until they intersect ^ at R. With radius R B strike circle U B G. With R as Fig. 4 1. -^Pattern for Square Vessel. center and R K as radius describe the outer cir- cle. Span dividers from K to V and set off on outer circle the distance, as V O, K S, etc. ; draw lines through these points tending toward the cen- ter R, also the chords, as shown by dotted lines. Allow for edges. Can be made in two pieces by dividing and allowing for extra lock or seam at the place of division in the pattern. All three problems are interesting, as they show how cone developments can be employed for objects of rectangular or square shape. Digitized by CjOOQIC 52 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Flaring Hexagon Article or Frustum of a Hexagonal Pyramid Let VO represent width of the bottom of one side and R G the width of the top of one side, the distance between the* slant height. Produce side lines until they cross in the center, as shown by dotted lines. Span dividers from center to O, and FlG. 4a. — ^Pattern of Hexagon Article describe circle H O U ; span to G and describe inner circle; span again from V to O and st^p on the outer circle three spaces each side from O, as K, H, B, S, U. Draw lines from these points tending toward center, and connect by chords as H K, K O, etc., as shown. Cut out piece H U, allowing for the locks, as shown in Fig. 42. Pattern for a pentagon article may be described by the same rule, in which case the pattern would have five parts. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 53 Tapering Octagon Article or Frustum of an Octagonal Pyramid Draw bottom K H and top V of one side, with distance between the slant height, and continue side Unes until they intersect at O. With O as a center and the radii OV and OH, describe inner and Fic. 43. — Pattern of Octagon Article. ^uter circles. Set off on them distances equal to H K and V, and connect by chords, shown dotted. Allow for locks and edges as in Fig. 43, and as stated in the other problems preceding this, the pattern can be subdivided along such lines as V K to suit requirements. All the foregoing problems like this one are of exceptional value in the tinsmith trade and the prin- ciples embodied therein are applicable to innumer- able cases. Digitized by Google ?4 THE NEW vTINSMITH*S HELPER Flaring Article with Square Top and B^se a Rectangle. Two or Four Pieces Draw rectangular base HK and square top V in center of base. Draw perpendiculars OS and RU. Also place the height of the article O B and; Fig. 44.— Pattern, of a Square Flaring Article. R G. Place the slant height, BS on B^ S^ and draw lines a and 6 which intersect as shown, which gives pattern for end. Place GU on G^US draw lines a' and 6' which intersect as shown, which gives pat- tern for side. Join half of end pattern to either side of side pattern as shown by similar letters, which gives half pattern, as showr^ in Fig. 44. Naturally, if it was so required, the half of pattern G^ U^ a' y could be attached to the end pattern B^ S^ a and b. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE ^ To Find Length of Sheet Required for Oval Boiler. Common Method The diagram, Fig. 45, represents the contour of the universal type of oval clothes boiler or like articles. First describe bottom, length and width desired, cut it out of the metal, then burr and from H as a starting point, first making a mark on the Fig. 45. — Oval BoUer Bottom. bench where H was, roll on the bench to obtain the circumference. Some tinsmiths, however, do not first burr the metal but find the circumference by working a thin strip of tin around the bottom and then deduct from this the amount of take-up of the doutle-seam. If three pieces are to be used for the body of the boiler divide the circumference into three parts and allow edges ; if made in two pieces, divide by two. Al- ways divide the circumference by the number of pieces desired. Cut the cover the same size as the bottom, providing it is to be a flat cover ; if pitched cover is wanted see the following problems. uigzeuuy Google 56 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Rapid Method of Laying Out an Oval Boiler Cover In Fig. 46 is shown a rapid method for develop- ing the pattern of an oval boiler cover. First draw line A K, and from R as center describe circle G U, size of boiler outside of rod. Make A K equal to one-half of entire length of boiler, and K S three- BiG. 46. — Pattern for Oval Boiler Cover. eighths of an inch, or more if more pitch is desired. Through S draw the perpendicular line H V. Lay- corner of square on line H, one blade at K, the other touching circle, describe lines U H K ; in similar manner obtain K V G, completing the half pattern. In the diagram, the dotted lines at H K and K V are allowances for the groove seam to join the two halves of the cover. A double allowance along the line B G A U O should be made for the cHnch edge by which the rim of the cover is fastened on. As a rule the cover is formed to shape by making slight bends oh lines K A U to K and G to K, and round- ing up between bends before joining the halves. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 57 To Describe Pattern for Oval Flaring VesseL Four Pieces Describe bottom as by Fig. 21. Obtain length of arcs SUB and S V S of that diagram, also length of corresponding arcs at the top of vessel. Now, in Fig. 47, draw horizontal lines H K and V O, making the distance between the desired slant height Fig. 47. — Pattern of Oval Vessel, Make H K equal in length to that of the piece at the top, and VO to that of the bottom, for the sides. S B and U R for the end pieces. Produce lines through these points to intersect at G and G'. Describe the arcs from these points. Allow for all edges, locks, wire and burr, as indi- cated by the dotted lines : also carefully lay out the various notches, as poor or careless notching spoils otherwise good work. Digitized by CjOOQIC 58 THE NEW TINSMITirS' HELPER To Describe. Psittem for Flaring. Articles "with Straight Sides and Round Ends. Two Pieces Draw the outline of the bottom and side, as in Fig. 48. Erect two perpendicular lines, H V, K O, distance between the length of sides AB; at right angles to these, two lines, distance between the slant n\ [ ^ B \ .. 1/ D \ 1 \ \ \ \ \ 1 / 1 / / 1 / / /' v\ / t B / -1 1 S X ; \ // / I I I I I I I I iK I I Fig. 48. — Pattern of Article with Round Ends. height of article C D. On H V and K O set off the radius C E as V and O. From V and O as cen- ters, with radii V B, V H and O S, O K, draw the arcs B J, H G and S U, K R. Make the arcs H G and K R equal to one-half the circumference of the ends M N and draw lines to V and O. Allow for all edges, locks, wire and burr, as shown in the pattern at the right of the diagrams. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE S0 To Describe Pattern for Flaring Oval Vessel. Two Pieces Draw plan according to rule given in Fig. i8^ or any other method. Construct right angle tri- angle T H^ S^ in Fig. 49, and parallel to H^ SS ^— ?L^ draw WO\ _^ , the distance ^ ^^- between height of ar- ticle. Lay off on H^ S* Fic. 49. — Pattern for Flaring Oval Article. the distances H S and V S in plan and on H^ O^ the distances H O and V O in plan. Draw lines through these points to intersect the line R^ T at U and T. Using T as center draw the arcs O^ K^ and S^ R^, making the distance along the arc S^ R^ equal to UR in plan. Draw line from R^ to T. Take radius V^ U on the lines R^ T and S^ T and obtain centers B and C, with which describe the arcs- R^ G^ and S^ G^, which make equal in length ta G R or U B in plan. Draw lines to centers B and C^ y Google <0 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Flaring Article, Top and Base a Rectangle. Two Pieces Draw side elevation in Fig. 50, as H K, V O, of the longest side. Span dividers the difference be- tween the shortest side of the base and longest side of top. From V and O as centers describe arcs S and S. With blade of square resting on arcs and the corner at H and K, draw lines H B and K G. Set off H B and K G equal one-half of shortest Fig. 50. — Pattern of Transition Article. ^ides of base and draw lines B U and G R at right angles to H B and K G ; also lines U V and R O at right angles to U B and G R. Allow for all edges, locks, wire and burr, as showi in the pattern at B U, R G of Fig. 50, by the dotted lines; notching, of course, is governed by the widths of locks, machines used and in general method followed in the particular shop; careful notching bespeaks the careful mechanic and en- hances the looks of the finished article. It is to be understood that this is a quick method, a more strictly accurate methpd is as shown by Fig. 44. Digitized by CjOOQIC CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 61 Round Base and Square Top Article. Two Pieces Referring to Fig. 51 for the procedure, first erect perpendicular line. Span dividers to three- quarters diameter of base and describe semicircle H K V. Make K V and K H each equal to one- quarter the circumference of the round base and draw lines to center. Span dividers to three-quar- FiG. SI. — ^Pattern of Square to Round Article. ters size of top from corner to corner and describe inner circle. Lay out sides of top, size required, on circle, as shown. Allow laps as shown by the dotted lines which are for the seam to join the two halves ; other edges are to be provided in accord with the requirements of the article. This procedure is a quick rule, the niore accurate method would be by the modern sys- tem of triangulation. Triangulation is a science of pattern cutting that is fast becoming the only niethod used for developing patterns for bodies of irregular shapes, and should therefore be studied^ ogle «2 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Rectangular Base and Round Top Article. Two Pieces Referring to Fig. 52 for the procedure, first draw horizontal lines H K, V O. Make H K equal to the longest side of base, V O equal to one- fourth the circumference of the top, the distance between slant height; draw side lines through these points. With radii one-half the difference between Fig. 52. — Rectangular Base to Round Top Pattern. V O and the shortest side of the base, describe the arcs S, B ; with blade of square resting on arcs, and •comer at H and K, draw lines K R, H U, equal to one-half the short side; at right angles to KR, H U, draw lines R G and U G ; U G and R G pro- duced will intersect; from this point span dividers to line VO and describe the arc. Allow for locks and edges, as shown in the dia- gram, other edges depending on requirements. These methods are a rapid substitute for triangu- lation. Digitized by CjOOQIC CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE aa Square Bdse and Round Top Article. Two Pieces Referring tOx Fig. 53 for the procedure, first draw horizontal lines H K, V O ; H K equal to the length of one side of the base, VO equal to one-fourth the circumference of the top, the dis- tance between the slant height; draw lines through Fig. S3.— Pattern for Article of Square Base and Round Topw these points. With radii one-half the* difference between K H and O V, describe arcs ; with blade of square resting on arcs and the corner at H and K, draw lines H S and K B, equal to one-half the base ; at right angles to H S and K B draw S U and B R, produced to intersect at G.' Span divid- ers from G to line V O and describe the arc. The providing of edges for seams and other es- sentials can only be prescribed in a general way owing to conditions being different in each case. The dotted lines at B R and U S show laps. Digitized by CjOOQIC e4 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Scale Tray or Scoop A sketch of the finished article is shown in Fig. 54, it being made in two pieces with a seam at its cross center. As may be noticed, the problem em- FiG. 55.— Pattern of Scale Scoop. Fig. 54.--Sketch of Rn- ished Article. braces the conical or flaring method of developing patterns, technically known as developing the sur- face of solids by radial lines. To develop the pattern but one section, O, Fig. 54, need be drawn ; so, as in Fig. 55, construct a sectional view as H K V and let H S B represent one-half elevation of it, or O in Fig. 54. Continue lines B S and K H until they cross at U. Divide H K V into any given number of spaces, continu- ing the same to the line H B,as shown by short lines. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE «5 Draw lines from the division points on H B to the point U, thus obtaining the intersections on the line S H. With the T square at right angles with H U, drop the points thus obtained on H S, onta the line B S. With U as center and U B as a radius describe the arc B R. Step off upon this arc spaces equal to those in H K V, using dividers, which gives the length B R. Draw radial lines from U to space marks on line B R, as shown. With U as center and the various points on S B as radii, describe arcs, intersecting similar radial lines as shown. Then a line traced through the points thus obtained, together with the arc B R, will be the outline of the required pattern. Allow for edges, as shown by dotted lines. It is to be understood, of course, that the dotted lines show allowed edge for the groove seam at the cross-section center line of the scoop, as shown by the vertical line in Fig. 54. As a rule, a wire is curled into the outer edge of such articles j and in that case an edge should be provided for the wire along the outer line of the pattern. This edge to- be of a size suitable for the thickness of wire used ; some mechanics allow three times the diameter of the wire, that depending on the mode of wiring. Using the design of Fig. 54, scoops could also be treated as parts of cylinders and the patterns devel- oped by the parallel line system. Some have part O of Fig. 54 as shown, but the other part has its nose continued around to form a bag filling funnel,, the pattern of which is cut by the same methods. Digitized by CjOOQIC ^ THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Funnel Pattern by Short Rule As the usual way of making funnels requires no fixed proportions, advantage can be taken of a geo- metrical coincidence for the rapid development of the flaring body. By proportions is meant the diameter of the cir- cle at the top of the body proper, that is, the width Fxo. s6. — Elevation of Object. FxQ. 57. — Pattern of Object. across as C A in Fig. 56 and the depth of the body or slant height CB, so that the body forms an equilateral triangle as shown by ABC. In Fig. 56 is shown an ordinary funnel and if the distance AB is the same as AC no elevation is required ; simply span the compasses to the diam- eter of what is wanted for the large end and strike a half -circle as in Fig. 57. Now set the compasses to the diameter of the small end and strike the half- circle shown. The spout T of Fig. 56 is laid out as in Fig. 33. Allow edges for seams and wire, as shown by the dotted lines in Fig. 57. Digitized by CjOOQIC CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE (TT To ObUin Length of Piece tor Tea Kettle Body The old-time tinsmith had many well tried meth- ods like this; however, modern ideas are more along strictly scientific lines. Tea kettles like these are mostly made by copper- smiths and in the book "Art of Coppersmithing" there is a detailed discussion on the making of tea kettles. The way in general practice is to roll the bottom after burring on the bench to obtain circumference, Fig. 58.— Tea Kcftle 'Pattern. and use strip ^ inch less in length, as shown by figure. H represents the pit; KV the length of the strip or sheet, these remarks naturally referring to Fig. 58. Of course, the length of the body could be found by reference to the table of circumferences herein. The pattern of the spout and breast, also cover, is governed by the design, methods employed in the particular shops and so on. As they are usually raised or hammered to shape, the patterns, no mat- ter how obtained, although most likely the radial line method could be used, would only be approx- imate. Digitized by Google «8 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Mode of Strihging Together a Number of Patterns Fig. 59 represents the three pieces of a 6-quart pan usually cut from one sheet of lo x 14 tin. In- stead of using one piece for pattern and placing it three times, three pieces are fastened together by soldering on two strips of tin with a heavy hem on oeach side, and all placed at once, thus saving time \ H s / Fig. 59.- -Rapid Method of Marking Out Blanks. and vexation. To use to advantage begin at the bottom of the string pattern and mark around on the outside first, and then mark in the centers right across. If the strips of tin with the hem edges are not stiff enough; why, light band iron could be sub- stituted. These should be riveted on instead of soldered as for the tin strips. The lines curving beyond the patterns show how the sheet is first cut into. The bands being narrow no attention need be paid to the part of the sheet not marked rndcr them. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS' AND TINWARE Another Mode of Stringing Patterns Fig. 60 represents a string of rim or hoop pat- terns, fastened as shown in the same manner as described in Fig. 59. Rims of any width can be put together in this manner and a great saving of time is the result when once properly done. Pat- terns for all articles of tinware should be strung^ in this way, when more than one piece is obtained: from a sheet, that the marking out may be ex- Fig. 60. — ^Another Rapid Method. pedited and less tedious. A space should be left between each pattern for the scratch-awl. If the material to be cut is of light weight, two or more sheets can be cut at one time by pinning^ together; for instance, mark out one sheet, lay it evenly on two more sheets, notch in along the edges^ about an inch and on a slant and, say, six inches apart. Bend notches over with the pliers and flat- ten down with the mallet. In this case the notches- could be at the top and bottom of sheets. Digitized by Google 70 . THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Description of Boiler Block, for Shaping or Truing the Bodies of Oval Articles By Fig. 6i is represented a block for truing up boilers after they are formed up in the rollers and locked together. Many mechanics depend upon the stake and the accuracy of the eye, but after using Fio. 6x. — ^Elevation of Block. this method would not abandon it, as better results are obtained and in much less time. The block is made of 2-inch plank, by placing one on another and securing with four long bolts passing com- pletely through them. The proper dimensions are as follows: Bottom, 13 inches wide, 25 inches long. Top, 10 " " 19 " Height, 12 " As the shaping of the boiler bodies are dependent on this block it follows that extreme care is requi- site when shaping the block especially as it tapers. The procedure, in using the block, is to force the boiler body down on the block as far as it will go and then to tap on the wired edge of the boiler body with a mallet. Digitized by CjOOQIC CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 71 Ps^ttem for a Drip or Roasting Pan In Fig. 62, A is the elevation of the pan; now, draw a rectangle B C D E. Draw the sides of the pan to this ; that is, B F equals B' F' of the eleva- tion. Distance F G equals H J, as the flare is equal K H\ -^-^ Eleva+ion Pa + f erh Fig. 62.— Drip Pan Pattern. all around. Bisect angle G H B by drawing line to K. With the compass at H and set to almost touch line KB, as shown, swing around to L. With B as center swing an arc from L to line K B, locat- ing point M. Point M shows amount of fold or material for each corner, so that pan can be made ill one piece with water-tight corners. Complete each corner the same way, M' M" and M'" being the point M just mentioned. Provide edge, as shown dotted for the wire. Digitized by Google 72 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Pattern for a Chimney Cap To design and develop patterns of the object •shown in Fig. 63 it is to be said that the pattern problem comprises developing the sur- face of a cone. In the sketch, which is for an 8-inch pipe and drawn one- twelfth full size. A is simply a short joint pipe, which, of course, can also be a square-to- round chimney base. C and C are the braces and D the cap. Inasmuch as there are no fixed rules for pro- portioning the cap, and as most me- chanics have a 30- deg. triangle, and as that amount of pitch for the cap would seem pleas- ing to the eye, the lines a b and b c are .'SO drawn, as shown. The length of these lines may .be as wanted, only it should be remembered that the Fig. 63. — Pattern for Chimney Cap. Digitized by Google CONICAL PROBLEMS AND TINWARE 73; cap must be of a sufficient height above the pipe to allow a free passage of the smoke. It is better to- err by making the space between the cap and pipe too great rather than too small. It is also to be remembered that the longer the lines a b and b c are, or which is the same thing, the larger the cap the more storm-proof it is, and as it naturally cdvers a larger area it can be raised so much more above the pipe. For the pattern of the cap the leg of the com- passes is set at b and the other leg at c and a long arc drawn. On this arc a point is chosen as d and from this point the half-circumference of the base of the cap or cone which is shown as a quarter- section at d is set off; that is, from o to 6 is set off twice in the arc as shown. If a full pattern is. desired this is doubled. The braces C are made from }i' and i-inch tinned straps which bind the bundles of sheet iron, and after they are punched and formed to shape, as indicated in the drawing, they are first riveted, to the cap and then to the pipe. The holes for the rivets are accurately spaced on the pattern for the pipe and punched with a solid punch before the pipe is rolled up. The holes in the cap can best be spaced by swinging an arc from e with b as center and then intersecting with a line drawn from b to 6. The holes together with those of the seams are punched before the cap is formed to shape, the- forming being done by coaxing it over a blown horn stake. As shown in the sketch, a bead can be swadged on the cap and the pipe to stiffen them.. Digitized by CjOOQIC CHAPTER IV Elbows and Piping To Describe a Tapering Elbow Draw elevation of elbow at any angle desired and draw miter line H K as shown. Establish height and diameter of small end as V O and extend the lines i-V and 7-O until they meet at B. Dra\sr half profile S, which space into equal parts and draw vertical lines to 1-7, from which draw radial lines to the apex B, which will cross the miter line H K as shown. From these intersections draiv horizontal lines to the side B-7 as shown from i to 7. With B-7 as radius, draw the arc 7'-/ equal to the circumference of the circle S. From the points on /-7' draw radial lines to the apex B, which inter- sect by arcs struck from B as center, with radii equal to the points between i and 7. U R G O is the pattern for the upper arm and R G 7'-/ pattern for the lower arm. See Fig. 64 on opposite page for the diagram referred to. It is to be understood that the smaller piece is to be turned half way around when joining the two pieces. That is to say, the seam for the largest or first piece is at the throat, while the seam for the smaller or second piece will be at the heel; throat and heel being the common terms of the trade. Edges should be allowed for along the miter line for seaming, also along the sides, depending on the method of seaming used. 74 Digitized by CjOOQIC ELBOWS AND PIPING 75 These methods are the basic principles for the system of developing tapering elbows of three or more pieces. The system must only conform to the rule that all the pieces are to be parts of one cone, or its frustum. That is to say, the various pieces R_ B_ Fig. 64.— 'Patterns for Two-piece Tapering Elbow. are turned on their axes so that they constitute a cone, as was done with the two pieces in Fig. 64. A better system for three or more pieces would be to have the pieces at each end of the elbow straight and the taper provided for in the inter- mediate pieces; which means that the end pieces would be cut by the parallel line system and the others by triangulation. Digitized by Google 76 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER A Square or Right Angle Elbow> in Two Pieces . Draw the elevation of the elbow, as B S, O V, K H. Draw line from V to O. Divide one-half of the plan into a convenient number of equal parts, as shown by dotted lines ; erect lines to intersect O V. Make the line B R equal in length to the circumfer- ence of the elbow. Set oflE on this line spaces cor- Hiii7 Fig. 65.— Two-piece Elbow Pattern. responding to those in the plan, the same number each side of the center line ; then draw lines parallel to the arm of the elbow, cutting the corresponding lines as indicated. By tracing through these points the irregular line U G the pattern is obtained, refer- ring to Fig. 65. Allow edges for lock and provide lap for the rivets. The general principle for cutting elbow patterns IS the same throughout, and to understand the prin- ciple is to be able to describe pattern for any elbow, at any angle and of any number of pieces. It is !he design of this work to make the principle clear o the readers. Digitized by Google ELBOWS AND PIPING 77 Quick Method for Cutting Two-piece Elbow In Fig. 65 is shown the strictly scientific method, according to orthographic projection, of developing two-piece elbow patterns. Now, in Fig. 66 is given a method based on a geometrical coincidence which is employed to save time in developing such pat- terns. As may be seen, no elevation, plan or other view U \ / 8 / I / ^^^ B Fig. 66.— Quick Method for Elbow Pattern. or views of the elbow need be drawn ; no prelim- inary drawings whatsoever. Lay out on sheet 'length required for elbow, as H K V O. Describe semicircle S the desired size of pipe, which divide into four parts. Space the length of the sheet into twice the number of squares in S, and draw vertical and horizontal lines until . they intersect. O B U R V is then the pattern. Allow for flanges for seaming the two parts to- gether, also edges for locks or rivet flange for ver- tical seams of the two pieces. ^ Digitized by CjOOQIC 78 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER A Square Three-piece Elbow This is a complete demonstration, as shown in Figs. 67 and 68, of the method of developing pat- terns for a three-piece elbow. It is not the shortest way of proceeding, nevertheless it is strictly correct V Pig. 67. — ^Eleration of EHmw. and based on the principles of orthographic projec- tion. Let H K be the throat and K V the diameter of the elbow. Draw the quadrant V O, which divide into four equal parts, as shown by i, 2, 3. Draw miter lines through i and 3 as H R and H G. Draw the circle B equal to diameter of elbow and divide one-half of B in equal parts, as shown ; draw lines to intersect miter line R U, as directed by the dia- gram in Fig. 67. Referring now to Fig. 68, which is the complete set of patterns, and referring to Fig. 67 when re- quired by reference letters in the text, continue as follows : Digitized by Google ELBOWS AND PIPING 79 Construct parallelogram H K V O equal in length to the circumference of B. Through the spaces on H K draw parallel lines as shown. Measuring from V K, take the various distances to the miter line R U and place them on similar lines measuring from H K. H S B K is then the pattern for the end. Double the distance from 3 to R' and place it from o V Fig. 68.— The Patterns of the Elbow. S to G and B to U and transfer the miter line SR'B to GRU. Place H S as shown by GO and U V and draw O V, which completes the three patterns. Allow for seams and so forth in accordance with the scheme used for making elbows. Attention is called to the grouping of the three patterns to form a rectangle; the idea being to cut the three pieces from a sheet without waste. This is the customary shop procedure and patterns for preservation should be bound together in the man- ner of stringing patterns given in Fig. 59. Digitized by Google 80 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER A Four-piece Right Angle Elbow As for the three-piece elbow, this is a complete demonstration of the exact method of cutting four- piece elbows, as shown in Figs. 69 and 70. As was stated in the previous problems, this method is not the quickest but it is the truly scien- tific procedure and a good one for demonstrations. Fig. 69. — Elevation of Four-piece Elbow. It may be of interest to state that elbows of any shape are developed by the method explained in connection with these problems of pieced elbows; for instance, profile R could be elliptical. Let H K be the throat and K V the diameter of the elbow. Draw the quarter circle V O, which divide into six equal parts, as shown by a b c d e. Draw miter lines through a, c and e, as shown by HB, HG and HT. Draw the circle R, which space as shown, and draw lines to intersect the miter line B U, as in Fig. 69 ; which is the prelim- inary drawing. Digitized by Google ELBOWS AND PIPINC 81 Referring now to Fig. 70, which is the complete set of patterns and referring to Fig. 69 when so directed by the reference letters in the text, pro- ceed as follows: Construct parallelogram H K V O, equal in length to the circle R, as shown by similar figures on H K, through which draw parallel lines as shown. 5 4 f t 1 1 S i' S Fio. 70. — Complete Set of Patterns. Measuring from VK, take the various distances to the miter line B U and place them on similar lines in the pattern, measuring from H K, and obtain B S B. Double i S and place at B U and B U and trace the miter cut B S B as shown by U G U. Place SG at UT and UT and trace UGU as shown by T A T. Make T O and T V equal to S i and draw line O V, which completes the four pat- terns. Allow for locks for the various seams for joining the pieces together and the rivet or lock edges for the vertical seam of each piece- Digitized by CjOOQIC 82 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER A Five-piece Right Angle Elbow As with the foregoing problems of this nature, the following is a demonstration of the complete steps of developing patterns for a five-piece elbow as shown in Figs. 71 and 72. The principles embodied in the procedure exem- plified in these four or five problems should make ■^^i-im: "^■■•^■^^^ »\ A 1 ./ 7 y K H Fio. 71. — ^Elevation of a Five-piece Elbow. the procedure quite clear for the developing of elbows of any number of pieces and indeed, at other than a right angle. Draw throat H K and diameter K V. Draw quadrant H V R, which divide into eight parts as shown from a to ^; draw miter lines H U, H B, H S and H O. Divide profile A into equal spaces, and draw lines from these points to miter line H O, as shown in Fig. 71. Referring now to Fig. 72, which is the complete set of patterns, and referring to Fig. 71 when so uig.uzeuuy Google ELBOWS AND PIPING 83 directed by the reference letters in the text, pro- ceed as follows: Make i i equal to circumference of profile A. Draw parallel lines as shown in pattern. Use divid- ers and measure various distances from V K to miter line H O, which transfer to similar lines measuring from i x, and obtain miter cut H K V. 1 t » ^ n 9 f 9 I 4 V % 1 FlG. 72, — Complete Set of Patterns for Fiye-piece Elbow. Double 7 K and place at H O and V S and draw miter cut O B S. Place K B at O U and S R and draw miter cut U G R. Make U A and R D equal to H O and draw miter cut A C D. Make A F and D E equal to H i and draw F E, which completes the five patterns. It is to be understood that this system of grouping the patterns causes the seams to come opposite each other in adjoining pieces, which is a decidedly good feature. Allow for locks and so on as previously directed, inasmuch as these problems are all similar. Digitized by Google 84 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER An Offsetting or Obtuse Elbow When the pattern for an obtuse of rather an elbow oif setting, as shown in Fig. 73, is desired it is only necessary to draw a cor- FiG. 73.— Rise of Miter Line in Elbows. rect representation of the elbow and obtain the miter line, as follows: With H as center, draw the arc K V. With any desired radius, and using K and V as centers, intersect arcs at O. Draw the miter line H O S. Place the half profile B in position as shown, which space, and draw parallel lines to the miter line H S. Then proceed as by the rules already given in the four or five foregoing problems of like problems. Digitized by Google ELBOWS AND PIPING 85 Rises for Elbow Miter Lines The rise in an elbow is equal to the difference in length between the longest side and the shortest side of an end piece. In Fig. 74, showing a three-piece el- bow, the, dis- tance A B is the rise. The fol- lowing are the rises of elbows of from 3 to lo pieces, the diam- eters of which are I inch : Fig. 74— Rise of Miter Line in Elbows. Table of Rises 3 piece, 0.414 or, 13-32 inch rise 4 " 0.268 or, 17-64 " '* 5 " 0.199 or, 3-16 " " 6 " 0.158 or, 5-32 " " 7 piece, o. 1 32 or, 9-64 indi rise 8 " 0.1 13 or, 7-64 " " 9 " 0.098 or, 3-32 " " 10 " 0.08701,5-64 " " To Find the Miter Line Rise for an Elbow of Any Number of Pieces and of Any Diameter Rule : Multiply the rise given in the above table by the diameter in inches of the desired elbow and the result will be the rise in inches for the miter line of the desired elbow. Example: Find the rise for a seven-piece elbow the diameter of which is 1 1 inches. Answer: Table gives rise as 0.132 ; then, 0.132 X 11 = 1.452 or I 15/32 inches, the desired rise. uigitized by Google 86 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Gray's Practical Elbow Chart There are many devices to cut elbow patterns. Also charts have been prepared for figuring the number of pieces to use in making up an elbow of angle from the standard elbow patterns, as in Fig. 75, on the opposite page. Although useful in many other ways, the main purpose of this chart is to instantly tell how to make oifsetting elbows from the patterns of right- angled elbows of different number of pieces. The regular elbow patterns can be developed for right-angled elbows, to full size, by following the instructions given herein for right-angled elbows of various number of pieces. Those who do not want to bother laying out their own patterns may pur- chase full size sets on heavy paper, all ready to lay on the metal. They are known as "Gray's Perfect Elbow Patterns," sets A and B. Supposing you have a set of patterns at hand and, as per the example given in the chart, you have an oifsetting angle in a run of piping that is 45 degrees from the original line of run. In fact, you do not know what degree the angle is but are able to set a bevel to the angle. Now, this bevel is laid on the chart as shown, and it points to 45 degrees. Reading up the dotted line to the box tail of the arrow pointer on that degree, three combinations will be found in the box. Deciding that, as in the example on the chart, a three-piece angle elbow will do, you select the first piece pattern of a right-angled five-piece elbow and cut out two pieces like the pattern. You also cut Digitized by CjOOQIC ELBOWS AND PIPING 87 out one piece of any one of the middle sections of this five-piece right-angled elbow and, joining the three pieces as in the chart, you obtain the required angle elbow. Digitized by CjOOQIC 88 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Ideal Rule for Elbow Patterns One of the nicest, most accurate and rapid meth- ods of cutting elbow patterns is in this manner. Make a small memorandum chart — it even need not be drawn to scale— of the rises per foot of elbow miter lines as in Fig. 76. The rises here shown were found by drawing elbow elevations, as in Fig. 71, for instance, and, of course, could be car- ried up to any number of pieces. Fig. 76.— Cutting Elbow Patterns. Now, supposing a six-piece elbow 4 inches in diameter is wanted. Simply draw a straight line 12 inches long and at one end erect a perpendicular line 1% inches high. Draw a line completing the triangle, as shown in Fig. 76, this line being the required miter line. Anywhere on this line locate a center and scribe a 4-inch half-circle, as shown. Divide into a num- ber of spaces. Place these spaces on the extended 12-inch line, as shown at the right of Fig. 76. Erect perpendicular lines, which in turn are inter- sected by lines projected from the miter line, which gives the half-pattern, the set being complete as in, say, Fig. ^2, • Digitized by CjOOQIC ELBOWS AND PIPING 89 Rectangular Elbows^^First Case Rectangular elbows are common fittings. To cut the pattern for an elbow in which the turn is on the wide side of the pipe, first lay out a full-size side elevation (the profile really is not necessary) in this manner: Draw horizontal line A 7 and ver- I Pci-H-ernof Throat a b c d c ^ Fig. 77, — Elevation and Patterns of Rectangulat Elbows. tical line A i. A is the center, and scribe throat to required radius as b to e. Scribe heel the distance away from throat equal to widest dimension of pipe. Add the straight parts 01 ab and efyS. The pattern for the heel is just a rectangular piece the width of narrowest dimensions of pipe and the length of the stretchout in elevation o to 8. The same is. true for the throat pattern. Sometimes the throat is made as in the diagram at the right of Fig. yy, in which case the pattern is as shown below the d'agram ; a square bend is made along line k. uigitized by Google 90 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Rectangular Elbows — Second Case The making of rectangular piping, or as some call it, duct work, is an important part of the sheet metal trade. Wall stacks for heating and venti- lating, often of huge dimensions, are made this shape. And, too, the wall risers in furnace heating are frequently made rectangular as well as other fittings in this line, like cold air boxes for furnaces. I 2 3 4 5 6 7q bcde f Profile Side Elevation Fig. 78. — Elevation and Patterns of Rectangular Elbows. The problems in rectangular elbows discussed here are those of frequent occurrences and lead up to complicated designs in unusual cases. The turji, as in Fig. 78, can be on the narrowest side of the pipe or rectangle, just the opposite of the case of Fig. yy, and especial care must be exer- cised in laying out these types of elbows to be sure and have the turn on the right side. With rec- tangles of the proportions here shown the chance of error, while possible, is not as great as when the dimensions are almost equal. As was directed for the other elbow, first draw side elevation, then take stretchouts of the. heel and throat and cut out sheets the length of these stretch- outs and to the width of the widest dimension of the rectangle. Provide for laps, etc. Digitized by Google ELBOWS AND PIPING 91 Compound Elbows in Rectangular Piping — First Case First draw where convenient, an outline of the rectangular duct as 8 A B C, which will represent the end of the horizontal duct. The correct dis- tance below this and also as far to the right as it should be, draw the horizontal line 21 D to represent ,_^ — -I "5 TJlTV % Front Elevation V/7 V f9 20 2! i Sid< I Elev Plan! '£^~ I Fig. 79' — Shows Procedure in Making Elbow. the wide side of the end of the vertical duct. As can be seen, there is ample room between these two ducts to make an easy connecting offset and square elbow, as shown by this front elevation. Note that this is the regulation method of making elbow off- sets in pipe work, which is merely the choosing of Digitized by CjOOQIC 92 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER convenient points like E and E', as centers and scribing throat and heel sweeps of the turn. Although not absolutely necessary, a plan is drawn as directed by Fig. 79, as it will help indi- cate the relative positions of the two duct ends. From the front elevation and plan a side elevation is projected which will indicate the regulation n 12{ 19 20 21^ Figs. 8o and 8 1.— Patterns of Wide Offsetting Part. square elbow O X Y 7 required to make the turn from vertical to horizontal. Observe that the throat has a square bend which is customary when, owing to restricted space, a throat of a sweep like the heel is impossible. Now then. Fig. 79 shows that the scheme in mind is to make the connection between the two ducts by a composite elbow, two offsetting elbows, the turn Digitized by Google ELBOWS AND PIPING 95 being made on the widest side of the pipe, as shown by the front elevation and a square elbow, the turn or cheeks being on the narrowest side. If this is duct work, the three elbows would be made separately and joined by the usual method of slips or angle irons. However, the patterns as here shown are all in one. To make more clear Fig. 80 is given and is just a reproduction of the offsetting elbows of the front elevation of Fig. 79 up to point 8. Point 8 is called 7 in Fig. 80 and from 7 up is nothing more than the stretchout o to 7 of the heel of the square elbow of the side elevation of Fig. 79. This pattern is for the side nearest the observer of the front elevation of Fig. 79 or K in the plan. The opposite side, M in the plan, has the same pat- tern as Fig. 80 except that above 7 the throat stretchout, XY of Fig. 79, is placed which would mean that the pattern stops there or as at A. After having cut the two patterns from the metal it is to be noted that the piece terminating at A would have a square bend at 7, while the other piece would be rounded to the shape of the side eleva- tion, starting the rounding at 7. The pattern of the narrowest sides is given in Fig. 81, the cheeks of the square elbow, shown in the side elevation, Fig. 79, are reproduced and then from point 8 down is the stretchout 8 to 21 of the front elevation, Fig. 79. Of course, this pattern is for side P of the front elevation, Fig. 79, but the stretchout for side T is the same. The only differ- ence is that the smaller curve is toward the bottom of the pattern instead of towards the top. Digitized by CjOOQIC 94 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Compound Elbows in Rectangular Piping- Second Case The discussion herein of. these two cases of com- pound elbows in rectangular piping is based on actual work. They were originally prepared in re- sponse to a query on how to make fittings for these situations. Many solutions of compound elbows Fig. 82.— Projected View of Second Problem. treat of a twisting elbow throughout which fnight be all right in certain cases but principally good problems for technical pattern drafting rather than actual shop practice like these solutions. The second problem seemingly is more compli- cated, but an inspection of Fig. 82 will reveal that nothing more is needed than an additional elbow uigitized by CjOOQIC ELBOWS AND PIPING 95 so that the composition consists of double offsetting- elbows shown in the front elevation, a square elbow with cheeks on narrow sides as shown in the side elevation and the additional elbow to make the quarter turn horizontally which has its cheeks on the wide sides, as indicated by the plan of the dia- grams, Fig. 82. From* the description of the method of develop- ing the patterns for the first problem, it is assumed that the method of obtaining the patterns for the second case requires no explanation; attention is called, though, to the throats, which are all round- ed ; the patterns of which are obtained by taking the girth of the throat quadrant as explained before. It should be understood that in the foregoing an attempt was made to describe how such problems would be studied and solved in actual practice. For, assuming that the pipe is 3 x 8 feet, it will be seen that no more extraordinary situation occurs, in either case, than arises on most every job of heat- ing, ventilation or kindred work, and it is common practice, when space is available as it was in these problems, to use just such combinations of common elbows because these fittings are all easily made and erected. It is to be remembered, too, that the slip joints are used so as to cut out the material with the least waste ; generally they would be at,, say, B in plan, C in side elevation, and D in the front elevation; as shown in Fig. 82. Full information on the development of com- pound elbows by the "twist" method are given in the book, "Piping and Heavy Sheet Metal Work.'* Digitized by CjOOQIC CHAPTER V Furfi^ce Fittings Patterns for an "A" Smoke Jack This problem is introduced not only because it is a good design for a chimney top, but also be- cause two problems occurring quite frequently in furnace srtioke pipe work are involved, namely, a \G Fig. 83. — A Smoke Jack. tee joint at a square angle and a tee joint at other than a right angle. Arms No. i and No. 2 — square tee joint and No. 2 and No. 3 angle tee joint. As in Fig. 83, draw a vertical line 3 B ; also a horizontal line crossing this at C, as D E. Again, axes lines of inclined arms to suit desired propor- 96 Digitized by Google FURNACE FITTINGS 97 tions. Draw the two profiles of the parts, as o ta 6 and o' to 6' and divide into equal spaces as shown. Draw the dotted lines from these spaces, also line 4" 6" at right angles to line 3' G. A A 0123456543210 Fig. 84.— Pattern of No. i Piece Many designers do not cut the tops and bottoms of arms, No. 3, on a horizontal line as shown, but leave the arms straight, that is, on a line par- allel to line 4" 6". As may be imagined, this does not look as well as the design of Fig. 83, but it saves consider- able cutting, which might be quite a factor when figuring for a low cost, especially as the operating of the jack would be the same in either case. For the pattern of the upright piece No. i draw a line as o to o in Fig. 84, with the spaces o to 6 to o of the profile in Fig. 83. Draw the right angled lines Fig. 85. — Pattern of No. 2 Piece. Digitized by Google 98 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER from these spaces. Then carry distances from like lines in Fig. 83 to Fig. 84; thus, line 3** C in Fig. 83 equals line 3 A in Fig. 84, and so on. For the pattern of piece No. 2 place stretchout on a line as shown in Fig. 85, also right angle lines. Carry the lengths from both sides of line 3'' B in Fig. 86.— Pattern of No. 3 Pieces. Fig. 83 to both sides of line o to o in Fig. 85. Thus, spaces 6 H 6 HMn Fig. 85 is 6° H and 6° H' of Fig. 83. Also for the cut-out or hole; for instance, o J and o y of Fig. 85 is 0° J and 0° J' of Fig. 83, and so on. For the arm pieces, in No. 3, Fig. 83, place stretchout on. line o to o as in Fig. 86 and continue as explained before, measuring from the line 4" 6" in Fig. 83 ; that is to say, the lengths are taken from line 4" 6", in Fig. 83, to the top of the arm and are placed above the stretchout line of Fig. 86. Then, lengths taken below line 4" 6", of Fig. 83 to the bottom, are placed below stretchout line in Fig. 86. Digitized by Google FURNACE FITTINGS 99 Laying Out a Chimney Base Proceed as in Fig. 87, in which i, 2, 3, 4 is the outline of the bottom of the base and A the size of the round pipe. From the corners of the rectangu- ^\^ Obtaining Rodn for aevelopiftg Fbftem \ Fig. 87. — Short, Simple Rule for Laying Out Chimney Bases. lar base, draw the two diagonals, and where they intersect will be the center b used for striking the desired size of the smoke pipe A. Now, at right angles to either one of the diagonal lines, in this case 4 b, draw lines indefinitely from points 4, A y Google 100 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER and b as shown. Now draw any line as c e parallel to 4 fc and make the height c d equal to the desired height of the base. From d draw the line df parallel to c e until it intersects the perpendicular line drawn from A parallel to 4 ^ at /. Draw a line from e through / until it intersects the center line at h; hf sxid'h e then become the radii for striking the pattern. Now, using these radii, with h as cen- ter, describe the arcs /5 and e i. Set the dividers equal to 1-4, 4-3 and 3-2 in plan, and place these distances on the outer arc as shown in the pattern from I to 4, 4 to 3, and 3 to 2. Now draw lines from I to 4, 4 to 3 and 3 to 2 and bisect the side 3-4, thus obtaining the point i, from which draw a radial line to h, cutting the inner arc at /. Take the girth of full circle A, and place one-half of it on either side of the inner arc, as shown from y to 5 and y to 6. Bisect ys and j6 and obtain points / and m, respectively. Now, draw lines from point I on the outer arc to 5 and b; from point 4 to / and j; from point 3 to j and m and from point 2 to m and 6. These lines indicate where slight bends would be made, so as to obtain the transition from square corners to round top. As the seam in this case is to come between i and 2 in plan or in the center of the long side at a, then to obtain this joint line in the pattern, use j i in the pattern as radius, and, with 5 and 6 as centers, draw the arcs a" and a', respectively ; then using 3 i or 4 i as radius and i and 2 as centers, intersect arcs previously drawn at a" and a'. Draw lines from i to a" to 5, and from 2 to a' to 6, which completes the pattern. Digitized by CjOOQIC FURNACE FITTINGS 101 Pattern for a Furnace Center Boot Of all the fittings that are made for furnace work, boots or shoes or starters, etc., as they are called, according to the different localities in which they are made, form one of the most important problems. They have offsets one way or two ways. ?-^ r-tf-51 True Leroths of Solid and Dotted Line* inA " ^ .e ofSjIid FjQ.88Viewor Center Boot vfertioalononeaida mt^^ GS U.yi&iryB 71 i \ True LiJnoiha Off DotiBtfLrfi©8inB 9 Fig. 89. — Elevation and True Lengths. They have their collars at various angles to each other and, in fact, are so diverse in designs that quite a number of articles could be written about them; the style shown in Fig. 88 is a common one and the pattern procedure is as shown in Figs. 89 and 90. Digitized by CjOOQIC 102 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Divide the quarter circles of elliptical section, in the same number of divisions as the quarter cir- cles in the half section and number the points from I to 4, 5 to 8 and 9 to 15 as shown. From the divi- sions in the elliptical section i to 8 at right angles to the line 1-8 draw lines intersecting the line 1-8 at 2', 3', 4^ S^ 6' and 7'. In a similar manner, at right angles to the line 9-15 from the intersections Fig. 90.— Pattern of the Center Boot 10 to 14, draw lines cutting the line 9-15 at 10', 11', 12', 13' and 14'. Connect solid lines in elevation as shown, and connect the opposite points by dotted lines all as indicated in the parts marked A and B. To obtain the true length of the solid lines in A in elevation proceed as follows: Take tlie vario lengths of the solid lines 4' to 12', 3' to 13' an 14', and place them as shown by similar turn the diagram of true lengths in A. From th^ ous points perpendiculars are erected equr various heights in the semi-sections in < uyuzeuuy Google A FURNACE FITTINGS 103 For example, the heights of 4^-4 in the semi-ellip- tical section and 12'- 12 in the semi-circle are placed on the proper perpendiculars in diagram for true lengths in "A, as indicated by 4'-4 and I2'-I2. A line drawn from 4 to 12 is the true length of the line 4^-12' in elevation* Similarly, obtain the true lengths of the dotted lines in A in elevation, also the true lengths of the solid and dotted lines in B. Cut the pattern as follows. Assuming that the seam is to come along 8-9 in elevation then take the length of 1-15, which shows its true length, and place it as shown by 1-15 in the pattern. Now with 1-2 in the half section as radius, and i in pattern as center, describe the arc 2, which intersect by an arc struck from 15 as center and 15-2 in the true lengths in A as radius. Now using 15-14 in the half section as radius, and 15 in pattern as center, describe the arc 14, which intersect by another arc struck from 2 as center and 2-14 in the true lengths in A as radius. Proceed in this manner, using alternately first the proper division in the semi-elliptical section, then the proper true length of the dotted lines ; then the proper division of the semi-circular section, and the proper true length of the solid lines, always follow- ing the dotted and solid lines in elevation as a guide, until the seam line 8-9 in pattern is obtained, which equals 8-9 (its true length) in elevation. Trace a line through points thus obtained, as shown by 1-8-9-15 in the pattern, which shows the half pat- tern. If a full pattern is desired, trace this half opposite the line 1-15, as shown by 8°-9°. Digitized by CjOOQIC 104 THE NEW TINSMITH^S HELPER Round to Rectangle Furnace Boot The problem is an object having a round base and transforms to a rectangular form -at the top. This rectangle is so situated in respect to the round base, as to have what is termed a straight back, which is to say, the long center line of the rectangle does not lie in the same vertical plane as does the cross diameter of the round; however, the short center line of the rectangle does lie in the same vertical plane as a diameter, at right angles to the one mentioned, of the round. This then makes a problem of symmetrical halves so that the pattern for one-half will answer for the other half. First, divide the circle into quarters. Then divide the two quarters represented by E H G into equal divisions, and, from the points in the section E H, draw lines to the corner of the top, represented by B, in Fig. 93, and, from the divisions in section H G, draw lines to the comer of the top represented by C, Fig. 93. It will be necessary to construct the two diagrams of triangles, one for each comer, shown in Fig. 93, so as to obtain the true length of each line. Lay off the line, R J, in Fig. 94, equal to the height of the fitting made to suit the work on which it is to be used. From the point J, and at right angles to the line RJ, set off the length of lines in the section E to H, making J i equal to B i, J 2 equal to B 2, etc. From the points thus estab- lished in the line J W, Fig. 94, draw lines to R. To obtain triangles for the section H G, draw lines as shown in Fig. 95, the same as in Fig. 94. Digitized by CjOOQIC FURNACE FITTINGS 105 Mak^ V S the same height as R J, Fig. 94 ; draw S T at right angles to V S, and, on the line S T set oflF the lengths of the lines in section H G, making S I 'equal to C i', S 2' equal to C 2', etc. ; from the points thus established in S T, Fig. 95, draw lines Fig.95 Diagram of Tnonglcs in Sec^on- H-G Fia 96 Pattern for Bull Head in ^ 2 pieces Figs. 91 to 96. — Various Details of Object. to V, as shown. To obtain the pattern, lay off line I E' in Fig. 96, and from point E', and at right angles to i E', draw line E' B equal in length to E' B of plan Fig. 93, which is the same as half the length of the long side of the top. Set the dividers to R i^ Fig. 94, and with B of pattern as center, strike an arc cutting the line E' i at i. Then join i-B, Fig. y Google 106 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER 96. With B as center and R 2 in Fig. 94 as radius^ describe an arc. With i, of pattern as center, and I '-2' of plan as radius, strike a small arc intersect- ing at 2 with the arc previously drawn. With B, Fig- 96, as center, and R3, Fig. 94, as radius, de- scribe an arc, and with the dividers set to same space used in stepping off the plan, strike small arc intersecting at 3 of the pattern. Proceed in the same way to lay off the lines 4, 5 and 6. Then, to obtain the point C, of pattern, set the dividers to B C of plan. Fig. 93, and, with B of pattern as center, and B C of plan as radius, describe an arc. Now, with V6', Fig. 95, as radius, and 6, of the pattern, as center, strike an arc, intersecting with the arc already drawn. This will give the point C of the pattern. With C of the pattern as center and V 5', Fig. 95, as radius, describe an arc. Now, with the dividers set to same space used in stepping off plan at 6-5', using 6 of the pattern as center, strike a small arc intersecting the other at 5'. The remaining lines, 4', 3', 2' and i' are established in the same way as the preceding one. To complete the pattern, set the dividers to C'-C, and, with C of pattern as center, strike a small arc. Now, from V of pattern as center, and the slant height of bull- head Fig. 91, as radius, strike an arc intersecting at C. Lines traced through the points thus obtained will give the pattern required minus laps. Drafting tfie pattern for boot with an offset is done in exactly the same way, only be sure to draw the right amount of offset in the plan and elevation and then proceed as previously explained. Digitized by CjOOQIC FURNACE FITTINGS 107 Pattern for an Angular Furnace Boot A sketch of the fitting is given in Fig. 97 and it IS to be understood that this procedure will apply for any combination of sizes, position and dimen- sions of rectangular collar. The methods and de- sign here explained are scientifically correct and a much better method than the so-called channel boot, which is merely a square box with collars let into it. By position and dimensions of rectangular collar and combination of sizes in respect to the round collar, is meant that if, for instance, the rectangle collar was turned one-quarter around in relation to its present position an ordinary offset boot would result. Such boots are commonly used when the wall pipe is in a partition over a girder and it is necessary to offset over this girder to make the con- nection to collar pipe and transition in shape at this place, from the round collar pipe to the rectangular shape of the wall pipe or riser. Also, if the wall pipe had a shape of what is commonly called "oval," that is to say, a rectangle with semi-circular ends, the procedure here out- lined would be in a measure, similar; that is, very little adjusting of the methods would be required. Now, even if the round collar was situated at a different angle, as say, somewhat off the vertical line in which it is now, so that the boot could be connected to the pitched collar pipe without using an angle elbow, the procedure would be identical to that herein explained. The first step is to draw the side elevation, as Digitized by CjOOQIC 108 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER shown by i'-2'-3'-9 in Fig. 98. On the line 1^-2^ place the half section of the 3j4 x lo-inch pipe, as shown, and on the line 3-9 place the half sectiorr of the 9-inch pipe, also shown. True Lengths of Dotted Lines in Side Elevation Fig. 98. — Various Details of the Object. Divide the semi-circle ^nn any number of equat spaces ; in this case 6, as indicated by the small fig- ures, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. From these points at right angles to 3-9 draw lines intersecting, 3-9 at 4', 5',. Digitized by Google FURNACE FITTINGS 109 6', 7' and 8'. From the intersections 3, 4', 5' and 6' draw lines to the corner 2' ; and from the in- tersections 6', 7', 8' and 9 draw lines to the corner i'. These lines represent the bases of sections which will be constructed whose altitudes will equal the various heights in the half sections. For an example: To find the true length of the line i'-6' in side elevation, take this distance and place it as shown from i' to 6' in diagram A. From the points i' and 6' at right angles to i '-6', erect the lines I'-i and 6^-6^, equal in height to I'-i and 6'-6 in the half sections. A line drawn from i to 6* in A is the desired length. In similar man- ner take the various lengths i' to 7', i' to 8' and i' to 9 in the side elevation and place them as shown by similar numbers in diagram A and erect perpen- dicular lines equal to the proper height in the half sections. Also, take the lengths 2' to 3, 2' to 4', 2' to 5' and 2' to 6' in the side elevation and place them in diagram A, as shown by similar numbers, and obtain the heights from the half sections. It will be noticed that the height of the sections at i' and 2' in the side elevation is equal to I'-i and 2 '-2 respectively, both heights being similar, as shown in diagram A, while the heights at 4', 5', 6', 7' and 8' in the side elevation vary, as shown in the semi-circle at 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, respectively. Having obtained the true lengths in A, the pat- tern is now in order, and is developed as follows: Take the length of i'-9 in the side elevation which shows its true length and place it on the vertical line in the pattern, shown by I'-g. Now with a "• Digitized by CjOOQIC 110 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER radius equal to I'-i in the half section in the side elevation, and i' in the pattern as center, describe the arc i, which intersects by an arc, struck from 9 as center and 9-1 in the true length A as radius. Now with radii equal to 1-8, 1-7 and 1-6* in diagram A and using i in the pattern as center, describe the short arcs 8, 7 and 6. Set the divid- ers equal to the divisions 9-8, 8-7 and 7-6 in the semi-circular section in the side elevation, and starting from 9 in the pattern step to arc 8, 7 and 6 respectively, and draw a line from 6 to i and i to 9 and trace the curve from 9 to 6. Now with a radius equal to 2-6 in diagram A and with ^ in the pattern as center, describe the arc 2, which intersect by an arc struck from i as center, and 1-2 of the half section in the side ele- vation as radius. With radii equal to 2-5, 2-4 and 2-3 in diagram A and 2 in the pattern as cen- ter, describe the arcs 5, 4 and 3. Again set the dividers equal to the divisions 6 to 5, 5 to 5 and 4 to 3 in the semi-circular section in the side eleva- tion and starting from 6 in the pattern, step to arc 5, 4 and 3. Draw a line from 3 to 2 and 2 to 6. Now with radius equal to 3-2' in the side ele- vation, which shows its true length, and 3 in pat- tern as center, draw the arc 2', which intersect by an arc struck from 2 as center and 2-2' in the semi- rectangular section in the side elevation as radius. Connect points in the pattern by tracing the curve froni 6 to 3, and draw lines from 3 to 2', 2' to 2, 2 to I and I to i'. i'-9-3-2'-2-i-i' is the half pattern; and, i*»-2*^-2*'-3*»-6^-9 added is the full pattern. Digitized by CjOOQIC FURNACE FITTINGS 111 Pattern for a Y Fitting Trunk line systems in furnace heating are be- coming quite popular and require special fittings as, for instance, the Y branch. The principles as ex- plained for this case can be applied to any size fit- ting, no matter what angle the fitting may have, providing the two forks are symmetrical when viewed in plan as shown in diagram X in Fig. 99. As the angles of the forks in this case are the same as shown in the elevation, the one pattern will an- swer for both. If, however, the angle of the one fork was 45 deg. and the other 30 deg., a separate pattern would have to be developed for each, using the same method as will now be described. The first step in this procedure is to draw any line as 8-10° equal to 14 inches, which bisect and obtain a. From a erect the perpendiculaf a 14, equal to one-half of 14 inches, or 7 inches. From a draw the angles desired, as a ^ and a d. Make these two lines of the desired length and through e and d, per- pendicular to the lines just drawn, draw the line 1-7 the desired diameter, or 10 in. Using e as center,^ with ^ I as radius, draw the half section of the pipe. In similar manner, using a as center, with radius equal to a 8, draw the half section of the large pipe, also the half section of the intersection between the two forks on line a 14. It may be of interest to state that the profile a 14 11° could be arbitrarily drawn if the conditions required it. Thus 1-4-7 is the half section of the lo-inch pipe ; 8-11-11° the half section of the 14-inch pipe and uyuzeuuy Google 112 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER a-ii°-i4 the half section of the joint line between the two forks. Now divide the half sections into equal parts, as shown by the small figures, from which draw perpendicular lines* to their respective base lines as shown. Draw solid and dotted lines k 14" Fig. 99. — First Steps for Developing the Pattern. as indicated, which will represent the base lines of sections which will be constructed whose altitudes are equal to their respective heights in the varioys sections. Thus to find the true length of the solid line 12 to 3 in the elevation of the left fork, take that distance and set it on the line A B as shown in Fig. 100. From 12 and 3 erect perpendicular lines FURNACE FITTINGS 113 equal to the heights to 12 and 3 in the sections, measuring from their respective base lines. The heavy line in the diagram 12-3 will be the true length. In similar manner are the balance of the true lengths for solid and dotted lines found, as shown by similar numbers on the horizontal lines A B of Fig. 100 and C D in Fig. loi. The next steps are for the pattern shape, so ~5 5 it 10 9 i2 True Leng1t» of Solid LTnes In Elevation Fig. 100. — Triangulating the Solid Lines. Tt^ 2 T43 d ^ 3/0 a True.Length$ of Dotted Lines irt Elevcriion Fig. 10 1. — Triangulating the Dotted Lines. proceed as follows : As the seam is to come along the top at 1-14 in. elevation, take the distance of the lower line 7-8, which shows its true length, and place it as indicated by 7-8 in the pattern, Fig. 102. Now with 7-6 in the half section as radius and 7 in the pattern as center, describe the arc 6, which in- tersect by an arc struck from 8 as center and 8-6 in the dotted true lengths as radius. Now using 8-9 in the lower half section as radius and 8 in the pat- tern as center, describe the arc 9, which intersect by an arc struck from 6 as center and 6-g in the Digitized by Google 114 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER solid true lengths as radius. Proceed in this man- ner, using alternately first the divisions in the top section, then the proper dotted length; again the proper division in the lower section, then the prop- er true solid length, all as indicated by similar num- bers in the pattern, the length of 1-14 being ob- tained from I -14 in elevation. Trace a line through points thus obtained as shown, which will be the Rjttem Shape 'ft \T A 1 / /^ i\ ' h ' ' 1 \ f ' I f / / / ^ 1/ \ ' \i ' i ' 11 L Fig. 102. — The Procedure for the Pattern. desired pattern for both forks, to which edgies must be allowed for seaming, or riveting, inasmuch as the two arms are most always joined by riveting, although by using extreme care they could be double-seamed together. Forks or Y branches have had the close attention of many draftsmen, and no doubt a book of this size could be written about them alone; however, the fundamental principles embodied in this prob- lem are really involved in all and merely require an adjusting in applying these principles to the case at hand. Digitized by Google FURNACE FITTINGS 115 Pattern for a Furnace Collar As stated farther on in the exposition of this subject, the opening in the conical top, or, as it is called in some shops, a furnace bonnet, would be marked by scribing around the collar. Should it be desired to cut it out on the flat, one would proceed to do so by developing the pattern of the top by the radial line method as explained in conical prob- lems, like the scoop problem of Fig. 55. Points 2'-3' and 4' are carried across parallel to the base line A (referring to Fig. 104) to the line where points i' and 5' are; thence s^ung radially around to like element line in the pattern just as was done in the scoop problem, thus obtaining the opening in the top for the collar. In Fig. 104 are shown the true principles for de- veloping a collar intersecting a conical furnace top, which can be applied to any angle, no matter what size the top or collar may have. The diameter of the furnace collar in this case has been made larger and is out of proportion, so that the points of inter- sections may be more clearly shown. Referring first to Fig. 104 on next page, A B C D represent the one-half elevation of the conical top, below which in its proper position is, drawn the one-quarter plan shown by F B A. Es- tablish at pleasure any two points on the outline of the plan as a and b, from which points draw radial lines to the center F. From these points a and b in plan, erect vertical lines intersecting the base line A B of the cone in elevation as is also indicated by Digitized by CjOOQIC 116 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER a and b, from which points radial lines are drawn, toward the apex E as shown. Establish the angle which the collar is to have as shown by the center line 3** 3 and with any point on this line as d as *'-'n Fwiip»^fii0 9\ I ! /rl ...J, One-Quorter /'> Plon Fig. 104. — Geometrical Procedure for Acquiring Collar Pattern. center, describe the profile of the collar as shown. Divide this profile into an equal number of spaces, in this case eight, as shown by the small figures i to 5 to I, through which points draw lines parallel to 33°, extending them partly in the elevation as Digitized by Google FURNACE FITTINGS 117 shown by*2 2°, 33** and 44°. The lines drawn from points i and 5 in the full profile show their true points of intersection with the furnace top at i' and 5'. Where the planes or lines 22°, 33° and 44® intersect the radial lines drawn from B a and b in elevation, drop vertical lines to the plan, intersecting similar radial lines also drawn from B a and b in plan; as will be clearly understood by following the dotted lines. Through the points of intersec- tions thus obtained trace the curves 2 2, 3 3 and 4 4. Then will these curves 2 2, 3 3 and 4 4 ' in plan represent the horizontal sections on the lines shown in elevation by 22°, 33° and 44°, respec- tively. Extend the Une F B in plan as F H and with any point on same as d' draw the semi-profile of the collar as shown. Divide this into one-half the number of spaces contained in the full profile as shown. Parallel to F H through the point 3 in the semi-profile draw a line until it intersects the hori- zontal section 3 3 in plan at 3'. In a similar manner through the points 4 and 2 in the semi-profile draw a line until it intersects the horizontal sections 44 and 22 in plan at 4' and 2', respectively. From these intersections 2', 3' and 4' in plan, erect verti- cal lines, intersecting similar numbered planes or lines in elevation as 2 2°, 3 3° and 44° at 2', 3' and 4', respectively. Through the intersections i', 2', 3', 4' and 5' in elevation trace the intersecting line be- tween the collar and conical top as shown in Fig. 104 on the opposite page. Digitized by CjOOQIC 118 THE NEW TINSMITH^S HELPER -•-# 5 The line of intersection, or miter Ifte, having J* been obtained the pattern is now in order. As in Fig. 104, at pleasure draw any line as J B in elevation at right angles to 33° as shown. Draw any vertical line as J° B°, Fig. 105, upon which place the girth of the full profile as shown by similar numbers. From these points i to 5 to i, at right angles to J° B° draw lines indefinite- ly. Measuring in each instance from the line J B in the half elevation, take the various distances to points i', 2', 3', 4' and 5' and place them on sim- ilar numbered lines in the pattern, measuring in each instance from the line J°B^. Trace a line through points thus obtained ; then will L M I I be the pattern for the desired furnace collar, to which flanges must be allowed for seaming. The opening in the conical top has not been de- veloped as this is not necessary, because after the collar is developed, rolled up and seamed it may be held in its desired position on the conical top and the opening scribed around the collar with a lead pencil. The opening may then be cut out partly with a small chisel, after which it is cor- rectly trimmed with the circular shears. Practical methods for joining the collars to the bonnets are explained at length in Chapter IX. M Fig. 105.— Net Pattern for Furnace Collar. Digitized by Google CHAPTER VI Leaders and Gutters Making Offsets in Leader Pipes The following is a description of the method whereby offsets or elbows are made in square lead- er pipe; a method always found eminently prac- tical and expeditious and for an example a case where the leader passes over the water table of the usual type of frame building is shown, as illustrated in Fig. 1 06. The usual procedure when following this method is to send out to the job full lengths of leader, say 10 feet in length, and all offsets and elbows or the like are made there by the mechanic, and in this case measurements would be taken of the water table and in some convenient place, like the cement or stone walk or inside on the floor of one of the rooms of the building if it is not as yet finished, the offset would be drawn full size as shown at A of Fig. 107; a good idea being to use chalk and a line in a way known to all workmen. Now, as all the cuts, or miters, it should be said, would be ob- tained in identically the same manner, that for the upper one only will be here elucidated to avoid repetition of explanations. Therefore, at a draw a line as a & at right angles to a c, as shown, employing a small square for the purpose. Many mechanics do not carry a small •XXtf U'XilU£t)U UV ■V_J Vv' v^ ■X 1- ^^ 120 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER carpenter's square in their kit of tools. Before pro- ceeding farther it is well to explain how a square Fig. io6. — Perspective of Typical Case. Fig. 107. — Layout of Offset. can be cut from a piece of sheet metal. As in B of Fig. 108, draw a line a b 8 inches long; with the compasses set to span 6 inches and with one leg set uiyiuzeuoy Google LEADERS AND GUTTERS 121 at a describe an arc toward c. Then set the compasses again to lo inches, and with one leg at b describe an arc intersecting the one previously drawn at c. A line drawn from c to a will give a right angle, the basis for a piece of sheet metal cut like B. Stiffen as may be required. Taking a full length of leader, a point a (of C, Fig. 109) is marked on it at the right distance from J<..-^^~>1 Fig. 108. — Layout of a Square. I J I \ < \ I snnnnnhnr Fig. 109. — Obtain- ing Cuts. Fig. II o. — Finished Cut for Offset Elbow. the end of the length of leader in relation to the distance point a is from the soil pipe connection (if the leader is connected to the plumbing system, the discharging shoe otherwise), providing the me- chanic is working from the bottom up, or if from the top down, the relation point a is in the matter of distance from the last length of leader erected, for it is to be understood that good judgment is to be exercised in placing this point to obviate the need of cutting off some of the leader at the ends or, worse still, adding some leader to the ends which Digitized by Google 122 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER would make the job look piecy and decidedly un- workmanlike. The distance fc d of A is now placed to both sides of point a in C, as indicated by the points b and c. Holding one leg of the aforementioned square in line with the side of the leader pipe as shown in C, lines are drawn across the pipe from these three points as shown, though only the middle one is required, the idea being to prove accuracy by seeing that all three lines are parallel; from d to c and b lines are drawn as shown, and then from d square across the back to /, and from c and b square across the front to the other side, as shown by g and h; con- nect these with b and the space between /, g, c, d, b and h is then to be cut out of the pipe, allowing laps at the top, so that the water will not flow against but with the seam, after which the leader pipe at that place will look like at D, Fig. no of the group of diagrams. The lap shown at the front of the pipe is bent outward with the pliers, and then by carefully coax- ing the pipe, it is caused to bend along the line d f of C until point h touches g or b touches c and the joint well soaked with solder. Like everything else, the work is to be done right to be of any value, and it should be obvious that the method outlined in the foregoing is superior to chopping off two pieces of the leader and trimming the ends to a miter and thereby making individual elbows for each bend in the offset, necessitating two joints to each bend which certainly will make the job appear patchy and require more time, solder and pipe. Digitized by CjOOQIC LEADERS AND GUTTERS 12^^ An Oblique Leader Elbow A leader pipe elbow pattern 2-inch by 3-inch is to- be developed. The elbow is to reach around the comer of a building, the angle of which is 90 deg.^ as shown in Fig. 1 11, at an incline or rake of 45 deg. The flat or 3-inch side of the conductor is to face the building on both sides. In Fig. 112 is shown a simple method of finding the mi- ter lock between two sim- ilarly sized pipes by means of simple projections. Us- ing this method it will not be necessary to go through the operations of raking or changing of profiles, and the same area of the pipes is maintained. Where the intersection between the two pipes takes place there will not be a true miter line, but rather an intersecting lock, similar to that shown in the perspective in Fig. 113, which, how- ever, is perfectly practical, and. this method can be used, no matter what size the pipe may be, or at what angle or rake they incline. The method of finding the joint line and develop- ing the pattern is shown in detail in Fig. 112. First draw the wall line represented by F C in the eleva- tion and from any point on it, as 6, draw the de- sired rake of the pipe, in this case 45 deg., as shown by 6-B. Draw the perpendicular B E equal to 3 Fig. III.— ^'^""'^-rtive View of Problem. Digitized by Google 124 THE NEW, TINSMITH'S HELPER inches cm the wide side, and from E draw a line in- definitely parallel to B-6. At right angles to the wall line F C draw the line C D equal to 2 inches on the narrow side, and from D, parallel to C F, draw a Kne until it intersects the line previ- 6 ously drawn from E at 2. From intersection 2 draw the dotted horizontal line, cutting the line of the pipe C-6 ex- tended at I. Also, from ^^ ^^ RDrftem Shape / , tor both orms ^^ of ElboNV 6 draw the solid horizontal line cut- ting the outside line of the pipe erected from D, at 4. These are all the projecting points required previ- ous to developing the pattern. Above and in line with B E draw the section of the rectangular pipe and from point i in the elevation, which represents the seam line in the rear flat side of the pipe, draw a line parallel to 6-B, cutting the section at i. In a similar man- FiG. 112, — Developing Pattern Shape. Digitized by Google LEADERS AND GUTTERS 125 ner project back to the section the corner indicated by 4 in the elevation, which in this case happens to fall on the same line projected from the corner I in the elevation. .These points, i and 4 in the sec- tion, are used when laying out the girth or stretch- out of the pipe. Be- low the line C D in the elevation place a duplicate of the sec- tion in its proper po- sition by A. For the pattern extend' the line B E, which 'was drawn at right angles to B-6, as shown by F G. Upon this place the girth of the sec- tion from I to 6 to i, as shown by similar numbers on FG. Through these small figures, at right an- gles to F G, draw the usual measuring lines which are intersected by lines drawn at right angles to Br6 in the eleva- tion from similarly numbered intersections in the joint line in the elevation. Trace a line through the points thus obtained, as shown by J L M, then will I, J, L, M, I be the desired pattern of which two will be required both formed the same way, allowing laps for seaming, riveting and soldering. Fig. 113. — Perspective View of Finished Elbow. Digitized by Google 126 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER True Angle of an Oblique Leader Elbow This is an interesting problem in leader work and herewith is the solution, of the problem as taught in the Gray's Correspondence School of Sheet Metal Pattern Drafting, New York City. First draw a plan of the comer of the build- ing shown in Fig. 114; establish two points an equal distance from the corner of the building, designated A and B; Side tievo + ion Fig. 114. — The First Steps in the Procedure. straight. The line io to 11 is also straight and represents thfe roof angle. Draw vertical lines as shown from the numbered points, lay out the stretch- out line as shown by a', 10', 11', in Fig. 123, making the spaces on the line marked i', 2' to 10', 11' in each instance equal to the spaces i, 2 and ID, II on the profile. Now, through these points,, on the vertical stretchout line, draw horizontal line to intersect the vertical lines from the profile. Thus, horizontal line from say, 3' on stretchout line is to intersect vertical line dropped from point 3 on the profile, and so on. Theil a line drawn through the points of inter- section will be the pattern. It will be noticed that at a the diameter of the fod is laid off, a represent- ing a point in the center of the bead directly oppo-^ site I. In laying out the stretchout ij^ inches are allowed for the bead miter drawn as shown. Also notice that the points i to 3 are in a straight line, hence the points of intersection as, i, 2, 3, i', 2', 3' are on the same line, making the straight section on the top of the front side of the gutter. The line 9* to 10 is also straight and is placed as shown in Fig. 123. The line 10 to 11 is the pitch of the roof, and a vertical line is drawn through these points a^ shown, intersecting the horizontal line 10', 11', which Digitized by CjOOQIC 136 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER represents the points lo and ii on the stretchout line. Then the line drawn from the intersection points lo, lo' and ii, ii', as shown, gives the proper bevel for the pattern. It probably would have been better to have the pattern placed much more below the profile so that the pattern would not touch the profile, how- ever, the outline of the pat- tern is easily distinguished I from the profile. 111 Ld^Z ll4^4-i-t-b?H Fig. 124. — Angle Miter for a Plain Gutter. The method used when the miter is to be other than a right angle is shown in Fig. 124. Let A B be the miter line on the angle required. Then place the stretchout as shown. Draw vertical lines from points in the profile to the angle line and draw the stretchout lines a 11' at right angles to the vertical lines on the profile, also vertical lines from points on the stretchout line from a to 11', placed at dis- tances equal to the spaces in the profile, as shown. Draw horizontal lines from the several points of intersection on miter line as shown, then a line drawn through the intersection will be the pattern required. This method can also be used for a right angle by placing the miter line at an angle of 45 deg. Digitized by CjOOQIC LEADERS AND GUTTERS 137 Straight Eaves Trough Tube Pattern and Opening in Trough With most mechanics the usual procedure would be to roll up and seam a straight tube small enough to slip easily into the leader. They would then lay a length of the trough upside down on the bench and, while holding the tube in position against the bottom of the trough with one hand, they would scribe around the tube with a compass. The com- pass would be held steadily against the trough bot- tom so that the correct varying line would be marked on the tube. The tube would then be trimmed on this line with the tinner's snips. A quarter inch line would now be scribed along the irregular cut of the tube for a guide line in flanging. This flanging would be done by holding the tube to the mark against any sharp block of iron or bench stake. Then, with the peen of the hammer a flange would be thrown oflf the irregularly cut end of the tube. The tube is again held to the bottom of the trough as before, only this time at the correct place on the trough. A line is then scribed around the inside of the tube onto the bottom of the trough. Now, while the helper holds a block of wood or a lead cake against the part of the trough to be cut out, the mechanic chisels along the scribed line. Or else, a small hole is first cut within the scribed line and the balance cut out with a tinner's circular snips. The tube would then be inserted in the hole in the trough and the flange heavily soldered. ^ Digitized by Google 138 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER A better way is to draw a section of trough and the tube, as in Fig. 125 ; also the half profile of the tube. One-half of this profile is divided into spaces, and lines are pro- FiG. 125.— Pattern of Tube. jected from the points i to 4 up to the trough. A horizontal stretchout line is now drawn and twelve spaces of the half profile placed thereon as 4 to 4. Vertical lines are erected from these points and are in turn intersected by lines pro- jected across from the section of the trough, which completes the pattern for the tube. To develop the opening in the trough, draw a line as 4'-4' in Fig. 126, and beginning at some point near the middle set oflf each way the spaces i'-4' in the half profile and through the points drkw indefinite perpendiculars, on each of which set oflf, measuring from and on each side of 4'-4', the half distances through the tube at these points taken from the half profile. As from i' 'set oflf to i", in Fig. 125, and from 2' set oflf 2 to 2" and etc. Connecting the points thus located will produce the net pattern for the opening. Tig. ia6. — Opening in Trough. Digitized by Google LEADERS AND GUTTERS 13» Flaring Eaves Trough Tube The problem, as presented in Fig. 127, which shows an end view of the' trough with the flaring tube, is for a geometrical pi-opositioii pf a frustum of a right coile, intersediirig a cylinHer tfteir' a^es being at right angles.' -Draw the elevation and icon- tinue the outlines of the 6ibe until they ihtef sect the center line as at A. Bisect the line that represents the base of the cone or d'-d and with this point as center and radius to d describe a half profile of the base. Space half this semi-circle into ^a number of equal spaces and project the points, parallel with the center line, to the base of the cone, as a', &', and etc., and from the points on the base draw lines to apex A, and where these lines or elements cross the trough as g, f, e, d, will be miter pointy between the two pieces. The miter points are all, excepting d, located on fore-shortened lines or those that do not show their true lengths. To find the true lengths or distances the points are from the apex, the points are revolved around the cone by projecting them at right angles to the center line in elevation, to one of the outlines which is a true length. As g is pro- jected to hrd and then A-^° is the true length of A-^; / is similarly projected and then A-/° will be the true length of K-f, and etc. With A as center and radius to ct, describe an in- definite arc on which place four times the lengths of the spaces in the quarter profile and from the points draw lines to the apex, and these lines will correspond to the elements of the cone, as shown. uigitized by Google 140 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER With A as center, radially transfer or radially pro- ject the points on the outline A-d to lines of corre- sponding letters. Connect the intersections and then will d-d^-x-x^ be the net pattern of the flar- ing tube. At the ends material is added for a groove seam and to x-x^ material for a joint to Fig. 127. — Pattern of Flaring Tube. the leader. To d-d^ an allowance is made for a flange to rivet the tube to the trough; all these allowances are shown by dotted lines in the pattern, which, of course, can vary according to conditions. To develop the opening in the trough it is first necessary to find the half distance through the miter points on the intersection and a part plan of this intersection is requisite. To avoid confusion of Digitized by Google LEADERS AND GUTTERS 141 lines the left half of P is used and corresponding points lettered the same. From a' draw lines to the points on the profile of the base as a'-a, a'-&", a'-c' and, etc., and these lines will be the plans of the elements of correspondingiines in the elevation. By projecting the miter points, parallel with the cen- ter line, to their corresponding plan elements will locate the miter points in the plan. As /' is located on A-&°, it is projected to the corresponding line a-b" and its location will be /" in the plan and the distance &°-/" will be the half distance through the cone, front to back through the point f and etc. The distance through g will be g-g^. In Fig. 128 draw a line and from some point near the middle begin to set off, each way, the spaces g-f, f-e, and e-d in Fig. 127. ^ to d being the amount in length on the trough that half the tube intersects, and through the points draw indefinite perpendiculars. Measuring on each side of and from the intersections on d-g-d transfer the half distances through the cone on similarly lettered * points to perpendiculars of the same letters. As from e, set oflF e^'-c^, from / set off /"-fe*^ and etc. Connecting the points obtained in this manner will result in the net pattern for the opening in the ' trough for the tube. The straight part of tube is just a rectangular piece, its width to be equal to the height required and its length or girth equal to the distance from X' to X of the pattern in Fig. 127. There would be no lap allowed where this straight tube joins the flaring tube as the pattern in Fig. 127 has the lap. uigitized by Google 142 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Developing the Patterns and Making Right- Angle Save Trough Miters Eave troughs are usually made half round or semi- circular with a bead. on the front edge, there being two kinds of right angle miters. . An outside miter to fit an exterior or external angle, as Fig. 129, and Fig. lap. — Outside initer. Fic. 130.— Inside Miter. an inside miter to fit an interior or internal angle, as Fig. 130. Naturally, these remarks refer also to miters at other than a right angle. When the pattern for either is developed the pat- tern for the other naturally results from the same process, being simply the reverse cut or the piece cut away from the one. The method here used is the short method in which the patterns are said to be produced directly from the profile. Technically, this statement is not correct, but as error cannot occur it probably is just as well to continue describing the method or process in that manner. By this it is meant that according to the strict geometrical method, the lines from the profile should be first dropped to a miter line, thence to the pattern stretchout ; instead of directly to the pattern from the profile. As in Fig. 131, draw the profile so that the top edge will be horizontal or level and the back at 19 be as high as the head at 8. If there is enough mate- Digitized by CjOOQIC LEADERS AND GUTTERS 143 rial it will make a better trough if the back is as high as c. To strengthen the edge an angle is some- times turned as at b. The circular part of the trough P Fig. 131. — The Pattern Developing Process. will intersect .the bead at the point 10, and from 10 the profile of the trough is spaced into a number of equal spaces. Also space the bead into equal spaces in which 2 will be opposite or touch 10. uigitized by Google 144 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER At right angles to the top of the profile draw a line as I'-ig' and transfer to this line all the spaces in the profile, including a division between 14 and 15, as a, which has been projected from E to locate the bottom center and will be the point on the pattern edge where a convex curve will join a concave curve. From all the points on i'-iq' draw parallel lines that are at right angles to I'-ig' and FxG. 13a. — Nesting Outside Miter Pattern. Fig. 133. — iNesting Inside Miter Patterns. are parallel to the top of the trough. Project at right angles and to these parallel lines the points in the profile having the same numbers. As to line 2' project point 2, to line 3' pomt 3, to line 12' ]point 12, etc. Connecting these intersections will produce the net patterns as shown by the inside and outside miter patterns. There are several ways to put the parts together, one of which is to cut both parts on the net lines as A, Fig,^X3^, and B', Fig. 133, butt them together and sql^,^r a seam strip or butt strap over the joint. Another way is to leave a lap on one piece as in A' and B in which the bead is cut on the net edge and Digitized by Google LEADERS AND GUTTERS 145 butted, sbmetimes leaving a Up as d and e to bend onto the adjoining bead and then be soldered. The lap allowed must be turned, half in and half out, to &t the adjoining piece. A third way to join the pieces is by a double seam, and when this is done the amount of lap or seam allowance on one piece is twice that on the other piece, and the two parts are put together in a man- ner similar to an elbow, but with the seam flattened. The laps or edges must in this case be turned full or the beads will gap and not come together. To save material outside miters are cut from sheets as at A and A' and inside miters as at B and B', and are formed right and left if formed before beading, or beaded right and left if beaded before forming. The material for trough miters should always be trimmed so that opposite edges are parallel, and after beading and forming, temporary braces should be soldered in them so they will retain their shapes free from twists, and the edges 8 and 19 must be parallel and in line with each other when viewed along the arrow pointer N, Fig. 129. The pieces are to be formed to profile as nearly as possible, for a trough miter should be true to shape, and if not true it will result in high, low and twisted joints or joints with the frent or back, that are high or low where it joins the main trough in spite of all a workman can do to prevent such conditions when out on a job. It may be well to state that should a roof flange be required, as in Fig. 124, the procedure would not vary in the least from the foregoing. Digitized by CjOOQIC CHAPTER VII Cornice Problems Describing an Ogee and Cove Molding It is not intended to include expositions on archi- tectural subjects in this treatise, nevertheless the sheet metal worker is called upon to do quite some designing and drafting when engaged in making sheet metal work for the ornamentation of building, and he should, therefore, read good books on archi-- tecture. One of the subjects of importance is the designing of moldings and, as with all things, au- thorities differ as to what is correct ; however a good book giving the various designs should be at hand. The system best suited for sheet metal working is that in which all rounds and the like are composed of parts of circles which allows greater ease and accuracy in bending on the usual machines. Now, the ogee and cove are the most common members and indeed the basis of the other types ; so in Fig. 134 is detailed one method of drafting a molding composed of such members as well as straight mem- bers like fillets and fascias. Just what proportions to give these members depends a good deal on what authority is consulted or other factors. The first thing to do is to draw a vertical line, gen- erally called the wall line, as A B, and place thereon the vertical dimensions of the members. Draw hori- zontal lines through these points and, measuring 146 Digitized by CjOOQiC CORNICE PROBLEMS 147 from A B on the topmost line, place thereon the de- sired projection of the molding, as C. Draw line C D and continue downward dotted to E. Draw diagonal line E F at 45 deg. Line F G is now drawn and diagonal line G D. Draw horizontal line H I Fig. 134. — ^An Ogee and Cove Molding. and vertical line K L. Using H as center, describe quarter-circle D J ; using I as center, describe quar- ter-circle J G, completing the ogee member. Continue line from G to M and dotted to N. Draw 45 deg. diagonal N O. Draw O P, and now using N as center, describe quarter-round M P. Finish the other members as shown. Digitized by CjOOQIC 148 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER A Square Miter One of the most important miters in cornice work is the square return miter, and Figs. 135A and 135B show how that kind of a miter may be laid out. Of course, line A B of Fig. 135A could be extended downward and the pattern stretchout, A B of Fig. 135B, placed there- on and the points in the profile pro- jected downward about as is ex- plained in the gut- ter problems»of the preceding chapter. The method here expounded is very useful, as the chances are al- ways about even that this scheme must be employed to the other; espe- cially as many me- chanics first draw the profile on paper and then develop the pattern directly on the sheet metal with a steel square and scratch awl. Another good reason for using, this system of carrying the distances rather than projecting them to the parallel lines of the stretchout is, in cornice work often the detail is exceedingly large and com- posed of many profiles and members, and by this 0,,^ 0* A 1 J. ^-J,^---.- ^~--- /_ 91 10 13 M II 12 B Fig. 1 35A.— Profile of the Problem. Digitized by Google CORNICE PROBLEMS 149 system each profile and member could be developed separately and where convenient. o' A c \ o y 1 V 2 \ 3 \ 4 v 5 \ 6 \ 7 \ 6 \ 9 » i 11 12 13 \ 14 B • D Fig. 1 3 SB. — The Pattern of the Profile. As the system applies, no matter how elaborate the design of the profile may be, a simple contour uigitized by Google 150 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER was adopted to better explain the procedure. Draw line A B in Fig. 135A and place thereon the heights of the members and complete. the profile as directed by the diagram. Divide the quarter round or cove into equal spaces and number all points as shown in Fig. 1 35 A. Now, in Fig. 135B, draw the vertical line A B and place thereon the stretchout, from o to 14 of the profile in Fig. 135A. Draw horizontal lines through these points indefinitely, always measuring from line A B, in Fig. 135 a, to numbered points, carry the various horizontal distances to like horizontal lines in Fig. 135B. For instance — 00' of Fig. 135A is 00' of Fig. 135B, and 2 2' of Fig. 135A is 2 2' of Fig- ^3SB. Note, however, that point 14 is on the other side of line A B in both Fig. 135 a and Fig. 135B. Having obtained these points in this manner, a line is traced through them which is the outline of the miter cut. The length of pattern can be as de- sired, as shown by linfe CD of Fig. 135B. Note also how small circles are placed on those horizontal lines which are bending lines, so that there is some sort of a guide to indicate these lines when dotting out on the metal ; and, naturally, it is to be under- stood that if so desired the process of Fig. 135B can be done direct on the sheet metal after Fig. 1 3 5b was drawn precisely as explained, and where convenient, as aforementioned. As explained in connection with the eaves trough problem, an inside miter would be the reverse cut to the right of Fig. 135B. Digitized by CjOOQIC CORNICE PROBLEMS 161 a. -^^A .--t-' ^ Kr— ' — -rfi I devotion rf r ii I t 1 2|[ i5i^r^wr A Butt Miter Against a Curved Surface. The problem discussed here, Fig. 136, is exactly like the angle-face miter following. It is intended that this problem will show that the plane or miter line against which the parallel measuring lines of miter problems butt, need not be a straight line or surface, but can be a curve or, indeed, another molding. This problem is also intend- ed to show the meas- uring lines projected direct to the parallel lines of the stretchout, as discussed in the pre- ceding problem. The curved surface is described with A as center. Note, also, that members in the pattern, as, i to 2, 6 to 7 and 8 to 9, have curved outlines at the butt miter of equal radius to the curved surface and the center for the radius of each is found, for instance, by using 7" as center and striking an arc on line dropped from A, giving center A'. Google Fio. 136. — ^A Curved Surface Miter. Digitized by 152 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Miter at an Angle in Plan Next in importance to the square return miter is that of a miter at an angle in plan, other than a right angle or square return. The principles ex- plained in connection with this problem and de- lineated in Fig. 137 and Fig. 138 not only apply to a case like this, but also to many other situations. a FiG» 137. — Elevation of Molding and Miter Line. For instance, a butt miter at an angle in plan; as, if this profile was 'the horizontal molding of a bay window butting against a wall, the miter line A B, in Fig. 137, would represent the wall line. And again, in butt miter cases, miter line A B might be curved just the reverse of the preceding problem. Digitized by Google CORNICE PROBLEMS 153 or another molding, or many other diverse objects. As for the square return miter, the pattern of Fig. 1*38 could be developed by projecting lines from the miter line direct to the stretchout line, as was done in one of the preceding prob- lems. However, it was the in- tention of the original author to F explain a common shop prac- tice of carrying distances, as he explains in the elbow problems. Therefore, draw the required profile, as in Fig. 137, and also the given angle, which in the diagram is an octagon angle, as shown. Bisect this angle and obtain the miter line A B. Di- vide the round of the profile into equal spaces and number the entire profile and drop lines to miter line. Establish any horizontal line as C D. Now, as in Fig. 138, draw a vertical line EF with the stretchout on it of the profile, then measuring always from this line C D, in Fig. 138, carry the distances from the plan in Fig. J37 to like numbered lines of Fig. 138. To ex- plain: 1° i°° of Fig. 137 is 11° in Fig. 138; also, 15° 15°° in Fig. 1^7 is 15 15° of Fig. 138 and so on. The small circles on certain lines indicate where square or angle bends are to be made. Fig. 138.— The Net Pattern. y Google 154 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER A Square Face Miter In Fig. 139 is given a profile often employed in panel work, and if the pattern for the face miter ' was to be developed by projecting lines from the profile to the parallel lines of the stretchout line, the A stretchout line Qf\ would then be drawn at right an- gles to line A B of Fig. 139 and the projecting lines would be a con- tinuance of those lines like 00'. That is to say, the parallel lines through the stretch- out line points would be parallel to the dotted lines in Fig. 139. So, then, to carry the distances, simply take the lengths of these dotted lines. In Fig. 140, line A B is the stretchout line, with the parallel lines at right an- gles to it and through the stretchout points, as shown by o to 17 Fig. 140. Carry the lengths from like numbered lines in Fig. 139 to Fig. 140; thus, 00^ Fig. 139 is 00* Fig. 140, II II* Fig. 139 is II II* Fig. 140, etc. Fig. 139. — The Profile and Lengths. Digitized by Google CORNICE PROBLEMS 155 Note the small circles to indicate the bending^ lines, and it might be said that some cutters indicate FiG; 140. — The Square Face Miter Pattern. these lines by a cross, as shown on line 16. It would seem, however, that the small circle is the best. Note, too, how laps would be provided, as shown by the dotted lines. Laps cut so will not interfere with the bending or soldering operations, but give the best assistance. Digitized by Google 156 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Angle-Face Miter The cutting of pattern, or rather the developing of the surfaces of solids, is merely the manipulating of certain geometrical principles and the application of the science of orthographic projection to accom- plish desired results. In the preceding problem ad- vantage was taken of a situation, so to speak, in C^ B El Fig. X4X. — Profile and Miter Line of an Angle-Face Miter. projection, which allows of using shorter methods to arrive at desired results. Now, strictly speaking, and as mentioned elsewhere in this book in connec- tion with such problems, that method is not abso- lutely in accord with true projection, which might also be said of the square return miter, although a strictly correct pattern is obtained in both cases by this procedure. The correct method is to use a miter line, and in Digitized by Google CORNICE PROBLEMS 15r face miter problems the line is situated as shown in Fig. 141. • In that diagram A B is the given angle^ which is bisected to get the miter line CD. The g^ven profile is shown at the right of this line with ^ I "^ — 2 \ 3 \ .1 \ . 5 Y e 7 k. 8 9 \ to u T 12 13 14 Fig. 142. — Pattern of Angle- Face Miter. its division points i to 14, which are projected across horizontally to the miter line. The angle A C B is bisected according to the method given in Fig. 6, in the chapter on geometry. Digitized by CjOOQIC 158 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Assume any measuring line which would be verti- -cal and established, as indicated by line E F. For the pattern draw where convenient a vertical line on which is placed the stretchout of the profile i to 14, in Fig. 141, as shown by line with o to 14 division points, in Fig. 142. Draw indefinite horizontal lines, and, measuring from line E F to miter line C D of Fig. 141, carry the distances to Fig. 142, measur- ing from the vertical stretchout line. Like this, point 2 in Fig. 141 is measured from 2' to 2" and placed from 2 to 2' in Fig. 142, and so forth. It is to be understood that this problem is the basis of numerous other miter cuts — ^the apex of a gable molding, the bottom cut of a gable molding finishing on a horizontal line, the cut of a horizontal dormer window molding against a pitch roof and many other like miters. There are three distinct methods of cutting pat- terns, or rather, developing the surfaces of solids, to wit : Parallel line system, radial line system and triangulating system. The few foregoing problems were in the category of parallel line problems or miter cutting. Now, the parallel line system can be divided into several divisions. One division in which these problems enter, a simple elevation or plan of the joint gave the miter line and its relation to the profile — if no miter was used a series of measuring lines would be employed. A considerable number of problems would be comprehended in another division in which quite some preliminary work is requisite before cutting the pattern and a few are to follow. Digitized by CjOOQIC CORNICE PROBLEMS 159 Raking Miter One of the best courses in sheet metal pattern drafting is that of Gray's School of Correspon- dence, and among the one hundred and twenty-five or more plates are several teaching the cutting of different cases of raking miters, one of which is that of Fig. 1 43 A. This is a typical case of such miters and applies when the normal profile is placed in the inclined molding, thus raking or changing, or as some call it, modifying the profile of the horizontal molding. Quite a number of problems are in the class of raking miters; however, the underlying principles are practically the same in all raking problems. That is, conditions perforce certain requirements as, say, the inclination of the gable and whether the given or normal profile is to be in the gable or hor- izontal molding, and so forth. Or again, the hor- izontal molding can miter at other than a right angle, or there is to be a raked return at the apex of the gable and so on. First draw profile and elevation of foot mold and erect center line. Next draw line C, the angle re- quired intersecting 8 in modified profile, and con- tinue line to center line. Place normal profile A on line C so that point 8 intersects line C. Space profile A into any convenient number of equal spaces, as shown by i to i6 ; place T square parallel with line C ; draw lines through all spaces intersecting center line and foot mold, drawing lines from 8 to i6 indefinitely for modified profile. Next draw plan. Digitized by CjOOQIC 160 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER placing normal profile A on line D, as shown ; draw miter line in plan the angle required, draw lines » 6 Fig. 1 43 a. — Developing the Pattern for a Raking Miter. from spacings in profile 8 to i6 intersecting miter line ; place T square at right angles to line D ; draw Digitized by Google CORNICE PROBLEMS 161 Faffeir ;i9£ >■■ ^ \Ur\\ lines from intersections in miter line of plan, also intersecting lines of corresponding numbers drawn from normal profile A in elevation. Drawing lines through the intersecting points will give modified profile B. Draw stretchout line E and place spac- ings on same i to i6 from normal profile A. Draw lines through all spacings in stretchout line at right angles to line E indefi- nitely. Place T square parallel with line E; draw lines from all points in modified profile intersecting lines of cor- responding numbers in stretchout B, also draw lines from all points in miter line F to lines of corresponding numbers in stretchout. Drawing lines through the intersecting points will give the patterns B and F, as shown in pattern A, just above the elevation, Fig. 143A. To develop the pattern of the horizontal molding, draw a horizontal line, as in Fig. 143B, and place thereon spacings of modified profile B, as o to 16. Draw the vertical lines shown and then taking the various distances from the line D to the miter line in the plan of Fig. 143A, place them on the stretch- out line of Fig. 143B. From o to 8 of Fig. 143B is the foot mold pat- tern ; shown from number o to the dotted line in the plan. Fig. 143A. Fig. 143B. — Developing the Horizontal Molding Pattern. Digitized by Google 162 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Gable Molding on Square Tower As was stated in the foregoing article, Gray's Schoolof Sheet Metal Pattern Drafting teaches by numerous specimen plates of the highest possible order that it is possible to make, and in Fig. 144, herewith, is presented the school's lesson on an in- teresting problem in gable molding cases. Note that the miter at the apex, or rather ridge, bears out the statement made in connection with the prob- lem in angle face miters that face miter cutting, as explained in that problem, would apply to the miter in this case at the ridge. First draw elevation the pitch required, placing profile A on line C, as shown T space the curved parts of profile A in any convenient number of equal parts and draw lines through all points parallel with line C intersecting miter line E, and extend them indefinitely at D. Next draw profile B, as shown, spacing the curved part of file the same as profile A. Extend lines from all points in profile B intersecting lines of same numbers just drawn from profile A. Drawing lines through intersect- ing points will give miter line D. Draw stretchout line for pattern at right angles to line C and place spacings on same from profile A. Draw parallel lines indefinitely through all points in stretchout. Place T square at right angles to line C ; draw lines from all points in miter lines E and D intersecting lines of corresponding numbers in stretchout. Drawing lines through the intersecting points will give pat- tern required. Digitized by CjOOQIC CORNICE PROBLEMS 163 The foregoing explanation had to do with the molding only for this problem. Should a pattern be wanted for the lower or tower proper, the pat- FiG. 144. — Developing the Pattern for a Gable Molding on a Square Tower. tern would be a duplication of the part of Fig. 144 marked elevation. The triangular roof part can be added to the pattern on line 9. Digitized by Google 164 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Hip Finials Only such drawings are used as will make clear the method of obtaining the patterns. Even though the design is simple, the patterns should be laid out with great care so that the finial will be true and firm when assembled. i v' PoHafn foi- Fd c e Fig. 14s. — Obtaining Face Pattern. The end and side views of the finial are shown in Fig. 145, also the pattern of the face. As will be noted, the side elevation is stepped off as indi- cated by the points from 4 to 11. Lines are project- ed from these points to the front elevation, as shown, then the lines are run up or down as the case may be to the stretchout, as shown from point 9. From point 9 up, the side of the finial is straight. The reason for stepping off the side is to get a true Digitized by Google CORNICE PROBLEMS 165 Pattern for Side of Finial elevation of the face. The lines are then projected to the end view, which shows the miter lines at the comers of the end elevation. The pattern for the side is developed, as shown in Fig. 146, in which the treatment is reversed from the foregoing. The points are stepped off on the end elevation. Then lines are projected to the side elevation and thence to the stretchout shown above the side view. The pattern for the rear of the finial is as shown in Fig. 147. The pattern is shown with laps on the top and bottom. The top strip is developed as shown at A2 in Fig. 147, and to get the point the side elevation is stepped off, as shown from i to 9, then projected over to the end elevation and from there to the stretchout. Only i, 2 and 3 need be projected to the face as that is the length of the flare. The rest is straight and can be struck off with a pencil and straight edge. To form up this finial the side pieces can be nicely shaped by running through rolls set lightly. 5ideVj«w Fig. 146. — Obtaining Side Pattern. Digitized by Google 166 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER After the parts ar^ all set together and are tacked with solder and the finial is found to be true, it can be more securely soldered and, if of large size, the finial should be riveted together and bosses the full length of the inside of the comers should be sol- dered in. These bosses not only strengthen the ••Patt«ni for Top 5f»np Fronl|Vi«v» N^ X SkkVievr Fig. 147.— Obtaining Rear at Top Strip Pattern. finial, but if the corner should ever spring a leak, they would throw the water off on the roof. For ^mall finials under 18 inch in height, this bracing and bossing is not necessary, but for larger sizes they should be even more heavily braced, as more surface is exposed to the wind and storm. Finials are useful for ornamenting ridges, towers or other such parts of buildings and any number of designs can be thought of like crosses or other insignias for religious buildings, weather vanes, etc. Digitized by Google CORNICE PROBLEMS 167 The Gore Pattern for Balls The method given in Fig. 148 is the old-time tin- smith's procedure. Another method would be by the parallel system of projecting lines from a gore. Erect perpendicular line H K equal to one-half the circumference of the ball; divide this line into one-half the number of pieces required in full ball; Fic. 148.— Pattern. Fio. 149. — Elevation, make the line V O equal to one of these pieces, cut- ting H K through the center at right angles ; then with H' and K as centers, with radius greater than one-half the distance K S, describe the two arcs B U ; with V and O as centers, arcs R G ; draw lines through these points, as shown by dotted lines. From points of intersection describe arcs H V K and H O K, and so obtain pattern for one piece. Allow for laps or seams. The more pieces used the better globe produced. Good results are obtained by slightly raising the pieces. Fig. 148 is the pat- tern and Fig. 149 shows the gores. Digitized by Google CHAPTER Vni Skylights . Single Pitch Skylight A number of very interesting and practical prob- lems on skylight work are given in the correspond- ence course offered by Gray's School of Sheet Metal Pattern Drafting, and they have been good enough to grant permission to reproduce two or three of these in the following pages. Those who wish to get a more extended exposition of skylight pat- tern problems than is given in this little treatise will do well to look into Gray's School, and Volume VIII of the series entitled "Practical Sheet Metal Work and Demonstrated Patterns." From the time saving standpoint, every one in- terested in skylight work should have the Full Sized Sheet Metal Patterns prepared by G. L. Gray, as they cover hip, gable and single pitch sky- lights with various stretchouts of profile, so that they may be made up in any size. Turrets, Louvres and Ventilator patterns are also included. The patterns are all full size and all the sheet metal worker has to do is lay them on the metal, make the proper allowance for distances between hi? measuring points, prick off the pattern with his awl, and cut out the patterns. Another timesaver is Smith's Skylight and Roof Tables. This gives the lengths of hip and jack 168 Digitized by CjOOQIC SKYLIGHTS 169 bars at any of the standard pitches for any size skylight. All you have to do is, turn to the table containing the curb dimensions and you will get the length of either the conunon, jack or hip bar at a glance. Fig. 150 is a view of a single pitch skylight. In these problems the important part of the work is to make the sections and profiles properly and then FzG. iso.~Per8pcctive of a Flat or Single Pitch Skylight. to make a plan showing the correct miter lines, as in Fig. 151. Although single pitch, or rather, flat skylights, involve the elementary constructive char- acteristics of the entire category of skylights, they are nevertheless the fundamentals in the matter of constructive features, and much time and thought have been expended in experiments to simplify the design and learn a mode of expeditious handling. The cardinal principles to remember when design- ing any type of skylight are : To design it of ample strength to resist imposed stresses or loads; sec- tions or profiles of curbs, bars and the like must be as simple as consistent >yith required strength to allow of rapid forming into shape on the brake and the girth to be such that they will cut out of sheets without waste. Digitized by CjOOQIC 170 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER There are several kinds of flat skylights, and the one presented herewith is the most common style, that which is set on a raised curb of sufficient height above the roof to insure imperviousness to storms ; the necessary pitch being in the roof proper. The dimensions and shapes of this design are ample for skylights of say eight feet ill width, and it is to be Fio. isx. — ^Design of a Flat or Single Pitch Skylight. understood that any length of the skylight is pos- sible for the construction of the roof proper gov- erns this factor, for with proper anchoring of the bottom curb of skylight to the roof curb the length is unlimited. The drainage of the roof back of the skylight, however, must be considered, for with ordinary widths a roof saddle would shed the water Digitized by Google X SKYLIGHTS 171 to either side of the skylight, whereas with a very long skylight it is best to employ the built-in type, so that the water would flow directly over it. As for the width, naturally, by reinforcing the bar with a core^Hite, as shown ihN t h e large section of a bar, a long bar can be used so that the skylight width could be increased up to at least three- fold possible with the plain bar. A diagram, or section of such bars is given in Fig. 152. Note the core plate of band iron, which should be thick enough to with- stand imposed stresses. Once it has been definitely decided hoNv to design the constructive features of a skylight, to suit the peculiar conditions of the place where the skylight is to be installed, the pattern cutting can follow prescribed courses, for that is the least of the diffi- culties. Now, for the skylight shown in Fig. 151, let it be supposed that the sections as shown are as wanted. Then, the first pattern to be developed would be for the front, as given in Fig. 153. The stretchout of the front section is placed on a line as shown from i to 9, the usual parallel lines drawn Fig. 15 a. — Rein forced Bar for Excessive Lengths. Digitized by Google 172 THE NEW TINSMITH^S HELPER through these and the miter cut, as shown at the? left of the pattern, can be developed either by pro- f 3 / y 1 ( \ \ L \ Fron+ Pa++ern 7 A . 3 Fig. 153.— One of the Patterns. jecting lines direct to the pattern from the plan of the miter cut, as directed by like preceding prob- lems, or distances could be carried from the miter plan of Fig. 151 to Fig. 153 as directed in the elbo^^ le- " x / s 6 • Sid« and back Pa-H-em \ s \ / / I \ I / ^ — : / ^ Fig. 154.— Pattern f<5r Two Parts. or cornice problems. Note that the cut would be the same at each bottom comer of the skylight, so Digitized by Google SKYLIGHTS 173 that the miter cut will be the same at each end of the pattern. For the pattern of the side and back — ^both have the same profile or section — the stretchout is placed on a line, as in Fig. 154, and the process repeated as directed for the front pattern. If the reader wishes to check up the development he can set' his dividers to the length of each of the lines in Fig. ( \ / ; \ Bar Pat+ern \ " / / ( 1 ^^ 1 V Fig. 155.— The Last Pattern. 154 and try the dividers on like lines in the plan. Fig. 151, making allowances, of course, for dis- crepancies due to the small size of the dij^rams. Observe that there are two different cuts on this pattern, because the miter at the bottoni is to fit to the miter of the front, while the other miter is to fit, at G Fig. 151, to the back. This means that when cutting out the back pattern, miter cut G Fig. 154, is to be placed at both ends of the pattern. Two sides like Fig. 154 are required for each sky- light and are to be bent right and left. The pattern for the bar is developed likewise and would appear as shown in Fig. 155. The cap pat- Digitized by CjOOQIC 174 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER tern, too, not given herewith, is developed in the same manner. Laps are to be provided on all pat- terns as experience may dictate and by adding a triangle piece to th^ pattern at line 8, Fig. 154, from a flat to a single pitch skylight is obtained. Gable Skylight. A perspective view of the gable skylight, or as it is often called, a double pitch skylight, is presented as Fig. 156. The»same remarks in the introduction to the skylight chapter anent constructions and so forth, are just as pertinent to this type as they are to the single pitch type. The design and patterns for a gable skylight. Fig. 156, given in Fig. 157, are of an ideal construe- " Fig. 156. — Perspective of a Gable Skylight. tion, and it may be said that a single pitch skylight can be made from these patterns by simply forming just a half ridge bar and carrying a straight back down from the ridge and forming a curb of like contour to the others. When ventilation is required it is customary to place a louvre frame in the sides, or gable ends, as shown in the sketch, or else an elbow can be turned out of each end and a ventilator top placed thereon. As may be seen, the gable end can be made in one Digitized by CjOOQIC SKYLIGHTS 175 Fig. 157. — Details and Pattern of a Gable Skylight. Digitized by Google 176 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER piece, but it is best to make them in two pieces, a» then they can be cut out and formed-up on the * Center bar '^ X -e-r Fig. 158. — A Typical Pattern. brake much more easily, also they cut out of the sheet with less waste. The end elevation in Fig. 157 shows the section of a gable ; the ridge bar, B, and the bottom curb. /I \ ' f- ■ — ^ Side Curb . 4^ ; _Av' \ Ic^ 3 -^^ / ^\^S ^ / ^' , . ll 1- Ridge bar 1 — L-r* r-" Fig. 159.— a Stub Pattern. Fig. 160. — Another Stub Pattern. Fig. 157 also shows a plan of the skylight to portray the various joints. A pattern of one-half the gable end is also given in this diagram and the method of obtaining this pattern should be apparent. Note particularly that part C is not developed by project- y Google SKYLIGHTS 177 ii^ lines but by carrying distances, measuring from . line C in both elevation and pattern. The center bar pattern is given in Fig. 158 and obtained in the usual manner; cut B being for the ridge end at B of Fig. 157. The curb pattern is ^ven in Fig. 159 and the ridge bar in Fig. 160. The profiles are shown on each pattern, which is a good idea, as it instantly identifies the patterns. Laps should be allowed as required, as patterns are net. Jack and Rafter Bar for a Hipped Skylight Hipped skylights are one of the most important types made and a perspective view of such is given in Fig. 161. As a rule this type is set on a level Toof curb for the four glazed sides provide the ■necessary inclination to shed snow and rain. Hip Fig. 161. — Perspective of a Hipped Skylight. skylights are quite popular and many mechanics claim that they can be much more easily made than a gable skylight and are stronger. As was stated before, the design is the essential requisite and in Fig. 162 is given a plan of a corner of a hipped skylight, showipg the many joints in this type. A part elevation, or section, is also shown in this diagram. Note that the ridge bar can be changed to a ventilator neck, if that is Digitized by CjOOQIC 178 THE NEW TINSMITH^S HELPER wanted*; or, better still, for ventilation a ventilator can be placed directly over ridge bar. Draw elevation of jack bar at 1-3 pitch, which is 8 inches in 12 inches; draw profile of the bar in Fig. 162. — Preliminary Steps for Obtaining Patterns. elevation and •draw lines through all points in this profile indefinitely as shown in Fig. 162. Place T square at right angles to jack bar in plan, draw lines from all points in miter lines of hip inter- Digitized by CjOOQIC SKYLIGHTS 179 secting lines of corresponding numbers in elevation. Drawing lines through the intersecting points will Curb PinpfiU 5 Fig. 163.— Composite Pattern. give the miter lines in elevation. Draw stretchout line for jack bar at right angles to jack bar in eleva- tion. Place T square at right angles to stretchout lines, draw lines from all points in miter lines of elevation intersecting lines of corresponding numbers in stretch- out. Drawing lines through the intersecting points will give the pattern for jack bar. Or, as in Fig. 163, carry distances as ex- plained before. To make the pattern for jack bar it is not necessary to draw all the bars, as shown in plan. They are shown here more to clearly de- lineate how the many different bars should have their miters de- veloped. The dotted lines in the jack bar pattern give the pattern for rafter bar -be- tween hip bars. The rafter bar pattern is developed Fig. 164. — Developinflr Curb Pattern. y Google 180 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER on the same stretchout as jack bar. The dotted lines in the rafter bar pattern give the pattern for rafter bar against hip. The developing of the curb pattern is as directed by Fig. 164. Owing to lack of space, the curb pro** file was transferred to avoid confusion. Divide and number the profile, as shown. Draw perpen- dicular lines to this stretchout and drop lines from points in the profile to like niunbered lines of stretchout. The measuring points should always be marked on the patterns to prevent error. It would also be a good idea to place a diagram of the profile on each pattern as was done in the patterns for the gable skylight. Laps should be allowed as required, for all these patterns are net. Hip Bar for Hipped Skylight , In the article preceding this the developing of the curb, jack and rafter bar patterns, for a hipped skylight was explained. Now, there is another bar to have its pattern developed which is the important part of this type skylight and that is the hip bar. To make the pattern for a hip bar : First draw the transverse section, which is a section showing half the width of skylight. Drop lines from curb and ridge bar, as shown in Fig. 165, which forms the plan of skylight. Draw plan of hip bar and place profile of bar A on hip bar as shown, draw lines from all points in profile A intersecting lines of corresponding numbers in curb and miter lines at ridge bar. Next draw elevation of hip bar at a convenient distance from hip bar in plan, first draw SKYLIGHTS 181 Ri3fhr3aron Fig. i6s.— Developing Correct View of Hip Bar. Digitized by CjOOQIC 182 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER curb line parallel with hip bar of plan and erect cen- ter line the same length as center line in trapsverse section. Next draw line B in transverse section and from points i to 6 draw lines intersecting line B at right angles, erect line B' in elevation of hip bar, and space it the same as line B in transverse section ; place T square at right angles to line B', draw lines from points i to 6 indefinitely. Place T square / i "V / a \ \ / ^^ s • \ , J\ / f^ neasunng noinrs ■ 6 '^\ / ""\^^ / / Pattern of Hip Bar / \ 1^ -7 Fig. i66. — Developing the Hip Bar Pattern. parallel with center line in elevation of hip bar, draw lines from points i to ii in miter lines of hip bar in plan intersecting lines of corresponding num- bers just drawn from line B', draw lines through the intersecting points will give the miter lines in elevation of hip bar, with the T square in same posi- tion draw lines from all points at bottom of hip bar in plan intersecting lines drawn from A', corre- sponding numbers in the miter lines in elevation of hip bar parellel to U T. Draw lines through the intersecting points gives the miter line at bottom of elevation of hip bar. Draw profile A' as shown in elevation of hip bar, being a duplicate of A in plan, erect lines uiyiuzeuuy Google SKYLIGHTS 183 from all points in profile A intersecting lines of corresponding numbers in elevation of hip bar; drawing lines through the intersecting points will give the profile of hip bar. Draw stretchout line for pattern and place spac- ings on same i |o 1 1 from profile of hip bar, draw lines from all points in stretchout line indefinitely, place T square parallel with stretchout line, draw lines from all points in miter lines of elevation of hip bar intersecting lines of corresponding numbers in stretchout, drawing lines through the intersecting points will give the pattern for the hip bar. As was explained before, another way would be to draw a line and place thereon the stretchout of the hip bar as in Fig; i66. Through these points indefinite lines are drawn. Then, carrying the lengths from Fig. 165, to like numbered lines in Fig. 166, the two miter cuts are obtained. Measur- ing points should be marked on this pattern, also laps provided as wanted. And, too, if desired, the profile should be marked thereon. The ridge bar pattern is the same as shown in Fig. i6a Finding Lengths of Bars The first thing a cutter should do when he gets measurements for a skylight is to make a working plan, scaled i inch to the foot, marking the size of skylight ; also lay out the bars to suit the glass which is to be used ; then put down the measurements that all bars are to be cut. In this way the cutter has all measurements and is ready to go ahead and cut the skylight. A typical layout like this is shown,, J^^g^iiol^ie 184 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER which is for a four by five feet skylight. The lengths of these bars are found by a diagram of pitch or tables of lengths computed mathematically. As was stated in the introduction to this chapter, there are books to give the lengths of skylight bars at a glance. It might be said that Gray's full-size working patterns have a chart accompanying them that gives the measurements for hip, jack and raft- er bars, for any size skylight up to thirty feet wide for the pitch used for these p a t - terns. For those who do not wish to make a chart as suggested before, it can be mentioned that certain mathematical processes could be employed to de- termine lengths of bars. Without going into a lengthy explanation of these processes it will suffice to say that two factors are established, viz.: 1.2 inches for jack and rafter bars and 1.56 inches for hip bars, for one- third pitch used for the patterns given in this book. These computations will give very nearly the same results as developing triangles on a scale drawing, as was done for Fig. 164 as referring to charts. To illustrate : In Fig. 167 the full width of the skylight from the length leaves 12 inches, which 167. — Layout of a Typical Sire Hipped Skylight. Digitized by Google SKYLIGHTS 185 will be the length of the ridge bar. Now, one- half ^the width of the skylight is 24 inches and 24X^1.2 gives 28.8==28^f inches. The jack bar is spaced 15^ inches, so i5^Xi-2=i8.9=i8il inches. The hip bar length is found by the second factor, so one-half the width is 24 inches and 24X 1.56=37-44^37^. It will be observed that these bar lengths are a little bit full in comparison to those given in Fig. 167. This, however, is not of much Consequence, inasmuch as so slight a difference would make no discernible variation in the pitch of the skylight. It would be serious, though, if the proportion of dimensions between jack or rafter bars and the hip bar was wrong, for then either the jack or rafter' bars would not fit to the hip or else the hip would not suit the lengths of the jack or rafter bars, de- pending whether the hip bars were first set in or the rafter bars first when assembling. Now, as scaling from a diagram or calculating with factors takes as much labor it would seem best to use the factors. For a detailed description for laying out all forms of skylights required in architectural building con- struction the reader is referred to Neubecker's "Home Instruction for Sheet Metal Workers.'* Digitized by CjOOQIC CHAPTER IX Seams, Joints and Processes Provisions for Laps and Seams on Patterns Very few writers of sheet metal subjects con- sider the importance of seams, joints, laps and sim- ilar essentials when demonstrating the development of sheet metal patterns. As a rule, they treat the problem in a geometrical sense, the object (for which the pattern is to be cut) being an imaginary body in space, so to speak. The final results or rather the desired pattern is then net, which is to say, just the envelope or outer imaginary surface of the solid or body. The providing of laps and one thing or another is then dismissed with the remark to provide laps and edges for seams and so forth. Special attention has been paid to this important phase of the subject in this volume. While it no doubt suffices to simply present an elucidation of the procedure to develop the net pattern, modem writers are beginning to realize the need of treating these expositions along more practical lines. That is to say, they bear in mind that the actual use for which the problem in hand is intended must be considered and spoken of, along with tl;ie geomet- rical demonstration of the problem. Take, for in- stance, the problem illustrated in Fig. 63; it not only shows how to cut the pattern but also gives as much information as possible about the laying 1^6 .yuzeuuy Google SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES l«r out of the holes for the band iron supports, the providing of all edges, and even shows the swag- ing necessary to stiffen the object; This is just one example of the large number given herein. Facts about Flat Seams Flat seams are probably the most common of all the seams in sheet metal working. By flat seam is meant any seam in which the opposite edges to be joined lie in the same flat or curved plane and in ^gB%ii^ \, \ ? : t t ^ i^>\^ ') J L. J Fig. 168. A Body of Rectangu- lar Contour. Fig. 169. A Body of Round Contour. which said edges constitute a straight line. To illustrate, in Fig. 168, a sheet of metal has been shaped into a ' body of rectangular contour and edges A B and C D are to be joined together by a method depending on different circumstances. As should be apparent, edges A B and C D lie in the same flat plane, F G H and J ; and edges A B and C D are truly straight lines, totally devoid of any curvature from A to B or C to D, and if a groove seam was to be used the edges could be bent in Digitized by Google 1S8 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER the brake or folder. Again, by referring to Fig. 169, it will be seen what is meant by the seam being also flat when employed for joining bodies which may be a cylindfer, or a cone, or any irregular shaped body providing only that edges A B and C D — Fig" 169 — are straight lines. Facts about Butt Seams When making seams the first thing that would come to mind is the butt seam, meaning a seam where edges A B and C D, of Figs. 168 and 169 are merely brought together as in Fig. 170, and con- nected by some of the usual methods in vogue. Probably the most popular method is by welding in which perhaps one of the edges would be slightly scarfed — thinned out — on both sides and the other Fig. 170, A Butt Seam. Fig. 171. A Riveted Butt Seam. edge is split (cleft weld) enough for the wedge of the other edge to enter. With these two edges held firmly together by clamps, or other means depend- ing on circumstance and, after heating to a white heat and fluxing, with borax or some other flux, the joint is hammered and otherwise manipulated according to blacksmithing practice. Such welds would be more usable for heavy plate work rather than tinsmithing, and would really be in the province of the blacksmith. Still, welding is rapidly displacing riveting and, indeed, even lock seaming on black iron goods up to as light Digitized by CjOOQIC SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 189' as 26 gauge and is quite popular for gauges like number 16 or r4. It is to be understood though that such welding is not the old-fashioned method of the blacksmith, but the modern hot flame process^ using the electric arc or oxy-acetylene torch. Spot welding by electricity is also rapidly being substi- tuted for riveting and is now extensively used for joining structural shapes, like angle iron, to sheet iron ; and the joining together of the various parts,, like the ovens of French ranges, gas ranges and so on. For full seam welding the electric arc is often used, but not as extensively now as the highly de- veloped oxy-acetylene process, known also as the hot flame method. This process has been brought to so high a point of perfection that modem sheet metal working shops employ .it for making the seams on pieced elbows, ship ventilators, hotel kitchen goods, metal windows, doors, interior trim,, and a host of articles heretofore riveted, double- seamed or otherwise joined. Were it not for this process the automobile sheet metal industry would not be so far advanced because sheet aluminum was a difficult material to use prior to the coming of this process; so it can readily be seen that it behooves the sheet metal worker to second his skill with seaming and riveting tools, with a knowledge of the hot flame process and spot welding. A Discussion of Oxy-acetylene Welding It may not be necessary for the owners of aver- age sheet metal working shops to equip their plants with a complete welding outfit to meet this modern uiyiuzeuuy^OOgle :190 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER demand, for in most manufacturing centers there are concerns who specialize in welding for the trade. In that case all they would have to do is to get it shaped up and ready for welding. That is done as follows: Taking a two-piece elbow to make of 14-gauge black iron as an example, the two pieces would be very accurately cut from the metal, especially at the miter cut. There would be no allowance for lap on the longitudinal seams as with the former riveted seams, but proper allowance should be made in the girth for the thickness of the metal — say an ; allowance of seven times the thickness of the metal added to the girth. This girth will be the same for both pieces, particularly along the miter line be- cause the miter cuts of the two pieces are to butt and not lap into each other as for a riveted joint. Of course, a small and large end are to be pro- vided depending on the manner of connecting the elbow to the round pipe, or whatever the elbow is to join. The two pieces are now carefully rolled to true shape and a wire is bound about them to hold the longitudinal seam together. The two pieces are now held together on their miter cuts to see that they accurately butt, because if there are any open- ings it will be necessary for the welder to load up the holes with metal, as the welders charge extra for poor fits. The two parts can now be shipped to the welder and unless the welder is instructed not to, he will very likely smooth off the joints with -a file and emery wheel. This adds to^the cost, and SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 191'. if a little roughness (like the solder or any solderedH seam) does not matter it could remain. It should be plain that with this system much> punching of holes and laborious flanging of the parts are obviated, and if quite a number of elbows are required the manufacturing cost is lessened to- an appreciable extent. Even if these elbows were specified to be of galvanized iron they could be* galvanized after welding and a splendid job ac- quired thereby. The use of the hot flame for cut- ting metal is also important enough to be worth* the study of sheet metal workers. Coming back to the usual sheet metal working- procedure, it is to be said that for plate work a- butt seam can only be riveted by employing another^ strip as in Fig. 171. This method is the funda- mental of many more or less elaborate methods- used in boiler work, but a discussion of such wouldt be out of place here. Making Lap Seams From the butt seam the next step in flat seanr methods is the lap seam. In plate work lap seams, may be welded by the old blacksmith's method as* mentioned before, welded by the hot flame process^ or, as would be more likely, by riveting. An or- dinary riveted lap seam for plate work would ap- pear as shown in Fig. 172. These seams are made- steam tight by caulking along edge A ; the caulking^ being done by a chisel-like tool which cleaves the edge of the upper plate and forces a burr of metafe down to the under plate. Digitized by CjOOQIC 192 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER For seams which are required to be flush on one side the upper plate would be offsetted as shown in Fig. 173, though it is also probable that then the strip method would be used as in Fig. 171 ; with countersunk head rivets instead of round head. The seam that, without question, is the mpst used for sheet metal working is the soldered lap seam shown in Fig. 174. The articles or places where this seam is employed are so well known that it IS needless to list them. It goes without dispute that inasmuch as the solder is the means of uniting the parts, the solder should be thoroughly soaked in as shown by the shaded lines. A riveted lap seam is given in Fig. 175, and when these seams are to be water-tight they are also soldered as in Fig. 174, but need not be so !FiG. 172. A Riveted Fig. 173. Flush Riveted Fig. 174. Soldered Lap Seam for Plate. Lap Seam. Lap Seam. thoroughly sweated in, because the rivets, rather than the solder, are depended on to hold the seam. Lock and Groove Seams Some clever genius invented the hook seam shown in Fig. 176 and thereby gave the trade a decidedly useful method of joining sheet metal. This lock seam, as some call it, is merely the turning of edges the opposite way for opposing sides to be joined and then hooking them together and flattening them tight with a mallet like in tin- roofing. These seams can be soldered; however, if positive assurance Digitized by CjOOQIC nSEAMS, joints and processes 19$ against unhooking is required, these seams should be grooved as in Fig. 177. The shoulder at A pre- vents B from slipping out. There are many methods for making this groove — either by pounding the seam into a slot cut in a rail, or by grooving irons ; or again, by grooving machines having a traveling revolving wheel with a groove in it. From the hook seam it is but a step to the standing seam shown in Fig. 178, which, can be employed in a number of cases. Fig. 175. Rivet- Fig. 176. Com- Fig. 177- Groove Fig. 178. Corn- ed Lap Seams mbn Lock Seam for mon Standing^ for Sheet Seam for Sheet Metal. Seam for Metal. Sheet Metal. Sheet Metal. Doyble and Flange Seams The seams and methods expounded in the fore- going pages are really the fundamentals of all seams. If a bottom was to be seamed i at M to the article shown in Figs. i68 and 169, a little dif- ferent procedure would be necessary. In the case of Fig. 169, the hooks, flanges, etc., are similar, but the edge is curved and would require a modification- of the flat seam method. Fig. 179 shows how a bottom would be joined to* the body in plate work. Fig. 180 being a reverse joint of the same. In the case of Fig. 168 the , flanges (A) would be bent up in machines like a brake, but in the case of Fig. 169 the turned up edge would be done by what is termed flangeing. There are machines which do this work with pre- Digitized by CjOOQIC J94: THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER osion, but more often a mechanic would be re- quired to draw up the flange by hammering; an operation that requires the highest order of skill. The joints shown are the basis of many others, such .;as joining the branch to the pipe in a tee joint. ins/efeof 6oihm\ IfiG, 179. Seaminsr a Bottom on in Plate Work. Ins/cf9 of Doffvm\ Side of \ ydocfy Fig. 180. A Reverse Seam for Bottoms in Plate Work. In light gauge work a bottom could be simply "hooked on as shown in Fig. 181. Often the seam is left that way, but it has nothing to prevent its leing unhooked. This can be overcome by doubling over the edge, which gives the well-known double :seam shown in Fig. 182. Fig. 183 is a reverse joint like Fig. 180, and is useful where the inside of the Ootfo/rt *' Side of Body I'l Tic. 181. Single Seam for Sheet Metal. Fig. 18a. Double Seam for Sheet Metal. Fig. 183. Reverse Double Seam for Sheet Metal. TxKly is inaccessible for the holding of a dolly l)ar against the seam for throwing over the edges Tike, when there is a bottom at M and a head is to "be placed at L, Fig. 168-169. Either the method of Fig. 181 or else the method of Fig. 183 would 1)6 used if a head was to be placed at L, Fig. 169. Tig. 183 is a seam made by power double seamers. SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 195 Stiffening Processes Plate work, as a rule, has enough inherent stiff- ness without reinforcing bands. Should reinforce- ments be required, however, they most likely would be of structural steel shapes like angles, tees, chan- nels and so on. Now, supposing the objects shown in Figs. i68 and 169 are made of plates, and it is required that they be stiffened at L. Usually an angle iron would be riveted there as shown in Fig. 184. This method would also be useful if two of Fig. 184. Edge Fig. 185. Hem Fig. 186. Dou- Fig. 187. Band Stiffencr for Edge Stiffen- blc Hem for Iron Stiftener Plate. cr for Sheet Sheet Metal. for Sheet Metal. Metal. Ihese objects were to be joined at L. Structural shapes would also be employed in a similar manner for ducts and other light gauge work. It is more probable, though, if edge L is to be stiffened in light gauge work, that the ordinary hem edge shown in Fig. 185 would be used. This could be made stronger by doubjjng as in Fig. 186. A band iron stiffener shown in Fig. 187 is natu- rally the strongest of the three methods. It would seem that the. wiring scheme for stiffen- ing should be so well known as to need no descrip- tion. Still, it may be well to state that the cus- tomary method is to first let the edge stand out y Google 196 THE NEW TINSMITH^S HELPER straight as in Fig. i88 ; said edge to be about three- -quarters the circumference of the wire. Secondly, the edge is thrown over and tucked in, as in Fig. 189, by malleting and using the peen of the ham- mer. It may also be done on the machines made :for that purpose. m Fig. 188. First Op- eration for Wir- ing. Fig. 189. Final Ot>eration for Wiring. Fig. 190. Sheet Met- al Body Stiff ener. Should it be required that a body, like Fig. 168, l)e stiffened somewhere between its top and bottom, many schemes are available. Structural shapes, l)and arms, or sheet metal could be bent, as in Fig. .190, and riveted or soldered to the object. •Fig. 191. Bead Swage and Slip Joint. Fig. 192. Com- mon Ogee Swage. Fig. 193. Brazing Joint for Coppersmithing. For such objects, as in Fig. 169, swaging is the most common procedure. Swaging is done on ma- chines having two wheels grooved to the required profile of the swage. These wheels engage each other at these grooves and when the sheet metal object is caused to revolve between these wheels, .the sheet metal is shaped according to these grooves. Digitized by Google SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 197 Fig. 191 is a bead groove and Fig. 192 is an ogee groove. These two swages are very useful for joining two lengths of pipes, for they not only stiffen the pipe but also act as a stop, as shown at A in Fig. 191. In such cases edge B, Fig. 191,. would probably be crimped by the same kind of a' machine, only the wheels would have gear teeth. Brazed Joint in Coppersmithing All the methods just described apply to copper- smithing. There is a special method for brazing joints in flat seam work in coppersmithing, how- ever, in which both edges are thinned out and thert one edge is notched in to the length of the scarf. Both edges are brought together and the one notch is placed outside while the next is placed inside,, about as shown in Fig. 193. Then, while the edges: are firmly held together, the joint is brazed and completed by hammering out the joint and other- wise smoothing it off. Flat Seam in Metal Roofing The hook seam, shown in Fig. 176, is probably the most used method in metal or tin roofing, re- gardless of what general system is employed for laying the metal. The custom of nailing through the sheet in flat seam work, at the left of Fig. 194, is- a serious error, and should never be done, partic- ularly for copper, and cleats should be used as shown at the right of Fig. 194. The actual appear- ance of the seams in both of these diagrams is some- what distorted inside to show the details mentioned. 198 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER When "knocking out'* strips for flashing, gutters and for long strip, or standing seam roofing, the seam shown in Fig. 176 would be used ninety-nine times out of a hundred. However, a double-lock seam is sometimes used to avoid soldering or to allow for expansion and contraction. Such seams are decidedly difficult to make. The four successive Fig. 194. Usual Flat Seam Method for Tin Roofing. Steps for making the seam are shown in Fig. 196. An adjustable folding machine is necessary to turn these edges because the first edge, No. i, has to te turned, being considerably less in width than the second edge. No. 3. It should be clear, too, that in the turning operation of the second edge extreme care is requisite to prevent squashing of i^ ^^^ _^ nil M92 ^3 N94 Fig. 195. Double-lock Seam for Tin Roofing. the first edge. Diagram No. 2 shows the appear- ance of the seam after the two sheets have been slid together. This is then malleted down tight and will look as shown by diagram No. 4 when finished. A Novel Flat Seam Procedure In tin roofing it is often necessary to make a flat seam as the work progresses and sometimes the hook edge of the upper sheet can not be slipped into SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 19^ the lower sheet because the other side of the upper sheet is fast, or for some other reason. In that case, the edge of the upper sheet is not bent en- * tirely over but almost square. Then, as in Fig. 196, the peen of the ham- mer is used to **peen in" the edge, after* which it is flattened down with the mallet. Another method would be to turn up square the edge of the lower sheet as at B in diagram No. 1 of Fig. 197. The edge A of the upper sheet is also turned up square, only this edge A should be double the height of edge B. Fi. Ideal Typt of Batten Seam. FiQ. ao8. Quicker Method for Batten Seams. The wood batten type of roofing is also very common, especially for copper roofing, as it allows maximum provision for expansion and contraction. It is highly desirable when an ornamental and archi- tectural effect is required for a tin roof. Fig. 207 shows the shape of the wood batten which allows inovement of the pan in its expansion. These caps are not slid on but are double-seamed by the customary operations. Fig. 208 shows how the cap can be eliminated and the pan formed to pass over the batten and seamed to the other pan. All the seams so far spoken of are adaptable for SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 203 many kinds of roofing and the majority of the other types of seams for roofing are just a modification of these. Scams in Duct Work Duct work usually means pipe, elbows and other fittings which are rectangular in cross section, a§ illustrated in Fig. i68. In this class of work nearly all the seams so far discussed can be employed to advantage. The plain standing seam shown in Fig. 175 is frequently used, especially as it helps stiffen the duct. That seam, however, must be 3trongly -4-WW^ Fig. 209. A Fig. a 10. A Fig. aix. A Shoulder Pocket Sliding Standing Seam. Corner Seam. Piece. Fig. 212. The Pitts- burg Seam or Hobo Seam. riveted through its upstanding edges to hold to- gether at all. The seam shown in Fig. 209 has a shoulder, A, bent under the opposite side as shown. After clinching edge B, seam cannot come apart. Should it be desired to have the seam of the pipe at a corner instead of where it is in Fig. 168, many of the methods already mentioned could be used. Still, there are other ways like the pocket seam in Fig. 210— the edge is held in the pocket by solder- ing or riveting here and there. A corner seam in which a slide piece is used is shown in Fig. 211. A slide piece like this, only without the square bend, is used at times for a flat 204 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER seam, but it is not popular because the parts become undone too easily. This method is useful for join- ing the parts of a casing about a radiator in indirect steam heating. A seam that is fast superseding the double seam to join the parts of rectangular elbows at their cor- 4 ners, is the Pittsburg or, as some term it, the hobo seam, which is shown in Fig. 212. The edge A is left standing out straight while forming this seam and when assembling the parts ; the edge on part B L L Fig. 213. Com- Fig. 214. Stif- Fig. 215. Stand- Fig. 216, Angle mon S Slip. fened S Slip. ing Edge Slip. Connection. is forced into the pocket of part C and then edge A is hammered over, locking parts C and B firmly together. Note particularly the shoulder on piece C which gives a flush surface and prevents distor- tion when closing edg^ A. Horizontal Joints in Ducts In all duct work it is necessary to join two or more lengths of pipe at their edges L, Fig. i68. The method generally used is the S slip shown at C in Fig. 213. Part A is the lower length of duct and part B the upper length. The slip is first placed on A and then B is slipped into it. Holes are then drilled through all wherever it is desired to fasten them together and metal screws are inserted. uigitized by Google SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 205 As ducts are often very wide it is necessary to have a rigid slip and Fig. 214 shows how the hem edge of the S slip is carried down, bent out and then hemmed. This method is really the basis of many other styles used. Sometimes a band iron, or an angle iron or indeed furfing strips of wood are encased in this slip to reinforce them. The popular standing edge slip is shown in Fig. 215. With this method the slip is firmly riveted to the lower duct and the clinch edge A should be standing up square. The upper duct has a square edge bent out and when this is in place the clinch edge is malleted down. 1 Fig. 217. Slip Joint Fig. 218. Gutter Fig. 219. Tapped for Furnace Work. Bead in Lieu of Band Iron Joint. Wire. For heavy work structural shapes would be used as in Fig. 216. In Fig. 217 is shown the slip joint which is a familiar procedure to old furnace men and is used for cold air boxes. The ducts would be made in four parts, seaming the parts on the corners. Prior to doing this the wires are inserted and on the lower duct about two inches are folded over as shown. A wire drawn through Holes in the ducts holds both securely together. Sometimes the gutter bead of Fig. 218 is used in lieu of a wire or rod of Fig. 217. Digitized by CjOOQIC 206 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Quite frequently a joint is to be made where it is impossible to get at the inside for riveting, and it is required that the joint be easily unmade. , A good method would be to rivet a band iron to the one part A, as in Fig. 219. Holes are then punched or drilled through the part and the band iron ; after which the holes are tapped with a thread suitable for stove bolts. Holes are now accurately punched in the other part, B, to match those in part A, and then stove bolts screwed into the band iron hold all together. Expansion Joints for Long Gutters When a large roof is to be covered, and a long copper gutter is used, an expansion joint is con- structed and placed at the highest point of the gut- ter, the water shedding either way to the leader. The method of constructing this joint is shown in. Fig. 220. It makes no difference what shape the gutter may have, the same method is employed. The gutters A and B meet at the highest point; two heads or bottoms C and D are flanged and soldered in the gutter, having an upper flange bent towards the inside of the gutter, as shown. On the roof part of the gutter a lock is bent as shown by E and F. Over these locks E and F and over the flanges on the heads a lock is slipped as shown by H, allowing it to run under the lock of the gutter as shown by J, the lock of the gutter being broken, to clearly show the slip. At the bottom the slip is allowed to project slightly over the front edge of the gutter, as shown by I. Digitized by CjOOQIC SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 207 The' roof covering shown by L is locked to thtf gutter, overlapping the slip J as shown. Thus it will be seen that no soldering has been done, which allows the gutter to work as desired. To avoid the water from following the top of the slip H and dripping off over the front edge of the gutter, a V-shaped guard is soldered to the top of the slip Fig. 220. Expansion Joint in Long Gutter. H, as shown at K, which leads the water right and left into the gutter as at H^. Connecting Furnace Pipes to Furnace Tops When furnace "warm-air pipes are to be connected to furnace hoods, as shown in A in Fig. 221, it is well to know the different methods which are used, so that the one best adapted can be employed in making the connections. As every collar in most cases has a different angle, the collars are usually trimmed at the job as follows : Run a line or spool wire from the register box on the first floor, or u!y,uzeuuy^v.Ogle 208 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER ^from the stacks leading to the upper floors, to the bonnet or hood, as indicated by the dotted lines a, b and c, which gives the proper angle at which the collars are to be cut to fit against the hood. Fig. 221. Connecting Furnace Pipes to Tops. After the collar has been fitted accurately it is held tightly against the hood and a pencil mark made on the hood and carefully cut out with the circular shears. Each collar is marked to cor- respond to the opening in the hood, as shown by SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 209 I, 2, 3, etc., as shown. The collars can now be joined to the hood by either one of the methods shown, A showing a notched or dove-tailed collar ; B, a beaded notched collar and C, a flanged and notched collar. Note in the collar A the alternate flanges are turned out at right angles, as shown, so that when the collar is joined to the hood, as shown in the diagram below C in the accompanying illustration, the edges just turned lie tight against the outside of the hood at a a, while the unturned edges are turned on the inside of the bonnet at b b. These edges are dressed down firmly, which se- cures the collar ready to connect with the warm- air pipe. When the collar is beaded and notched, as shown by B, this collar is secured to the hood, as shown in the diagram in the upper right-hand corner of the illustration at A. The collar is set in the open- ing in the hood, with the bead snugly against the hood, as shown by a a, after which the flange b b, which is already notched, is turned over as shown by c c. The flanging and notching of the collar C is accomplished by first flanging the collar x 2it b and b until this flange fits snugly against the hood. A separate collar a a is now riveted to the main collar X as shown and notched at a. When connecting this collar to the hood as shown in the diagram in the lower left-hand corner of the illustration, the main collar A is set tightly against the hood as shown by ^ ^ and the notched portion b b oi the collar B v/hich had previor.s'y Digitized by CjOOQIC 210 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER been riveted to the collar A at a and a is then turned against the inside of the hood at c and c. Of course it is understood that the seaming at x and y is not done until the collars have been joined to the hood. After the collars were all fitted a mark was made at i on the hood and i on the casing as shown, after which the hood was removed from the casing, the collars secured and the hood set back again on the casing in its proper position as shown by the marks i and i and then seams x and y closed. Connecting Collars to Register Boxes Another method of seaming collars is shown in Fig. 222, where in diagram i it will be seen that Fig. 222. First Method of Seaming Collars to Register Boxes. the flange of the circular opening in the bottom is turned upward as shown at A, and the collar has a flange turned over and pressed tight with the flat pliers as shown by B. This seam B is nov/ turned down as indicated in diagram 2 at C. Fig. 223 shows the second method of securing the collar by means of flanging and notching. After the proper size circle has been cut in the bottom of Digitized by Google SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 211 the register box, the collar is prepared, around \srhich another short collar about 2 inches high shown by a in diagram i is riveted at b, being care- ful to turn out a flange of about J4 inch on a before North NOtOhtC/ OflCr Flangm-^d Fig. 223. Second Method of Seaming Collars. riveting to the main collar c. Rivet this short collar a about Y% inch below the main collar as shown in the cut ; then set the collar in the position as shown in diagram i, notch with the snips the projecting flange c and dress down tightly on the stake' as shown by d in diagram 2. Smoo^ Fig. 224. Third Method of Fastening Collars. The third method shown in Fig. 224 shows how the collar can be secured to the box by swaging Digitized by VjOv^f-i i>^ 212 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER and notching. Turn a swage or bead J^ or ^ inch deep on to the end of Jhe collar, about }i inch away from the ends as shown by a o in diagram i. See that it fits snugly in the circular opening in the bottom of the register box, then notch the project- ing flange b and dress it down tightly on the stake, so that when finished it will have the appearance shown by c in diagram 2. While the last two methods are quick and simple, still either one of the first two methods are to be recommended as they are more rigid and tighter. Expansion Joint of Skylight Some large buildings, especially if they are built largely of steel or the more modern reinforced con- FiG. 22$. Skylight with Expansion Joint. Crete type, have expansion joints, arid often sky- lights or other work which sheet metal workers do come directly over these joints, and then the de- signers, as a rule, insist that that joint be also followed through this work. The example given in Fig. 225 is for a skylight of the double pitch type and is about 20 feet wide at the curb line by some 600 feet in length. The Digitized by CjOOQIC SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 213 skylight is directly over three expansion joints of the building trans versing it. The expansion joints are in everything, the steel work, the walls, the concrete roof slabs, the gravel roofs, the curb, the flashing and the skylight. In Fig. 226 is shown a rough idea of how the special bar is made. Spanning the space between two bars is a heavy sheet lead cap which is brass bolted to the bars and bent as shown for the ob- vious reason of allowing, extension and compres- sion and also to give the necessary rigidity. The f expansion Provision SpecK7/Sky//ffhtBar Fig. 226. Special Expansion Skylight Bar. gravel roof and the curb flashing have a combina- tion sheet metal and tar expansion joint, and the sheet lead cap mentioned and the apron of the sky- light were made to fit loosely over this curb joint, for it would not do to miter and carry the sheet lead cap down the curb to form an apron over the joint inasmuch as said miter would be so stiff as to nullify the freedom of the cap. This applies to , mitering the caps together at the ridge, and they were simply kept a short distance from each other and the opening covered with a sheet lead cap not fastened to the other caps but beneath to the ridge bar of one part of the skylight. Digitized by CjOOQIC 214 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Joints for Corrugated Iron Corrugated sheets may be had in many lengths and widths and corrugated in many styles and di- mensions. A popular style is shown in Fig. 228. Specifications for sheet metal enclosures usually call for a sheet like Fig. 227 for siding, as it gives one corrugation lap. For roofing the specifications prescribe sheets like that in Fig. 228, which give one and one-half corrugation. Fig. 227, One Corrugation Lap. Fig. 228. One and One-Half Corrugation Lap. When lapping sheets of Fig. 228 they would ap- pear as in Fig. 229. Horizontal laps are merely lap seams and should lap at least six inches. Sheets should never be lapped as in Fig. 230, because the standing edge will show buckled and is therefore Watof* hetB from \ tctn ontonno Atns Fig. 229. Proper Method of Fig. 230. Improper Method of Lapping. Lapping. unsightly. It will not leak, however, though water will get under the first lap arid, having no chance to dry out, will eventually rot out the sheets. In the ideal method of Fig. 229 edge a should not go down into the corrugation because capillary attraction will draw water up under the edge a. Digitized by CjOOQIC SEAMS, JOINTS AND PROCESSES 215 The method of finishing against the gable or sides of the structure is showh in Fig. 231 ; note how one or two corrugations are flattened out and then bent up to form a base flash- ing. At the eaves, of course, the sheets would lap over the roof flange of the gutter. Fig. 232 shows how a molding can be connected to the corru- gated roofing. This is an ideal method and could also be used in a case like Fig. 231. A pocket in the foot of the molding is the means of finishing the molding to the siding. The joints given in Figs. 231 and 232 are the basis for all other joints like window and door cas- •^•Roofinq Fig. 231. Finish Against a Side Parapet. Fig. 332. Joining a Gable Mold- ing to Corrugated Roof. Fig. 233. Ridge Finish, Show- ing Ridge Roll. ings. Fig. 233 shows the ridge finish, in which the apron of the ridge molding is corrugated to match the corrugated sheets. Pockets are not desirable at a ridge owing to the need of making them very deep to keep rain or snow from beating in the pocket and under the sheets into the building. uiyiiizeu uy v-^j v^yUy lv_ 216 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Straight Cornice Seams Nearly all the common seams presented in this chapter can be used for architectural sheet metal work. As a rule, all vertical seams in straight cor- nices are the lap seam kind, soldered and riveted. The horizontal seams are also very often just lap seams soldered and riveted. The same is true of Jom-t of Pkint—/'' " and B«AU3».ooOi-tc.QOOi-"c^co»5ot*Oeoiooooeo»oooO' CO ■^ ■^ ■^ »5 »0 »0 U3 <© CO «0 »>• t* t* 00 00 00 O OS O O 1-1 ,-( M CO JC "^ "5; 8c^eoiot^o>Q»-ico»ot*o>Q^c«3"5r^OJQcot^ 0>00t*t0»O»0"^C0Ni-iOO0»00t>.«0»O»5e0r-iOQ0l>.>Ce0NO g^c^eoeo»o»o»ot^ooooQQOc^eo^io»or^«Q _ N»0l<-OC0C000'->'^O0>C^»Ot^OC0>C«r- SS8S8S8S8S8S8S8S8g88888c coeococo^"^^"^»5»ou3»o®o«oot^r^t^wooo505C g0»0000b»O»C-^C0C0(NrHQpcrQ0t^«0»OC0i-tQ0>l«-»0 _ t^oco»5ocoNoO'^o b^o>N'^doO'-id'-'-^dQOCob»co»cc;e(c«cKt*ocxc50iCO'H 8QOt^»OCOC^QOOt^>OeOMOQOt^>OeONOt^WQt^COQb»CO oioi>05»-icoiob^QcCe0Q00iOt^Q00iOC0Q00»OC0Q00»OQ»OQ»«Q"5Q»OQ- >OOOC^rHOOOt^<©"5cOClrHOOOt>.CO»CcO(NOb-»CCo>c®«0(©t^t*t*QO gCO(NQOe0OSiO^t^C000"^QCOW00C0O»"3r^00QCSlC0»Or^Q0Q 0>'<*tOOCOb»Nt^rHCOO«00-^OSCOOONh-0»S»0"^CONrHOO ftOMCO»C«Ot^C OTttTjC»flU 0»OQ»OQOQ>-':)Q"30»CQ"5QiOQ"5QOQOOQOQOQ oc^»5tN.©c<»5h-oci>ot^O(N>ot*ON»5o»5o>co»co>oO lc'ot^o6Q'HC<^colod^•ocdrHc^eo^odt^dc^»ct^dc^»o^'0 ,-(r-lr-lr-l^CSlC>1C>1(N(N04 (N CO C0e0e0C0C0C0'4<"*'^'*u5iO»«iO«O oeoi^Ocot^oe5b»Qcob»QcoN.ocot>iQt>.eoQb»coQt>.coQ O 00 O lO CO rH O OOO »0 CO 1-H O 00 CO >0 CO r-i O CC CO O CO CO O CO CO © O O ^ .C500i000Q(Ni000OCC«CCL'tCiC©iOOiOO tO'Hl^COOCOCSIOOiSi-it^eOOCOMOOiCrHt^OCSIiOt^OCNiCl^O O'MC0i0t^nO(NC0»0b»00Qr^t^c^CC0t^QC0t^OC0t*O O'^OOCNOOi^JOiOOb-^iOO'tOOlNcOO'CeO'-'OMCOiOCO'-H© lOioiococot^.t^.t^ooooosoooO'-i'-iwc^ccTficiocot^^oodd CCSO Digitized by Google 268 [THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER »H ^ 1 2 J9 ^ 5" d n i "s s^ p< 1 •s| a" 4j *^ Poo foot. ••^ •s -1 4> g ;§s a Per 480 lbs —22. fi ? S O ^ «-• S •-I 'I •^ d ,M :Sl •^ o 04 ^ 4^ ctf ^ M vm o 09 s 41» '^ S ^1 CO 5 ^ ag ? « ^' s 1- i ^ »^ eo eo "^ o o hi b^ 00 wd d w N eo "^" '^ »o CO t*^ i> 00 oJ o j5* 2^^ gS§8SS8Sg8^,^S^^,52SS;3Sr:Sg1S85?g8S5^^^§8 eddi>^odo6d^S3^t«*(^ci g«ioooQe5»ooOQeo»o"oOQe5ioooQeoioooQe5iooOQioo»OQQQO i-i t« ra o o C4 00 tQ iH t« CO o «o e<4 00 A i-H t« m O «o c<4 00 A t«o 04 *2S^O 2 o c^cocQ'^iOioddbIo6o6dddiHi-i'e4eoeo%t*ioioddbIo6di-4c«C4C4eO SS^SSSS28S^§S^^e3g§8g2^?Sg5;S2§5^SgSg eo lo d d t^ 00 00 d d d d *H c^' e fHi>lfHfHfHr-ifHT-4T-4fHfHfHfHT-4C4CilC4C4 8S2^t;8SSS?:go3S§^.§§8^^§§S§:S828S^S^SS8 c>ic>lfHT-4fHfHT-4iHiH^C4C4 s g855o3g5l5^^8S2SS8S^^S§§Sg;5?2^?22Jg288aB§8^2S 1-^c>^codo6dei fH i>l fH r^ fH T-4 7-t ^>t iH f-4 iH f-l C4 C4 ^8SSS^^S8^S^^§S§??^t;S88^S^^Sg§J:;8^S§8 fHCiicic<«d«'^'^dddddhIbIhIo6o6dddddiHi-Iciieo"^"ddo6d f-ir4et^o6o6o6ddddd<-icsicO'<(jidt> r^fHiHf-lr-li-lt-l,^ ^g§8SSsS2^g8§8S8?;3S^^S8SSoS2^ii^§88S^S^8 f4«Hf-4e<4C^ei>a6ado6ddd>-H€sieo>o «H rH iH f-l f-l iH S^Sg8SSS§B2^^S^.S58gSSjSg^SJ:§^53?§S§8^^g ^^^^ciNNWWW«'«^<'«^<"^*"^ddiOiodddt^i«It>do6dd»-iei Ss^^^888SS§2?§S^g^2§28^8S^SS^fe8SS3^8 OiHf-4fi4f-i.-4e<t>ddd igis^:5g?2g8§255SSs3^S2g^S^S8S?§88;3§ 5si§iiS2S^§S^^g8§82S5SStiogS2??55^M8 -I N N N en en N M N « eo eo eo 00 -^ A4 3^ fH d o u HH {^ •21 o-: »H « -y 4j i .«• ^ 1 »H ^ 0) -l-» ^ P^ txo 1—1 4> ^ __2 ^ /-s « "S »H 3 •S C O r ^ 00 CO td w kJ .«^ « 1—1 < H ^ $ 1 =1 l-t USEFUL TABLES 259 5&88SS2gg§8825S;§8S : : : : :::::::: : : : : «*«^2;5S5:28§^^^J;88 :::::::::::::::: 8S§8SSSS2^SS:$8S28SS§§35S8S2^§882SSg8 Sl§Sfe8S2S2S2gJ:82g :::::::::::::::: clt^oJoc^co-joaoajjjc^^^j^g [ \ ][ [ [ [ \ \ \ [ \ [ \\ ] S8^?5fe228SSggSSSgSS5:SgS85^SgSSSfe8S8??J:8 "^^«2;:J2i2^28SSSSI^S^^?§^'^Sc^5'^^5228Sg §8^^^S8^Sg58SSS;3?2 : .;:.::•:;:::::::: : fH,-|,HiH,Hi-lfHCS|Clc5c<«c5 ^r:25gS82:S8^S§c3fe§§§?28^g)2S^SS§SS5S^5:S8 wJob-ioidi-Ieo-^icoodoiocieo-^*! '.II'.'-'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 8^SS8^S^8^Sf28^S^8SSS8SS^8S8S8888 t^ 5 iH CO "5 »>. OS •-• w »o i>- OS '-' w >o r^ "««o>Q^(N ! I .' I ' ' ' I r ! ; I * .' ; * ^r-«i-l,-|f-li-lr-ti-I^C|C4 S?2§8§^;?^8i28S2S§^2^g8?5^S§gSS8§S^§SS85li8 ^"^^*^2d2SSSJ:22SSS's;SSS5§5g^g?JS^?S:5^Slg CO "^ io CO b- ob o> O .-( C^< W "*** "5 »o o t* ■^»ocor>^QOo>dciw"^»odb^o6oid * I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I iH IH .-H-H l-H »H l-H i-t rH N J:c:3SgS§^^^SM2l5f:^gS8§8g§8SSJ2^SS§^SfeS88 ^^d^:ocidd;:j22;2i22J::22§?isjS^^^g58e^gS^S5:^;5S oio^eoNiHOOioooiO^ecNiHQ O O) O O C) a>0 00 CO 00 uu 00 OO 00 00 00 •••• M'^<»odb^o6ddi-twcoT*J»o«r>b^od • • • * • • • • • • '. '. ' '. * '. Ji^82SS^^?:5^22S8S§8sS^8S3§S^^c3^28§8J^S^8 eo'^»o«t»o6do^Neo'^«oiodb«^o6dd'-'CNiW'^»odo6d'-*"cor>ii-i»o rH,HrHTHrH^^^,Hl-(i-l5^C«CS|C00 co'^»o«ob«t^o6o»d^Nw^»o»c«o • * I I I I *. I I ! I ! ! I I r i-H i-H «-( 1-4 i>« iH i-H iH :sf:f::s? :sf^5!:s^ :s^:§^ :s?:f:s? :sf:?:§^ :s?:?:s^ if? ^ ,_ir-iT-i^cac^(Ncacocoecco'^'^-«*»^>o»o»o"5cocc«o^c» y Google 260 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 4 Plate Iron The following table gives the weight per square foot for iron plates 1/16 inch up to 2 inches thick. Thickness Weight in Lbs. Thickness Weight in Lbs. A 2.5 lA 42.5 Vs 5.0 IH 45.0 A 7.5 lA 47.5 H 10.0 iJi 50.0 A 12.5 lA 52.5 Vs 15.0 1^ 55.0 A 17.5 lA 57.5 y2 20.0 IH 60.0 A 22.5 lA 62.5 'A 25.0 m 65.0 tt 27.5 itt 67.5 H 30.0 iji 70.0 a 32.5 m 72.5 % 35.0 V/s 75.0 H 37.5 m 77.5 1 40.0 2 80.0 Table 5 Weight of Russia Sheet Iron with Approximate U. S. Guage Number Russian Gauge Number U. 8. Gauge Number (Approx.) Weight Per Sheet (28'' = 56'0 Pounds 16 15 14 13 21 22^ 23M 23 14}^ 13H 12 12 24 11 11 25 10 10 26 9 9 27 8 8 7 28 29 7H 6J€ Avcrr.^? r?t v;ci:^ht per b-ndlo is about 225 p^.;:n;'!s. Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 261 Table 6 Weight Per Sheet of Wood's Patent-Planished Iron in Pounds and Equivalent Russian Gauge Gauges, Approx. Russian Gauge 18 20 22 Sq. Ft. sEeet — — 14 28 X45 16.25 to 17 12 to 12.6 10 to 10.26 8.75 28'X48 17.25 to 18 13 to 13.5 10.5 to 10.76 9.33 28 X56 20.25 to 21 14.75 to 15.25 12.26 to 12.5 10.89 28 X60 21.5 to 21.76 16.26 to 16.75 13.25 to 13.5 11.66 28 X72 26 to 27 18.5 to 19 16 to 16.25 14 28 X84 30.5 to 31.25 22.75 to 23.5 18.75 to 19 16.33 30 X45 17.26 to 18 13 to 13.75 10.25 to 10.76 9.37 30 X48 18.25 to 19 14 to 14.76 11.25 to 11.75 10 30 X56 21. 25 to 22 16.26 to 16.76 13.26 to 13.75 11.66 30 X60 23 to 23.76 17.25 to 17.75 14.26 to 14.75 12.6 30 X72 27.6 to 28.26 20.75 to 21.25 17 to 17.75 15 30 X84 32.25 to 33 24.6 to 26 19.76 to 20.25 17.6 Gauges, Approx. Russian - 23 24 26 Sq. Ft. Gauge 13 12 11 " sESt 28 X45 9.25to 9.5 8.26 to 8.6 7.25 to 7.5 8.76 28 X48 10 to 10.26 8.76 to 9 7.75 to 8 9.33 28 X56 11.25 to 11.5 10.26 to 10.5 9 to 9.6 10.89 28 X60 12.5 to 12.75 10.75 to 10.26 9.76 to 10.26 11.66 28 X72 15.25 to 15.6 13.26 to 13.6 11.75 to 12.25 14 28 X84 17.26 to 17.5 15.5 to 16 13.76 to 14.26 16.33 30 X45 10.26 to 10.6 8.5 to 9 7.6 to 8 9.37 30 X48 10.75 to 11.26 9.25 to 9.75 8.26 to 8.76 10 30 X56 12.6 to 13 11.26 to 11.76 9.6 to 9.75 11.66 30 X60 13.6 to 14 12 to 12.6 10.26 to 10.75 12.6 30 X72 16.25 to 16.75 14 to 14.75 12.25 to 12.76 16 30 X84 19 to 19.5 16.25 to 16.75 14.26 to 14.76 17.6 Gauges, Approx. Russian ■ 26 27 28 Sq. Ft. sSl^t Gauge 10 9 8 28 X45 6.6 to 6.75 6.26 to 6.6 6.5 to 5.76 8.75 28 X48 7 to 7.26 6.76 to 7.25 6 to 6.25 9.33 28 X56 8.26 to 8.5 7.76 to 8.26 6.75 to 7.25 10.89 28 X60 8.76 to 9.26 8 to 8.5 7.6 to 8 11.66 28 X72 10.76 to 11 10 to 10.5 9 to 9.6 14 28 X84 12.75 to 13 11.5 to 12 10.6 toll 16.33 30 X45 7 to 7.26 6.6 to 6.76 6 to 6.25 9.37 30 X48 7.6 to 8 7 to 7.5 6.6 to 6.75 10 30 X56 9 to 9.25 8.25 to 8.5 7.25 to 7.6 11.6ft 30 X60 9.6 to 9.76 9 to 9.25 8 to 8.25 12.6 30 X72 11.6 to 11.75 10.25 to 10.76 9.5 to 9.76 15 30 X84 13.6 to 13.76 12.25 to 12.76 11.25 to 11.5 17.5 uigitized by VjOOQIC 262 * -sa I S I" ^" I 1^ J g Q ill THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER >St^^QOi^coiceot«oo^i^iOQ0 CO CO «0 b> N> 1^ OC 00 4 ^ rH rH rH iH ^ rH ^ iH rH ^ ^ rH iH ^ ef W N N N CM CM CI ^Cl CI N N N « ©* 0»<b>b>t^l<«t^Sc0«C0>O>5iO'«^ ^ CM CM w CO Th -^ >o «o CO S r- 1^ 00 00 Oi o» o ^ CI CO -^ »o 25 1>» So » rH CO 55 1* * OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOi- bCM»OOiC0b-C^t^C0Oi»5cMOi»Oi-"K»Ot^O»CM'^t^Qt^"^i-"Q35 SoooooooooooooSiH^rH^^cicMCMeoeo^ioSco oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo OCDe0C^CMC0»O0»^O00l^»^00i-"»0^«fc«0i-ii-ib-00^iO^C0CMCMC0^t* «-i.-tCMe0'^>O«t^O'-iCM'^c000i- ^ '^ « *4 lO ft- Digitized by CjOOQIC •a«'r3 |D§.g |«.g^ Is"- USEFUL TABLES 268 I I o*-4co'^t^9^>oooc4«>0'^o»'^a'4icoooe9^ Ys 4>^ X3H A 4>^ X3 % 4^ X3 A 4H X2>^ H 4H X2H A 4 X5 H 4 X5 H 4 X4>^ M 4 X4>^ % 4 X4 H 4 X4 % 4 X3 :. % 4 X3 A 4 X2H Vb 4 X2i^ A 4 X2 ^ 4 X2 A 3>^ X4 H 3H X4 M 3J^ X3)^ H 3H X3>:^ % 3^ X3 >^ 3^ X3 % 3>^ X 3 A 3 X4 M 3 X4 A 3 X4 % 3 X3i^ y^ 3 X3i^ A 3 X3H i^ 3 X3 M 3 X3 ,:.. A 3 X3 % 3 X3 A 3 X2i^ % 3 X2i2 A 3 X2ii >i 2H X3 % 2H X3 A 2^ X2i^ 8^ 2y2XlH A 2M X2k^ A 2 X2 ^ 2 X IH Ji IK X IM M IH X IK.. M 1^ XIJ^ K 1 XI A A % A f^ A % i^ % A A A V2 % H % H H y2 A H y^ A A A % Vs A Vs A A A H H H A 13.4 10.9 15.7 9.8 8.4 9.2 7.8 15.3 11.9 14.4 11.2 13.5 10.5 9.2 7.8 8.5 7.2 7.8 6.7 12.6 9.8 11.7 9.2 10.8 8.5 7.5 11.7 10.5 9.2 10.8 9.7 8.5 9.9 8.9 7.8 6.7 7.1 6.1 5.0 7.1 6.1 6.4 2.87 4.9 4.3 3.09 3.09 2.47 2.02 1.25 11.41 8.96 22.72 9.71 8.32 6.72 5.76 33.39 25.92 27.09 21.12 21.55 16.85 9.60 8.21 6.61 5.65 4.27 3.63 21.12 16.53 16.32 12.69 12.05 9.49 9.07 20.69 18.35 16.11 15.89 14.19 12.37 11.73 10.45 9.17 7.89 6.40 5.55 4.59 8.96 7.68 6.29 0.93 4.37 3.31 1.60 2.03 1.49 1.01 0.49 vGooQle gl 286 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER How to Estimate on Quimtity and Cost of Corrugated Sheets First, select the best lengths of sheets that will fit the ^ace you intend covering, not forgetting the end laps. On siding, a one-inch or two-inch end lap is sufficient, but on roofing it varies from three to six inches, accord- ing to pitch of roof. Our common 25^ -inch corrugated sheets will lay 24 inches wide with a side lap of one corrugation, but the selling measurement is 26 inches wide. A 6-foot sheet will measure 13 sq. ft. and lay 12 sq. ft. « 7 « « « « 15W « « « 14 « « g « « « « 17H " « « 16 « « 9 « u u u 19U « « « 18 « « 10 « « « « 21H « « « 20 « In the above table, end laps are not considered. You make your own allowance for end laps. The extreme length of corrugated sheets is 10 feet Table ii Measurements of Corrugated Sheets Covering Length of Kind of Width of Depthof Ntimberof Width Width of Longest Comiga- Comiga- Comiga- Corruga-' Lapped Sheet Sheiets tion, tion, tion, tions to One Cor- Corru- . Fur- the rugation, gated, nished Sheet Inches Inches Feet Inches Inches Inches the rugation, ^ated, nished, Inc" 6 5 IK 1 1 6 24 27 10 iirofi 10 24 26 10 ^M 24 26 10 H 25 26 8 Table 12 Weight of Corrugated Sheets Per Square for Sheets 30^/^ Inches Wide Before Corrugating Weight per Square of 100 Square Num- Weight Weight Feet, when Laid, Allowing 6 Inches Weight ber per per Lap in Length and 2^ Inches or per by Thick- Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft. One Corrugation in Width of Sq. Ft. Birm- ness. Flat, Corru- Sheet for Sheet Lengths of Flat ingham Inches Lbs. gated, Galvan- Gauge Lbs. 5 6 7 8 9 10 ized Feet Feet Feet Feet Feet Feet ' 335 358 353 350 348 346 2.95 275 270 267 264 262 261 2.31 196 192 190 188 186 185 1.74 156 154 152 150 149 148 1.46 123 121 119 118 117 117 1.22 101 99 97 97 96 95 1.06 16 .085 2.61 3.28 18 .049 1.97 2.48 20 .035 1.40 1.76 22 .028 1.12 1.41 24 .022 .88 1.11 26 .018 .72 .91 Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 267 •Table 13 Weight of Corrugated Sheets Per 100 Square Feet in Pounds r^««M,«o 2H in. 2^ in. tawfP' ^ in- 1>^ »°- 2 in. 26 in. 27H in. 3 in. 6 in. **°'^' Wide Wide U.S.Std. Is .1 J I I J Sheet 'S S 'S § 'S "s 'S 'g 'S *S • "S *s 'S g Metal ||?||?|?|??>|? Gauge '3 « '3 « *S "fli *a 'cS rt "S "a "3 '3 "S 19"^ . .. 81 ... 81 ... 77 ... 77 ... 78 ... 77 . . . 77 18 7188 718868846884 69 85 68846884 17 78 95 78 95 75 91 76 91 76 92 75 91 75 91 16 85 102 85 102 82 98 82 98 83 99 82 98 81 97 15 99 116 99 116 95 111 95 111 97 113 95 111 95 111 14 113 130 113 130 109 125 109 125 110 126 109 125 108 124 15 127 144 122 138 122 138 124 140 122 138 122 137 SI 141 158 136 151 136 151 137 153 136 151 135 151 11 155 172 149 165 149 165 151 167 149 165 148 164 10 169 186 163 178 163 178 165 181 163 178 162 178 18 216 232 216 232 219 235 216 232 215 231 16 270 286 270 286 274 290 270 286 269 285 14 338 353 342 358 338 353 336 352 11 472 488 478 494 472 488 470 486 10 607 623 615 631 Table 14 Number of Corrugated Iron and Steel Sheets in One Square (100 Square Feet) 3-Inch Corruga- 2}'>Inch Corruga- IJ-Inch Cocruga- tions. Width tions. Width tions. Width length of Sheet, (flat) 28 Inches, (flat) 28 Inches, (flat) 28 Inches. Inches Width (after cor- Width (after cor- Width (after cor- rugating) 26 nagating) 26 nigating) 25 Inches Inches Inches. 72 7.692 7.692 8.000 84 6.593 6.593 6.857 96 5.769 5.769 6.000 108 5.128 5.128 5.333 120 4.616 4.616 4.800 Table 15 Spacing of Supports for Corrugated Sheets Nos. 16 and 18 6 to 7 feet apart Nos. 20 and 22 4 to 5 feet apart No. 24 2to4 feet apart No. 28 , 2 feet apart uiyuzeuuy Google 268 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table i6 Comparison of Standard Gauges for Wire and Sheet Metal Diameter cac Thickness in Decimals of an Inch United States American Bi™i^8- J^^? ^ B^tish .ronton Ammcan Number Gauge for l~n^™r ham or Roebhng s Impenal j^nZ ^^^ and steel ^^"^^^Wire^Sauge Gauge Wire<}auge ^"^^ ^"^ 0000000 0.5 0.4900 0.500 OOOOOa 0.46875 0.580000 0.4615 0.464 00000 0.4375 0.516500 0.6D0 0.4305 0.432 0.450 0000 0.40625 0.460000 0.454 0.3D38 0.400 0.400 000 0.375 0.409642 0.425 0.3625 0.372 0.360 0.0315 00 0.34375 0.364796 0.380 0.3310 0.348 0.330 0.0447 0.3125 0.324861 0.340 0.3065 0.324 , 0.305 0.0578 1 0.2825 0.289297 0.300 0.2830 0.300 0.285 0.071O 2 0.265625 0.257627 0.284 0.2G25 0.276 0.265 0.0842 3 0.25 0.229423 0.259 0.2437 0.252 0.245 0.0973 4 0.234375 0.204307 0.238 0.2253 0.232 0.225 0-1105 6 d. 21875 0.181940 0.220 0.2370 0.212 0.2D5 0.1236 6 0.203125 0.162023 0.203 0.1923 0.192 O.IDO 0.1368 7 0.1875 0.144285 0.180 0.1770 0.176 0.175 0.1500 8 0.171875 0.128490 0.165 0.1620 0.160 0.160 0.1631 9 0.15625 0.114423 0.148 0.1433 0.144 0.145 0.1763 10 0.140625 0.101897 0.134 0.1350 0.128 0.130 0.1894 11 0.125 0.090742 0.120 0.1205 0.116 0.1175 0.2026 12 0.109375 0.083808 0.109 0.1055 0.104 ' 0.105 0.2158 13 0.09375 0.071962 0.035 0.0D15 0.002 0.0925 0.2289 14 0.078125 0.064084 0.083 0.0800 0.080 0.0806 0.2421 15 0.0703125 0.057068 0.072 0.0720 0.072 0.070 0.2552 16 0.0625 0.050821 0.065 0.0C25 0.064 0.061 0.2684 17 0.05625 0.045257 0.058 0.0540 0.056 0.0525 0.2816 18 0.05 0.040303 0.049 0.0475 0.048 0.045 0.2947 19 0.04375 0.035890 0.042 0.0410 0.040 0.040 0.3079 20 0.0375 0.031961 0.035 0.0348 0.036 0.035 0.3210 21 0.034375 0.028462 0.032 0.03175 0.032 0.031 0.3342 22 0.03125 0.025346 0.028 0.0286 0.028 0.028 0.3474 23 0.028125 0.022572 0.025 0.0258 0.024 0.025 0.3605 24 0.025 0.020101 0.022 0.230 0.022 0.0225 0.3737 25 0.021875 0.017900 0.020 0.0204 0.020 0.020 0.3868 26 0.01875 0.015941 0.018 0.0181 0.018 0.018 O.40G0 27 0.0171875 0.014195 0.016 0.0173 0.0164 0.017 0.4132 28 0.015625 0.012G41 0.014 0.0162 0.0148 0.016 0.4263 29 0.0140625 0.011257 0.013 0.0150 0.0136 0.015 0.4395 30 0.0125 0.010025 0.012 0.0140 0.0124 0.014 0.4526 31 0.0109375 0.038928 0.010 0.0132 0.0116 0.013 0.4658 32 0.01015625 0.007950 0.009 0.0128 0.0108 0.012 0.4790 33 0.039375 C. 007080 0.008 0.0118 0.0100 0.011 0.4921 34 0.00859375 0.006305 0.007 0.0104 0.0092 0.010 0.5053 35 0.0078125 0.005615 0.005 0.0095 0.0084 0.0095 0.5184 36 0.00703125 0.005000 0.004 0.0090 0.0076 0.009 0.5316 37 0.036640625 0.004453 0.0085 0.0068 0.0085 0.6448 38 0.00625 0.003965 0.0080 0.0060 0.008 0.6579 39 0.033531 0.0075 0.0052 0.0075 0.5711 40 0.003144 0.0070 0.0048 0.007 0.5842 As there are many gauges in use differing from each other, and even the thicknesses of a certain specified gauge, as the Birminghsim, are not assumed the same by all manufacturers, orders for sheets and wires should always state the weight per square foot, or tiie thickness in thousandths of an inch. Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 269 Table 17 Weight Ojf Sheets of Wrought Iron, Steel, Copper and Brass Per Square Foot in Poimds American or B. & S. Thickness Iron Steel Copper Brass Gauge in Inches 0000 .46 18.46 18.70 20.84 19.69 000 .4096 16.44 16:66 18.56 17.53 •00 .3648 14.64 14.83 16.53 15.61 .3249 13:04 13.21 14.72 13.90 1 .2893 11: 61 11.76 13.11 12.38 2 .2576 10:34 10.48 11.67 11.03 3 .2294 9.21 9:33 10.39 9.82 4 .2043 8.20 8.31 9.26 8.74 5 .1319 7.30 7:40 8.24 7.79 6 .1620 6.50 6.59 7.34 6.93 7 .1443 5.79 5.87 6.54 6.18 8 .1285 5.16 5.22 5.82 5.50 9 .1144 4.59 4.65 • 5.18 4.90 10 .1019 4.09 4.14 4.62 4.36 11 .0907 3.64 3.69 4.11 3.88 12 .0808 3.24 3.29 3.66 3.46 13 .0720 2.89 2.93 3.26 3.08 14 .0641 2.57 2.61 2.90 2.74 15 .0571 2.29 2.32 2.59 2.44 16 .0508 2.04 2.07 2.30 2.18 If .0453 1.82 1.84 2.05 1.94 18 .0403 1.62 1.64 1.83 1.73 19 .0359 1.44 1.46 1.63 1.54 20 .0320 1.28 1.30 1.45 1.37 21 .0285 1.14 1.16 1.29 1.22 22 .0253 1.02 1.03 1.15 1.08 23 .0226 .906 .918 1.02 .966 24 .0201 .807 .817 .911 .860 25 .0179 .718 .728 .811 .766 26 .bl59 .640 .648 .722 .682 27 .0142 .570 .577 .643 .608 28 .0126 .507 .514 .573 .541 29 .0X13 .452 .458 .510 .482 30 .0100 .402 .408 .454 .429 31 .0089 .358 .363 .404 .382 32 .0080 .319 .323 .360 .340 33 .0071 .284 .288 .321 .303 34 .0063 .253 .256 .286 .270 35 .0056 .225 .228 .254 .240 Digitized by CjOOQI 270 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table i8 Weights of Steel, Wrought Iron, Brass and Copper Plates Number Iliickiiess in Inclies ~ Wei^to in Lbs. per Foot OI Gauge Steel Iron Brass Copper 0000 .454 18.62 18.16 19.431 20.556 000 .425 17.34 17.00 18.190 19.253 00 .380 15.30 15.20 16.264 17.214 .340 13.87 13.60 14.552 15.402 1 .300 12.24 12.00 12.840 13.590 2 .284 11.59 11.36 12.155 12.865 3 .259 10.57 10.36 11.085 11.733 4 .238 9.71 9.62 10.186 10.781 5 .220 8.98 8.80 9.416 9.966 6 .203 8.28 8.12 8.689 9.196 7 .180 7.34 7.20 7.704 8.154 8 .165 6.73 6.60 7.062 7«475 9 .148 6.04 6.92 6.334 6.704 10 .134 6.47 6.36 5.735 6.070 11 .120 4.90 4.80 6.137 6.436 12 .109 6.45 • 4.36 4.667 4.938 13 .095 3.88 3.80 4.066 4.303 14 .083 3.39 3.32 3.562 3.769 16 .072 2.94 2.88 3.081 3.262 16 .065 2.65 2.60 2.782 2.945 17 .058 2.37 2.32 2.482 2.627 18 .049 2.00 1.96 2.097 2.220 19 .042 1.71 1.68 1.797 1.902 20 .035 1.43 1.40 1.498 1.585 21 .032 1.31 1.28 1.369 1.450 22 .028 1.14 1.12 1.198 1.270 23 .025 1.02 1.10 1.070 1.132 24 .022 .898 .88 .941 .997 25 .020 .816 .80 .856 .906 26 .018 .734 .72 .770 .815 27 .016 .653 .64 ,685 .725 28 .014 .571 .56 .599 .634 29 .013 .530 .52 .556 .689 30 .012 .490 .48 .514 .644 31 .010 .408 .40 .428 .453 32 .009 .367 .36 .385 .408 33 .008 .326 .32 .342 .362 34 .007 .286 .28 .2996 .317 35 .005 .204 .20 .214 .227 36 .004 .163 .16 .171 .181 Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 271 § Ok ^ S ^ ^^ddOOcOeOt«QQCQeO|^t^i-4iOQ&9u50DQCO i-ii-ieoc^»-*cocowwclNC^c^coco^c^NCo »o o CO b» 'i*' »« o> o> CO CO g> s ^* ^s o> Oi ^ CO 00 CO l^ 05 Oi 1-t 1^ CO CO w5 1* ^ r-t C^ CO 25 CO CO hfl iHrH 1-4 1-* 1-4 lH iH 1-4 iH iH 1-4 1^ rH r-t 1-t 1-1 • I M 2s (0 S? ^ 1-4T-H tHiH ,-< ,-4 1-H 1-4 iH 1-H iH 1-4 ,-1 rH ,-4 iH "3"50i-4COb»i-4b«»b«»COCO»05t5iO»OQOO»-4'^t^ 0000t*C THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER (0 I, g 2 .S c o U CO CO X o pq < ^i^ s 5 e^ CO CO CO "^ "^ ^ c CQ CQ lis O to ►< O >< ooc lO Pi o •a- I • d i-t-^cocoiooco-^ir Tt|0>OOOi-l*Hr-lir CS iH 1— I 1-t 1-t t-H 1-1 T- ioo5oaooooQ»Ob-05b- OC^OOOiOSOOOO-^ iH d iH f-t f-( tH 1-1 »Ob-»OCOCOlOOar-ICOO O0i-I000i0i0>000^ *HC^ 1-H 1-1 1-1 ^■^sssass 2SS PQ ^ Oiooicoi^ 5 ;88g s CO X 'O o a U3 b- c< ^ ^ 1-1 rH ,-» 1-1 g^ II O to >< "^ CO Oi 00 O fH (N C^ a " ^\ 16 « « " H u u 3 " ' b\ 20 a u ' A a u 4 « « ^ 24 u " • Vs ■u u 5 « 32 u • u " y2 u u 6 a 60 " u " 1 u u 7 " " J* Digitized by Google 274 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 23 Standard Weights and Gauges of Tin Plate Near- Wt. Wt. Near- Wt. Wt. Near- Wt. Wt. er Per of Box eet Per of Box eet Per ofBcK Trade Wire Sq. 14 X Trade Wire Sq. 14 X Trade Wire Sq. 14 X Tem Gauge ri. 20 in.. Term Gauge Ft. 20 in.. Term Gauge Ft. 20 in. No. Lbe. Lbe. No. Lbe. Lbe. No. Lbe. Lbs. 551b. 38 0.252 55 100 lb. 30H 0.459 100 3XL 26 0.771 168 60 - 37 .275 60 IC 30 .491 107 DX 26 .826 180 65 - 36 .298 65 118 lb. 29 .542 118 4X 25 .895 195 70 « 35 .321 70 IX 28 .619 135 4XL 25 .863 188 75 « 34 .344 75 IXL 28 .588 128 D2X 24 .964 210 80 « 33 .367 80 DC 28 .638 139 D3X 23 1.102 240 85 « 32 .390 85 2X 27 .711 155 D4X 22 1.239 270 90 « 31 .413 90 2XL 27 .679 148 .... .... 95 • 31 .436 95 3X 26 .803 175 .... .... Table 24 Specifications for Tin and Teme Plate Material Desired Rejected if Less Than Tin No. 1 No. 2 Tin No. 1 No. 2 Plate Terne Teme Plate Teme Teme Coating: Tin, percent 100 26 16 . Lead, percent 74 84 Amount per sq.ft. lb. 0.023 0.046 0.023 0.0183 0.0413 0.083 Weight, lb. per sq. ft. of Grade IC 0.496 0.519 0.496 0.468 0.490 0.468 Grade IX 625 .648 .625 .690 .612 .690 Grade IXX 716 .739 .716 .676 .699 .676 Grade IXXX 808 .831 .808 .763 .787 .763 Grade IXXXX .. . .900 .925 .900 .850 .874 .850 Table 25 Weight of Terne Plates Terne Plates, or Roofing Tin, are coated with an alloy of tin and lead. In the "U. S. Eagle, N.M." brand the alloy is 32% tin, 68% lead. The weight per 112 sheets of this brand before. and after coating is as follows: IC 14 X 20 IC 20 X 28 IX 14 X 20 IX 20 x 28 Black plates 95 to 100 lb. 190 to 200 lb. 125 to 130 lb. 260 to 260 lb. After coating 115 to 120 230 to 240 145 to 150 290 to 300 y Google USEFUL TABLES 275 Terne plates are made in two thicknesses: iC, in which the iron body weighs about 50 lb. per 100 sq. ft., and IX, in which it weighs 62 J^ lb. per 100 sq. ft. The IC grade- is preferred for roofing, while the IX grade is used for spouts, valleys, gutters, and flashings. The standard weight of 14 X 20 in. IC plates is 107 lb. per base-box, and of 14x20 in. IX plate 135 lb. Long terne sheets are made in gauges, Nos. 14 to 32, from 10 to 40 in. wide and up to 12 in. long. They are made in five grades with coatings of 8, 12, 15, 20, and 25 lb. A box of 112 sheets 14x20 in. will cover approximately 192 sq. ft. of roof, flat seam, or 583 sheets 1,000 sq. ft. For standing seam roofing a sheet 20x28 in. will cover 475 sq. in. or 303 sheets per 1,000 sq. ft. A box of 112 sheets 20x28 in. will cover approximately 366 sq. ft. The common sizes of tin plates are 10 3t 14 in. and mul- tiples of that measure. The sizes most generally used are 14x20 and 20x28 in. Table 26 Thickness and Weight Per Sq. Foot of Sheet Tin 1 lb. tin is V40 inch thick 3J^ lb. tin is ^/n inch thick 1 J^ lb. tin is ^lii inch thick 4 lb. tin is */io inch thick 2 lb. tin is ^/m inch thick 4J^ lb. tin is V» inch thick 2J^ lb. tin is Vie inch thick 5 lb. tin is J^ inch thick 3 lb. tin is Vi« inch thick 10 lb. tin is Ji inch thick 20 lb. tin is }4 inch thick Table 27 Pure Block-Tin Pipe Weight Weirfit Calibre Per Ft. Calibre _perPt. Oz. Lbs. Oz. I inch strong 2}4 H inch double extra strong. . 15 * extra strong 6 H * extra strong 9 * double extra strong. 6 H * double extra strong. . 14 * double extra strong. QH H * extra strong 11 * extra strong 6 » * double extra strong. . 1 * double extra strong. 8 1 * extra strong 14 * strong 6H 1 * double extra strong. . 1 4 extra strong 10 y Google 276 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 28 Weight of Round Zinc Rods Per Lineal Foot 5^ inch diameter 33 pounds y^ " " 68 « % " " 90 « H " " 1.30 K " " 1.78 « 1 « « 2.32 " Table 29 Weights of Aluminum Sheets Stubs' Thickness Weight in Pounds of Aluminum of Same Thickness Gauge in Decimal , " » (Nearest) Parts of Sheets Sheets Sheets Sheets Sheets No. 1 Inch 14 X 48 24 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 48 x 72 36 .00637 0.35 0.61 0.96 1.38 1.83 33 .00806 0.53 0.92 1.43 2.06 2.75 31 .0107 0.71 1.22 1.91 2.75 3.66 29 .0134 0.89 1.53 2.38 3.43 4.57 27 .0161 1.07 1.83 2.86 4.12 6.49 26 .0188 1.25 2.14 3.33 4.80 6.40 24 .0215 1.42 2.44 3.81 5.49 7.32 23 .0242 1.60 2.75 4.29 6.17 8.23 22 .0269 1.78 3.05 4.76 6.86 9.14 21 .0322 2.14 3.66 6.72 8.23 11.00 19 .0430 2.85 4.88 7.62 11.00 14.70 18 .0538 3.56 6.10 9.52 13.75 18.30 16 .0645 4.27 7.32 11.45 16.50 22.00 15 .0754 4.98 8.53 13.35 19.20 25.60 14 .0860 5.69 9.75 16.30 21.95 29.30 18 .095 10.70 16.80 24.10 32.00 12 .109 12.40 19.20 27.75 37.20 11 .120 13.60 21.35 30.50 40.85 10 .134 15.30 23.80 34.20 45.70 9 .148 16.80 26.20 37.80 50.30 8 .165 18.60 29.30 42.10 56.10 7 .180 20.40 32.00 46.00 61.30 6 .203 23.00 36.00 51.80 69.20 5 .220 25.00 39.00 56.10 75.00 4 .238 27.00 42.10 60.70 81.10 3 .259 29.30 46.00 66.10 88.10 2 .284 32.20 50.30 72.50 96.60 1 .300 34.00 53.10 76.50 102.20 .340 38.60 60.40 86.90 116.00 One ounce per square foot aluminum sheet is . 0044 inch thick and cor- responds to about No. 37 B. & S. gauge. Rolled Aluminum has a specific gravity of 2.72. One cubic foot weighs 196^^^/1000 pounds. One square foot of one inch thick weighs 14^26^^^^^ pounds. Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 277- « 2 S o s ^ s ^ o CO PQ < o •a ^ s H» S:; 2 ■• CO 1H el 00 1 1 4 '<^ a» c 00 o o 00 ■^»o Cj >0 G I 00 b- CO 09 r:§s «o e9»H je^ >CC4 w n 0> CO C9 kO C C4 t«OC0 G ^ lo S u) S ti COkO O 04 04 t- «S ^:g$:s Oi CO eo eo eo "^ ri* -^ o -^ lo 00 O4coa»u3oor^ lO t» 04 • 0> -^ Q CO Q > CO "^ 25 •* 25 I* CO CO '^^ CO sgs iO0< 1$:$^ 00 OJ »0 M5 »H 04 0< NNeooicoco^eo cDeoo»"^^«o«ooC400>^»-<0400'*«'^ > .-I 04 CO IC) 00 04 00 04 rH^^e4O404C4e5c0C t» ^i4 N-^o^ iH -i*< «o CO o» ■oaoeo iH r^ 00 04 00 00 T}* 04 CO r^ooc t^ooc •^04 o»d 00" CO O "H c 0« CO -^ Oft 00 Q OOiO c J "* «00»O 00 04 04 00 u i ■^l«04 00 C o6o>o»d»-Io4 04"^cd"^diot«^coc eooio-Ht^-^jtOiiOiHC^ •^ o> ot^iooo r^t^000»0>OOM^04^«^r[JOai0 CO 0> "* 0> -*. ..»0 00 04 «> -H d«ob^b^odo>o>dc «0 "* 0» h- fH C^ (N ■^ O CO 04O I00>"*000> h.OSlftCO'^fOiOiCO ir5ioco«o«or^r^oooooofto>oo^co^ 04«00>C0«0OC004r^ h. O Tf oco^ T}4T}4T}4ioiOtf>cot«oot^oot^oooooft*-ia» 04 co»or^ OS •^ ooh-r^ torii 1 ^»0Ot^00O^"^t*C0O»000000«trO ,Z4r-i^fHr-lfHC«l0404OlO4O4O4O4C0eOeO X w w w S w w o> o X a»S o> S o>o S ^ •^*«OX004"***CO«OOOOTfOX«OOJ ,*? ^ 0» Ol CO CO W CO CO CO "^l* "* -^ "^ "* "* "5 »o ^ y Google 278 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 31 Weight of Aluminum Sheets B.&S. B.&S. Corre- Weight Gatige Gatige tponding Per No. Decimal Fractional Sq. Ft. Parts of Part of Alumin- an Inch an Inch um, Lbs. B.ftS. B.ftS. Corre- Weight Gauge Gauge 8ix>ndiag Per No. Decimal Fractional Sq. Ft. Parts of Part of Alumin- an Inch an Inch um. Lbs. 0000 .460 15/32 000 .410 00 .365 8/8 .325 21/64 1 .289 9/32 2 .258 1/4 3 .229 15/64 4 .204 13/64 5 .182 3/16 6 .162 5/32 7 .144 9/64 8 .128 1/8 9 .114 7/64 10 .102 11 .091 3/32 12 .081 5/64 13 .072 14 .064 1/16 15 .057 16 .051 17 .045 3/64 18 .040 19 .036 To obtain the weight of of similar pieces of copper 6.406 20 5.704 21 5.080 22 4.524 23 4.029 24 3.588 25 3.195 26 2.845 27 2.534 28 2.256 29 2.009 30 1.789 31 1.594 32 1.418 33 1.264 34 1.126 35 1.002 36 .892 37 .795 38 .708 39 .630 40 .561 41 .500 42 aluminum in bars, by 3.3, brass by 3 .032 1/32 .445 .028 .396 .025 .353 .023 .314 .020 . , .280 .018 .249 .016 1/64 .222 .014 .197 .013 .176 .011 , , .157 .010 .140 .009 , , .124 .00795 .1107 .00708 , , .0986 .0063 .0877 .0056 .0782 .005 .0696 .00445 ^ , .0620 .00396 .0062 .00353 .0491 .00314 , , .0438 .0028 .00249 sheets, etc. . divide the weight .1 and steel by 2.9. Table 32 Weights of Aluminum and Brass Sheets Stubs' Weight Per Sq. Ft. Stubs' Weight Per Sq. Ft. Gauge in Ounces Gauge in Otmces Nearest Nearest No. Brass Aluminum No. Brass /VMi^Tn^Tl^^^^^ 36 3.424 1.22 13 65.06 21.36 88 5.472 1.83 12 74.67 24.70 31 6.846 2.44 11 82.19 27.16 19 8.896 3.06 10 91.76 30.50 27 10.96 3.60 101 34 33 55 M 12.32 4.27 112.99 37.50 M 15.05 4.88 123.26 40.85 SS 17.12 5.49 139.02 46.00 SS 19.20 6.10 150.66 60.00 21 21.92 7.32 163.04 63.95 19 28.80 9.75 177.44 64.30 18 33.60 12.20 194.48 67.96 16 44.48 14.65 205.44 77.10 16 49.28 17.10 232.83 14 56.83, 19.50 Digitized by Google USEFUL TABLES 279 Table 33 Weight of Square and Round Aluminum Bars Thidc- ^uare Round Thick- Square Round Thick- • Square Bars, Round ness, Bars. ness, Bars, Bars, ness. Bars. Side, IFt. IFt. Side, IPt. IFt. Side. IFt. IPt. or Dia. Long Long or Dia. Long Long or Dia Long Long In. Lb. Lb. In. Lb. Lb. In. Lb. Lb. 1^ 0.004 0.003 1 0.652 0.516 IX 2.396 1.882 .018 .014 .766 .601 13^ 2.609 2.049 yr .041 .032 .888 .697 iX 2.831 2.223 H .072 .067 1.019 .800 I^ 3.062 2.405 .114 .089 1.159 .911 liX 3.302 2.593 f2 .163 .128 1^ 1.309 1.028 ^fi 3.550 2.789 JU .222 .174 1.467 1.152 lir 3.810 2.992 79 .290 .227 1 1« 1.635 1.284 1« 4.075 3.202 J , .367 .288 1.812 1.423 4.352 3.417 fZ .453 .356 iX 1.997 1.569 2 4.638 3.642 i .548 .430 ^H 2.192 1.722 Table 34 Weight of Sheet Copper Stubs' Thickness Oz. Sheets Sheets Sheets Sheets Sheets Gauge in Decimal Per 14 x 48, 24 x 48, 30 x 60, 36 x 72, 48 x 72, Nearest Parts of Sq. Ft. Weight Weight Weight Weight Weight No. 1 Inch in Lbs. in Lbs. in Lbs. in Lbs. in Lbs. M .00537 4 1.16 2 3.12 4.50 6 88 .00806 6 1.75 3 4.68 6.75 9 81 .0107 8 2.03 4 6.25 9 12 29 .0134 10 2.91 5 7.81 11.25 15 87 .0161 12 3.50 6 9.37 13.50 18 88 .0188 14 4.08 7 10.93 15.75 21 84 .0215 16 4.66 8 12.50 18 24 88 .0242 18 5.25 9 14.06 20.26 27 88 .0269 20 5.83 10 15.62 22.60 30 81 .0322 24 7 12 18.75 27 36 19 .0430 32 9.33 16 25 36 • 48 U .0538 40 11.66 20 31.25 45 60 16 .0645 48 14 24 37.50 54 72 18 .0754 56 16.33 28 43.75 63 84 14 .0860 64 18.66 32 60 72 96 13 .095 70 35 55 79 105 18 .109 81 ^^ 63 91 122 11 .120 89 70 100 134 10 .134 100 50 78 112 150 9 .148 110 55 86 124 165 8 .165 123 61 96 138 184 7 .180 134 67 105 151 201 6 .203 151 75^ 118 170 227 i .220 164 82 128 184 246 4 .238 177 88H 138 199 266 8 .259 193 96 151 217 289 8 .284 211 1051^ 165 238 317 1 .300 223 lllH 174 251 335 .340 253 126H 198 285 380 Official table adopted by the Association of Copper Manufacturers of the United States. Rolled copper has specific gravity of 8.93. One cubic foot weighs ss8"*/iooo poiinds. One square foot. of I inch thick, weighs 46»Vioo pounds. euuy Google 280 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER CO oo 2 i-i §^ O •d (d oo I-I (d •d o oo in CO ■ W 2 -2 t^dcoo6'^cJ>«d»Oi-id W (fl^ '-<'-'«-"-< M N CSJ S PD CO CO '«t«'*'^»O»O«Ot*h.O0 00 ''3 .« o SSC^t^t^-^^-^OiJOiOOOiOiOQQQPOQPOPOOOOOO Ji C^ •Qjjc2^b-5"^QOOi<*)iot^OSi-H'i^t^SscO«>OOOt^t^OOOO<5?^ j^W+l^dddddddddddddfH^'rHi-HNN CO CO '«ti»odt^o>dcsJ bo g:|§3^8oc fcco(»'*t^"^co«oc- »-< 00 »o o o o o g™j5M^oooooi-Hi-Hc-o>c^»aQO^»coc6oooooc«V!cooJ»oddct^o5oOO» ■Si o.S? *Jt-I.QOOOOO»-0»OCOt^COO>t*«6 ... . . wo 0Oi-iC0«O 'JJed .w2,«0 »20»'^Q0--^'.NOOCOOSCqt^eON'-iC H rS*® ^ d d d d d d d d d d d "H fH 1-H N o< CO CO "^ji "^ji d t^; d ^ CO »o In! o> ,11 8^ w +; SgNOO'^fOOOOOOOQOOOOOOQQOOOOOOOQ tJ *-pc<'<»t^»0'.4i 11.9 9.56 7.66 6.14 4.89 3.90 3.10 2.47 1.96 1.56 1.24 .984 \M 12.6 10.2 8.13 6.51 6.19 4.13 3.29 2.62 2.08 1.65 1.31 1.04 iH 13.4 10.7 8.60 6.88 5.48 4.37 3.47 2.76 2.20 1.74 1.39 1.10 6 14.1 11.3 9.07 7.25 5.78 4.60 3.66 2.91 2.31 1.84 1.46 1.16 5H 14.9 11.9 9.54 7.62 6.07 4.83 3.85 3.06 2.43 1.93 5H 16.6 12.5 10.0 8.00 6.36 5.07 4.03 3.20 2.55 2.02 5^ 16.4 13.1 10.5 8.37 6.66 5.30 4.22 3.35 2.66 2.11 6 17.1 13.7 10.9 8.74 6.95 5.56 4.40 3.50 2.78 2.21 6K 6H 17.9 14.3 11.4 9.11 7.25 5.77 4.59 3.65 2.90 18.6 14.9 11.9 9.48 7.54 6.00 4.77 3.79 3.01 65i 19.4 15.5 12.3 9.85 7.84 6.24 4.96 3.94 7 20.1 16.1 12.8 10.2 8.13 6.47 5.14 4.09 71420.8 16.7 13.3 10.6 8.43 6.70 5.33 4.23 7H 21.6 17.2 13.8 11.0 8.72 6.94 5.51 4.38 7H 22.3 17.8 14.2 11.3 9.02 7.17 5.70 4.53 8 23.1 18.4 14.7 11.7 9.31 7.40 5.88 4.67 8^ 23.8 19.0 15.2 12.1 9.61 7.64 6.07 4.82 8H 24.6 19.6 15.6 12.5 9.90 7.87 6.25 4.97 8M 25.3 20.2 16.1 12.8 10.2 8.11 6.44 5.12 9 26.1 20.8 16.6 13.2 10.5 8.34 6.63 5.26 ♦ Thickness in inches. t Outside diameter, inches. Seamless brass tubes are made from H ui. to 1 in. outside diameter, varying by ^^ in^ and from l}>i in. to 10 in. outside diameter, varying by H in., and in all gauges from No. 2 to No. 24 A.W.G. within the limits of the above table. To determine the wag^ht per foot of a tube of a given inside diameter, add to the weights given above, the weights givea below, under the corresponding gauge numbers. A.W.G. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Lb. perft. 1.54 .966 6.07 3.82 .240 .151 .095 .060 .038 .024 .015 .009 .005ft For copper tubing add 5% to the weights given above. Digitized by Google USEFUL TABLES* 283 Table 39 Weight of Lead Wire Per Lineal Foot in Pounds Correspond- Corresixjnd- Approximate Diameter in ing Decimal ing Fractional Number of Brown ft Sharpe Gauge Equivalent Equivalent Feet to Pound No. 6 .16202 A (F) 10 No. 8 12849 U (F) 15Ji No. 10 10189 A (S) 25 No. 11 09074 A (S) 31 No. 12 08081 A (F) 40 No. 13 07196 A (S) 50 No. 14 06408 A (F) 62^ No. 15 05706 A (S) 77 No. 16. . .1. 05082 A (F) 100 No. 17 04525 A (S) 125 No. 18 .0403 A (S) 166 No. 19 03589 A (F) 200 No. 20 03196 A 250 No. 21 .02846 A 332 No. 22 02535 A 400 No. 23 02257 A 510 Note. — Sizes above No. 6 B. & S. gauge increase by A ot an inch. (F) - Full. (S) - Scant. Table 40 Weights of Wrought Iron, Copper and Lead Pipe Thick. Wrought Copper Lead Thick. Wrought Copper Lead Inch. Iron Inch Iron 1-32 .326 .38 .483 5-32 1.627 1.90 2.417 1-16 .653 .76 .967 3-16 1.950 2.28 2.900 3-32 .976 1.14 1.450 7-32 2.277 2.66 3.383 1-8 1.300 1.52 1.933 1-40 2.600 3.04 3.867 Rule: To the interior diameter of the pipe, in inches, add the thickness of the metal; multiply the sum by the decimal number opposite the required thickness and under the metaVs name; also by the length of the pipe in feet; and the product is the weight of the pipe in pounds. I. Required the weight of a copper pipe whose interior diameter is 2J/2 in., its length 20 ft., and the metal % in. in thicknesfs. • 2.25 + .125 = 2.375 X 1.52 X 20 = 72.2 lbs. Digitized by CjOOQIC 284 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 41 Quantity of Tin for Roofs Standing Seam Sur- face 1Ma4. C^^.^ rial W>C»U1 Single Lock Double Lock of Roof Edaed Mln. Edged l^m 1-In. Seam H-ln. Seam 1-In. Seam to be Cov- 14 20 14 20 14 20 14 20 14 20 14 20 ered X X X X X X X X X X X X 20 28 20 28 20 28 20 28 20 28 20 28 Sq. Ft . S S S S S S S S S S S S 10 6 3 6 3 7 4 7 4 7 4 7 4 11 7 4 7 4 7 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 12 7 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 13 8 4 8 4 9 4 9 5 9 4 9 5 14 9 4 9 4 9 5 10 6 10 5* 10 6 15 9 5 9 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 16 10 5 10 6 11 5 11 5 11 5 11 6 17 10 5 11 5 11 6 12 6 11 6 12 6 18 11 6 11 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 19 12 6 12 6 12 6 13 6 13 6 13 6 20 12 6 12 6 13 7 13 7 13 7 14 7 21 13 6 13 6 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 22 13 7 14 7 14 7 15 7 16 7 16 7 23 14 7 14 7 15 7 15 8 15 8 16 8 24 14 7 15 7 16 8 16 8 16 8 16 8 25 15 8 15 8 16 8 17 8 17 . 8 17 8 26 16 8 16 8 17 8 17 9 17 8 18 9 27 16 8 16 8 18 9 18 9 18 9 18 9 28 17 8 17 8 18 9 19 9 19 9 19 9 29 17 . 9 18 9 19 9 19 10 19 9 20 10 30 18 9 18 9 19 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 31 19 9 19 9 20 10 21 10 21 10 21 10 32 19 9 19 10 21 10 21 10 21 10 22 11 33 20 10 20 10 21 10 22 11 22 11 22 11 34 20 10 21 10 22 11 23 11 22 11 23 11 35 21 10 21 10 23 11 23 11 23 11 24 11 36 21 11 22 11 23 11 24 12 24 11 24 12 37 22 11 22 11 24 12 24 12 24 12 25 12 38 23 11 23 11 24 12 25 12 25 12 26 12 39. 23 11 24 12 25 12 26 13 26 12 26 13 40 24 12 24 12 26 13 26 13 26 13 27 13 41 24 12 25 12 26 13 27 13 27 13 28 13 42 25 12 25 12 27 13 28 14 28 13 28 14 43 26 13 26 13 28 13 28 14 28 14 29 14 44 26 13 27 13 28 14 29 14 29 14 30 14 45 27 13 27 13 29 14 30 14 30 14 30 15 46 27 13 28 14 29 14 30 15 30 15 31 15 47 28 14 28 14 30 15 31 15 31 15 32 15 48 28 14 29 14 31 15 32 15 31 15 32 16 49 29 14 30 14 31 15 32 16 32 15 33 16 50 30 15 30 15 32 16 33 16 33 16 34 16 51 30 15 31 15 33 16 34 16 33 16 34 17 52 31 .15 31 15 33 16 34 17 34 1§ 35 17 53 31 15 32 16 34 16 35 17 35 17 36 17 54 32 16 32 16 35 17 36 17 35 17 3^ 17 Digitized by CjOOQIC US5:FUL tables 285 Table 41 (Continued) Quantity of Tin for Roofs . Standing Seam Sur- face Flat Seam Single sLoclj Double Lock of Roof Edged Edged HIn. ^^ 1-In. Seam 5^-In. Seam 1-In. Seam . to be Cov- 14 20 14 20 14 20 14 20 14 20 u" 20 ered X \x X X X X X X X X X X 20 28 20 28 20 28 20 28 20 28 20 28 Sq. Pt ;. S S S S S S S S S S S S 55 33 16 33 16 35 17 36 18 36 17 37 18 56 33 16 34 16 36 17 37 18 37 18 38 18 57 34 16 34 17 36 18 37 18 37 18 38 18 58 34 17 35 17 37 18 38 19 38 18 39 19 59 35 17 35 17 38 18 39 19 39 19 40 19 60 35 17 36 m 38 19 39 19 39 19 40 19* 61 36 18 37 18 39 19 40 19 40 19 41 20 62 37 18 37 18 40 19 41 20 41 19 42 20- 63 37 18 38 18 40 20 41 20 41 20 42 20- ^ 64 38 18 38 19 41 20 42 20 42 20 43 21 65 38 19 39 19 41 20 43 21 42 20 44 2L 66 39 19 40 19 42 20 43 21 43 21 44 21 67 40 19 40 20 43 21 44 21 44 21 45 22: 68 40 20 41 20 43 21 45 22 44 21 46 22: 69 41 20 41 20 44 21 45 22 45 22 46 22: 70 41 20 42 20 45 22 46 22 46 22 47 22 71 42 20 43 21 45 22 47 23 46 22 48 23. 72 42 21 43 21 46 22 47 23 47 22 48 2a 73 43 21 44 21 46 23 48 23 48 23 49 23- 74 44 21 44 22 47 23 48 23 48 23 50 24 75 44 22 45 22 48 23 49 24 49 23 50 24 76 45 22 46 22 48 23 50 24 50 24 51 24 77 45 22 46 22 49 24 50 24 60 24 52 25 78 46 22 47 23 50 24 61 25 51 24 52 25 79 47 23 47 23 50 24 52 25 52 25 53 25 80 47 23 48 23 51 25 62 25 52 25 64 26 81 48 23 48 23 52 25 53 26 53 25 54 26 82 48 24 49 24 52 25 54 26 63 26 55 26 83 49 24 50 24 53 26 54 26 54 26 56 27 84 49" 24 50 24 53 26 55 27 56 26 56 27 85 50 24 51 25 54 26 56 27 55 26 57 27 86 51 25 51 25 55 26 56 27 56 27 68 28 87 51 25 52 25 55 27 57 28 57 27 68 28 88 52 25 53 25 56 27 58 28 67 27 59 28 89 52 26 53 26 57 27 58 28 58 28 60 28 90 53 26 54 26 57 28 59 28 59 28 60 29- 91 54 26 54 26 58 28 60 29 69 28 61 29- 92 54 26 55 27 58 28 60 29 60 29 62 29 93 55 27 56 27 59 29 61 29 61 29 62 30 94 55 27 56 27 60 29 61 30 61 29 63 30 95 56 27 57 27 60 29 62 30 62 30 64 30 96 56 27 57 28 61 29 63 30 62 30 64 31 97 57 28 58 28 62 30 63 31 63 30 65 31 98 58 28 59 28 62 30 64 31 64 30 66 31 99 $S 28 59 29 63 30 65 31 64 31 66 32 digitized by Google 286 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 41 (Continued) Quantity of Tin for Roofs Flat Seam Standing Seam Surface of Rocf Ed ^ Edaed Sing leLock to be H h iln. H-in. Seam i^overed 14 x20 20; >c28 14x20 20: ic28 • 14x20 20x28 Sq.Ft. B. S. B. S. B. S. B. S. B. S. B. S. 100 69 29 60 29 64 31 200 1 6 57 1 7 57 1 15 61 303 1 63 86 1 6Q 86 1 78 91 • 400 2 10 1 1 2 14 1 2 2 29 1 9 500 2 68 1 29 2 73 1 30 2 92 1 39 600 3 14 1 67 3 20 1 59 3 43 1 70 700 3 73 1 85 3 79 1 87 3 106 1 100 800 4 19 2 1 4 27 2 • 3 4 57 2 18 900 4 77 2 29 4 86 2- 32 6 8 2 48 1030 6 23 2 57 6 33 2 60 6 71 2 78 1100 5 - 82 2 85 6 92 2 89 6 22 2 109 1200 6 28 3 1 6 40 3 5 6 86 3 27 1300 6 86 3 29 6 99 3 34 7 36 3 57 1400 7 33 3 57 7 46 3 62 7 99 3 87 1500 7 91 3 86 7 105 3 90 8 50 4 6 1600 8 37 4 2 8 53 4 7 9 1 4 36 1700 8 96 4 30 9 4 36 9 M 4 66 1800 9 42 4 58 9 59 4 63 10 15 4 96 1900 9 100 4 86 10 6 4 92 10 78 6 14 2030 10 46 5 2 10 66 6 8 11 29 6 44 2100 10 105 5 30 11 13 5 37 11 92 6 74 2200 11 52 6 58 11 72 5 65 12 43 5 106 2300 11 110 5 86 . 12 19 5 93 12 106 6 23 2400 12 36 6 2 12 79 6 10 13 57 6 53 2500 13 2 6 30 13 26 6 38 14 8 6 83 2600 13 60 6 58 13 85 6 67 14 71 7 1 2700 14 7 6 86 14 32 6 95. 15 22 7 32 2800 14 65 7 2 14 92 7 11 15 85 7 62 2900 15 11 7 31 15 39 7 40 16 36 7 92 3000 15 69 7 59 15 98 7 68 16 99 8. 10 3100 16 16 7 87 16 45 7 97 17 50 8 40 3200 16 74 8 3 16 105 8 13 18 1 8 70 3300 17 20 8 31 17 52 8 41 18 64 ' 8 101 . '9 19 3400 17 78 8 59 17 111 8 70 19 15 3500 18 25 8 87 18 58 8 98 19 78 9 49 3'300 18 83 9 3 19 6 9 14 20 29 9 79 3700 19 30 9 31 19 66 9 43 20 92 9 109 3800 19 88 9 59 20 12 9 71 21 43 10 28 3900 20 35 9 87 20 71 9 100 21 100 10 68 4000 20 92 10 3 21 19 10 16 22 57 10 86 4100 21 39 10 31 21 78 10 44 23 8 11 6 4200 21 97 10 69 22 25 10 73 23 71 11 36 4330 22 44 10 88 22 85 10 101 24 22 11 67 4400 22 102 11 4 23 32 11 18 24 85 11 97 4:00 23 48 11 32 23 91 11 46 25 36 12 16 4600 23 107 11 60 24 38 11 74 25 99 12 46 4700 24 53 11 85 24 98 11 103 26 60 12 76 . 4800 24 111 12 4 25 45 12 19 27 1 12 106 4900 25 67 12 37 25 104 12 48 27 64 13 24 6000 26 4 12 60 26 51 12 76 28 15 13 54 6000 31 27 15 5 31 84 15 24 33 85 16 20 7000 36 50 17 62 37 4 17 84 39 43 18 98 8000 41 73 20 7 42 37 20 32 45 1 21 63 9000 46 95 22 65 47 70 22 91 50 72 24 29 10000. 52 6 25 8 62 102 25 39 56 30 26 1C7 USEFUL TABLES Table 41 (Continued) Quantity of Tin for Roofs Standing Sean 287 Surface j Single Lock DouWe Lock of Roof to be 1-In. Seam H-ln . Seam l-In. Seam Covered 14 s :20 20x28 14x20 20x28 14x20 20x28 ^?bo^- B. S. B. S. ti. S. B. S. B. S. B. S. 65 32 65 31 67 32 200 1 18 63 1 18 62 1 21 63 300 1 83 94 1 82 92 1 88 95 400 2 36 1 13 2 35 1 11 2 42 1 14 600 2 101 1 44 2 99 1 41 2 109 1 46 600 2 54 1 75 3 52 1 72 3 63 1 77 700 4 6 1 106 4 5 1 102 4 18 1 108 800 4 71 2 25 4 69 2 21 4 84 2 28 900 5 24 2 56 5 22 2 51 5 39 2 59 1000 5 89 2 87 5 86 2 82 5 105 2 91 1100 6 42 3 6 6 39 3 6 59 3 10 1200 6 107 3 37 6 103 3 31 7 14 3 42 1300 7 50 3 68 7 56 3 62 7 80 3 73 1400 8 12 3 99 8 9 3 92 8 39 3 104 1500 8 77 4 18 8 73 4 11 8 101 4 24 1600 9 30 4 49 9 26 4 41 9 56 4 55. 1700 9 95 4 81 9 90 4 72 10 10 4 87 1800 10 48 5 10 43 4 102 10 77 5 ft 1900 11 5 31 10 108 5 21 11 31 5 38 2000 . 11 65 5 62 11 60 5 51 11 97 5 69 2100 12 18 5 93 12 13 5 82 12 52 5 100 2200 12 83 6 12 12 77 6 13 6 6 20 2300 13 36 6 43 13 30 6 31 13 73 6 51 2400 13 101 6 74 13 94 6 61 14 J27 14 ^ 6 83 2500 14 53 6 105 14 47 6 92 7 2 2600 15 6 7 24 15 7 11 15 48 7 34 2700 15 71 7 55 15 64 7 41 16 3 7 65- 2800 16 24 7 86 16 17 7 72 16 69 7 96 2900 16 89 8 5 16 81 7 102 17 24 8 16- 3000 17 42 8 36 17 34 8 21 17 90 8 47 3100 17 106 8 67 17 98 8 51 18 44 8 79 3200 18 59 8 98 18 51 8 82 18 111 8 no 3300 19 12 9 18 19 4 9 19 65 9 30 3400 19 77 9 49 19 68 9 31 20 20 9 61 3500 20 30 9 80 20 21 9 61 20 86 9 92 3600 20 95 9 111 20 85 9 92 21 41 10 12 3700 21 48 10 30 21 38 10 11 21 107 10 43 3800 22 10 61 21 103 10 41 22 62 10 75. 3900 22 65 10 92 22 55 10 72 23 16 10 106 4000 23 18 11 11 23 8 10 102 23 82 11 26 4100 23 83 11 42 23 72 11 21 24 37 11 57 4200 24 36 11 73 24 25 11 51 24 103 11 88 4300 24 101 11 104 24 89 11 82 25 58 12 8 4400 25 53 12 23 25 42 12 26 12 12 39 4500 26 6 12 54 25 107 12 31 26 79 12 71 4600 26 71 12 85 26 59 12 61 27 33 12 102 4700 27 24 13 4 27 12 12 92 27 100 13 22 4800 27 89 13 35 27 76 13 10 28 54 13 53 4900 28 42 13 67 28 29 13 41 29 9 13 84 5000 28 106 13 98 28 93 13 72 29 75 14 4 6000 34 83 16 72 34 67 16 41 35 67 16 94 7000 40 59 19 47 40 41 19 10 41 60 19 72 8000 46 36 22 21 46 15 21 92 47 52 22 51 9000 52 12 24 108 51 101 24 61 53 45 26 29 10000 57 100 27 83 57 74 27 31 59 37 UKjiiizeu uy v 28 7 288 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Basis of Calculation Flat Seams One table is calculated on a basis of J4-inch edges on 14x20 and 20x28 sheets, consuming about i inch, cover- ing a space 13 X 19 arid 19 x 27 inches and exposing a sur- face of 247 and 513 square inches respectively. The other table is calculated on a basis of ^-inch edges on 14x20 and 20x28 sheets, consuming i^ indies, cov- •ering a space 12^ x 18^ and 18^ x 26^ inches and ex- posing a surface of 243 1/64 and 507 17/64 square inches respectively. Standing Seam, Single Lock This table is calculated on the basis of ^-inch single lock cross seams, consuming V/i inches of tin and cover- ing 228 17/32 square inches when edged i and 1% inches and giving a finished seam ^-inch high, and covering ^22 3/32 square inches when edged 1%. and ij^ inches and giving a finished seam i inch high, with 14 x 20 tin. With 20x28 tin edged in the same way with a ^-inch finished seam 477 1/32 square inches are covered, and ivith a i-inch finished seam 463 19/32 square inches are •covered. Standing Seam, Double Lock This table is calculated on the basis of the amount of tin consumed by double lock machines, which is i 7/16 inches by measurement for cross seams and covering 222 63/64 square inches when edged .1 and 1% inches and giving a finished seam ^ inch high, and covering 216- 45/64 square inches when edged i^ and i^ inches, giv- ing a finished seam i inch high, with 14 x 20 tin. With 20x28 tin edged in the same way with a ^-inch finished seam 471 31/64 square inches are covered, and with a I -inch finished seam 458 13/64 square inches are covered. Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 289 Directions for Use Look for the number of squares nearest the required surface. _Note the quantity of tin opposite in the column for the kind of roof to be put on, whether it be % inch or ^ inch. Flat Seam or ^ inch or i inch Standing Seam, Single Lock or Double Lock, and set down the amount. Then, in the same manner, determine the quantity of tin for the odd feet and add this to the former amount. Reduce the sheets to boxes by dividing by 112. Flat Seam Example How much 14 X 20 tin edged % inch covering 13 x 19 will be- required to cover a roof of 4,665 square feet Flat Seam? First look for 4,606 square feet (=46 squares) and set down the quantity opposite, thus: 23 boxes 107 sheets Then for 65 square feet and set down . . 38 sheets Making a total of 23 boxes 145 sheets which is equal to 24 boxes 33 sheets. * Single Lock Standing Seam Example How much 14x20 tin will be required to cover a roof of 3,752 square feet with single lock cross seams and i- inch standing seams? First look for 3,700 square feet {=^37 squares) and set down the quantity opposite, thus: 21 boxes 48 sheets Then for 52 square feet and set down . . 34 sheets Making a total of ^. . 21 boxes 82 sheets Double Lock Standing ^eam Example How much 20x28 tin will be required to cover a roof of 2,987 square feet with double lock cross seams and ^-inch standing seams? Digitized by CjOOQIC 290 f HE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER First look for 2,900 square feet (=29 squares) and set down the quantity opposite, thus: 7 boxes 102 sheets Then look for 87 square feet and set down i 27 sheets Making a total of 7 boxes 129 sheets Dividing 129 by 112, they are found to be equal to i box and 17 sheets, which added to 7 boxes give a total of 8 boxes 17 sheets • Table 42 Weight of Skylight Glass The glass used in the majority of cases for sky- light work is either rough or ribbed skylight glass and can be' had with or without the wire mesh. No two lists agree on the weights of this material, but the following table of Kidder's is as correct as possible to m^ke a table of weights, and will be found useful in computing the loads on skylight bars and the like. Thickness in inches. Weight in pounds . . Table 43 Skylight Glass Required for One Square of Roof Dimensions, inches 12 X 48 15 X 60 20 X 100 94 X 156 Thickness, inches A K H H Area, square feet 3.997 6.246 13.880 101.768 Weight per square, lb 250 360 500 700 No allowance has been made in the above figures for lap. If ordinary window-glasa is used, single thick glass (about A inch) will weigh about 82 lb. per square, and dotible thick glass (about H inch) will weigh about 164 lb. per square, no allowance being ikade for lap. A box of ordinarv window-fiiass contains as nearly 50 square feet as the size of the panes will admit. Panes of any size are made to order by the manufacturers, but a great variety of sizes ate usually kept in stock, ranging from 6X8 inches to 36 X 60 mches. Vs 'A. H H H % H 1 2 2H 3H 5 7 8H 10 12H Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 291 Table 44 Tin in Rolls, or Gutter-Strips Number of sheets required per linear foot for 20 and 28-inch widths Widths Widths Widths Widths Feet- — Feet Feet Feet .20 28 20 28 20 28 20 28 "l 1 ~1 35 16 23 60 31 44 ^00 80 128 2 1 2 36 16 23 70 32 45 300 134 192 3 2 2 37 17 24 71 32 45 400 178 256 4 2 3 38 17 24 72 32 46 500 223 320 5 3 4 39 18 25 73 33 47 600 267 384 6 3 4 . 40 18 26 74 33 47 700 312 444 7 4 5 41 19 27 75 34 48 800 356 512 8 4 5 42 19 27 79 34 48 900 401 575* 9 4 6 43 20 28 77 35 49 1,000 445 64» 10 5 7442028 78 3550 1.100 495 704 11. 5 7 45 20 29 79 36 50 1.200 540 76» 12 6 8 46 21 29 80 36 51 1,300 585 832 13 6 9 47 21 30 81 36 52 1,400 630 896 14 7 9 48 22 31 82 37 52 1,500 675 960 15 7 10 49 22 31 83 37 53 1,600 720 1,024 16 8 11 50 23 32 84 38 54 1,700 765 1,08» 17 8 11 51 23 33 85 38 54 1,800 810 1.152 18 8 12 52 24 33 86 39 55 1,900 855 1.216^ 19 9 12 53 24 34 87 39 55 2,000 900 1.280 209 13 5424348840 56 2,100 945 1.344 21 10 14 55 25 35 89 40 57 2,200 900 1,40» 22 10 14 56 25 36 90 40 57 2,309 1,035 1,472 23 11 15 57 26 36 91 41 58 2.400 1,080 l^^ 24 11 16 58 26 37 92 41 59 2,503 1,135 1,600 25 12 16 59 27 38 93 42 59 2,600 1.170 t664 26 12 17 60 27 38 94 42 60 2,700 1,215 1,738 , 27 12 18 61 28 39 95 43 61 2,800 1.260 1,792 28 13 18 62 28 40 96 43 62 2.900 1.305 1,856 29 13 . 19 63 28 40 97 44 62 3,000 1,350 1,920 30 14 19 64 29 41 98 44 63 3,100 1,395 1,984 31 14 20 65 29 4L 99 44 64 3.200 1,440 2,048 32 15 21 66 30 42 100 45^ 64 3.300 1,485 2,112 33 15 21 67 30 43 3.400 1,530 2,176 34 16 22 68 31 43 3,500 1,575 2,240 112 sheets in 28-in. roll cover 175 lin. ft. 112 sheets in,20-in. roll cover 248 lin. ft. 112 sheets in* 14-in. roll cover 350 lin. ft. 112 sheets in lo-in. roll cover 496 lin. ft. This table enables tin roofers to tell how many sheets to lock together to cover any. desired length. For exam- ple: How many 20 x 28-inch sheets shall be locked to- gether to "knock out" a gutter strip 65 feet long, 28 inches wide. Now, if the strip is to be 28 inches wide it means that the sheets are to be edged on the 28-inch sides so that from turned edge to turned ed^e will be approximately 19 inches and it will then take 41 times this dimension to ipake 65 feet ; so referring to first column locate 65 feet. y Google 292 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER read across to" colunjn under 28-inch width and find 41, meaning 41 sheets are required. Supposing the strip is to be 20 inches wide, which would mean that the e^ 2 ^••■■•••■; 48 36 32 30 26 24 21 17 2^ ^ , , V7 15 13 i2t 10 H • • • 9 8 7 6 6 Table 47 Number and Weight of Cedar and Pine Shingles Per Square of One Hundred Square Feet Weather Number Weight Number Weight Length, Assumed or of Shin- Per Square of Nails of Nails In. width, Gauge, gles Per Per Per In. In. Square Cedar, Pine, Square Square, Lb. Lb. Lb. 14 4 4 900 210 233 1,800 4.50 15. 4 43^ 800 200 222 1,600 4.00 16 4 5 720 192 213 1,440 3.60 18 4 5H ^5 197 218 1,310 3.28 20 4 6 600 200 222 1,200 3.00 22 4 6»^ 554 203 226 1.108 2.77 24 4 7 515 206 229 1.030 2.58 y Google USEFUL TABLES . .\^ .\00 .\jt»\P« t*0 Nt'N^ •CO -NN Tj*OaiOC0 293 •CO •c* :3: : :;S : : -fi^:?::^^ • C^ . .io -co -C^N -^t^rJ^CO CO o •a •s CO G I— I I— I o G 05 G I— I 00 .s CO •CQ •C^ •1-Hi-l •;^ : ::;? i^s^ • rH i—l 1-H »-H 1— 1 1-H 1-1 I-l 1-H rH 1-H 1-1 1— 1 •ts;^^«B;i; «■« ^^ :i: ::« :■* 8 2 1— 1 1— 1 1— I bX) \QO\«)\*H\PO N CO C^ i-< CO I-* '-<'-< C^ C^ fH i-HlO rH CV|C^rHi-ITJi 16 w « 1 Table 52 Oval Head Rivets and Burs to the Pound Length Measured under the Head No. >i A HA H A Vs H Vs 1 IH IM Burs. 9 317 270 254 220 206 193 189 168 138 116 107 101 600 uigitized by Google USEFUL TABLES 295 Table 53 Size of Conductor Pif^s 3J^ in. Trough, up to 12 ft. long; use 2 in. Conductor Pipe 3H I « a 12 to 25 « « « 3 4 a a 25 to 35 « « « 3 5 a a 35 to 45 « « « 4 6 a a 45 to 55 « tt « 5 7. a a 55 to 65 « u « 6 8 a a 65 to 75 « u « 7 Table 54 Weight of Tiles Flat tiles 6j4 X 10 J4 X H i"- weigh from 1,480 to 1,850 lb. per square of roof (100 square feet)^ the lap being one-half the length of the tile. Tiles with grooves and fillets weigh from 740 to 925 lbs. per square of roof. Pan-tiles I4j^ X loj^ laid 10 in. to the weather weigh 850 lbs. per square. Sheet-Metal Tiles. Roofing-tiles stamped from sheet steel, plain or galvanized, and also from sheet copper, in imitation of clay tiles, are made by sev- eral manufacturers and have been extensively used for factories and buildings of secondary import- ance. The first cost of these tiles, except those made of copper, is much less than that of clay tiles and they do not require as heavy roof-framing. Tin or galvanized-iron tiles, however, must be painted every few years, so that for a long period of years they probably cost as much as clay tiles and more than slate. Digitized by CjOOQIC 206 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 55 Approximate Weight of RoojF Coverings Per Square in Pounds Weight in Material Lbs. per Square of Roof Ash sheathing, 1 inch thick 500 Chestnut sheathing, 1 inch thick 400 Copper, 16 ounce, standing seam 160 Felt and asphalt, without sheathing 160 Felt and gravel, without sheathing 800 to 1000 Glass with skylight frame A inch to }^ inch thick 250 to 700 Hemlock sheathmg, 1 inch thick 200 Iron, corrugated, No. 20, without sheathing 250 Iron, galvanized, flat 100 to 350 Lath and plaster ceiling (ordinary) 600 to 800 Lead, about 14 inch thick 600 to 800 Maple sheathing, 1 inch thick 400 Mackite, 1 inch thick, with plaster 1000 Neponset rOofing felt, 2 layers ^ 50 Oak sheathing, 1 inch thick 500 Slate, ii inch thick 900 Slate, A inch thick 675 Slate, }i inch thick. . . .^ 450 Shingles, 6 inches X 18 inches, 6 inches to the weather 200 Sheet iron, ^ inch thick 300 Sheet iron, ^ inch thick, with laths 400 Spruce sheathing, 1 inch thick 250 Slag roofing, four-ply 400 Tiles (plain) lOJ^ mches X 6M inches X H inches, 5J^ inches to weather 1800 Tiles (Spanish) 14J^ inches X lOJ^ inches, 7H inches to Tiles, plain with mortar 2666 to 3000 Teme plate (tin), IC, without sheathing 50 Terne plate (tin), IX, without sheathing 65 White pine sheathing, 1 inch thick 250 Yellow pine sheathing, 1 inch thick 400 Table 56 Weight of Metal Shingles Metal shingles weigh from 80 to 90 pounds per square of 100 feet', depending on the shape of the shingle and the weight of the metal. Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 297 Table '57 Number of Slates, and Pounds of Nails to 100 Square Feet of Roof 3-inch Lap Exposed Number to Weights of Gal- Sizes of Slates When Laid a Square vanized Nails Inches Inches Lb. Oz. 14 X24 lOJi 98 1 6 12 X24 lOJ^ .115 1 10 12 X 22 9H 126 4J- 1 12 11 X22 9J^ 138 1 15 11 X 20 syi 155 2 10 X 20 SH • 170 2 6 12 X 18 7}/i 160 1 13 10 X 18 m 192 2 3 9 X 18 214 2 7 12 X 16 6j| 185 2 2 10 X 16 6^ 222 2 8 9 X 16 ^Vi 247 3 8 X 16 W2 277 U< 3 2 10 X 14 5J^ 282 3 8 X 14 6J^ 328 3 12 7 X 14 5^ 375 4 4 8 X 12 4J^ 400 4 9 7 X 12 4H 467 5 3 6 X 12 4J^ 634 ,6 1 Table 58 Weight of Slate Per Square of Roof in Pounds Length Thickness of Slate, Inches Slate, In. H Va H H H 12 483 724 967 1450 1936 2419 2902 3872 14 430 688 920 1379 1842 2301 2760 3683 16 445 667 890 1336 1784 2229 2670 3567 18 434 650 869 1303 1740 2174 2607 3480 20 425 637 851 1276 1704 2129 2553 340& 22 418 626 836 1254 1675 2093 2508 3350 24 412 617 825 1238 1653 2066 2478 3306 26 407 610 815 1222 1631 2039 2445 3263 (i cu. ft. slate ■" 175 lbs.) The cost of slate varies with the size,, color and quality. The medium sizes cost the most, and those of the larger and smaller sizes the least. Special prices arc quoted for special sizes. The larger sizes make the cheapest roofs. Red slates cost from 60 to 150% more than black slates. The green slates are more expensive than the black with the exception of the Maine and Peach Bottom varieties. ^^ , uiyuzeuuy Google 208 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 59 Sizes of. Tinware in the Fdrm of Frustum of a Cone Druggists' and Liquor Dealers' Measures Diam. Diam. ' of Top of Bot. Height 8 in. 13H in. 12H in. 7 « IIH « 10' " 6 « 10>| « 3i -■— 6H • 6 4 Pans Diam. Diam. of Top of Bot. Height 193^ in. 13 in. 8 in. 8^ - 65i « - 7)4 « IM • Dish Kettles and Pails Diam. Diam. Siae of Top of Bot. Height 14 qt. 13 in. 9 in. 9 in. 10 « IIH * 7 « 8 « 2 ' 6>2 « 4 « 4 « Size 1 gal. 2 « 1 " 1 qt. 2 1 pt. 2 4 3H Measures Size Co£Fee Pots Diam. Diam. of Top of Bot. Height 1 gal. 4 in. 7 in. 8H " 3 qt. 3H • 6 « mSH ' Diam. Diam. Size of Top of Bot. Height 1 gal. 514 in. 6^ in. 9Min. )4 « 4 « 4J^ « 8 - 1 qt. 3)4 « 4 ' 5H ' 1 pt. 2H « 3^ « 4)2 « )4 - 2H - 2^ - 3H • Dippers Diam. Diam. Size of Top of Bot. Height }4 gal* ^H in. 4 in. 4 in. 1 pt. 4U ' 8« « 2Ji - Wash Bowls Diam. Size of Top Large wash bowl 11 in. Cullender 11 « SmaU wash bowl 9H ' Milk strainer 9H " Table 6o Dimensions for Liquid Measures 1 Pint 1 Quart 1 Gallon 2 Gallon 3 Gallon 5 Galloii Diam. of top, inches ... 2 Diam. of bottom, inches 4 Height, inches 4 A gill contains 7.22 cu. in. A quart contains 57 . 75 cu. in. 8 A pint contains 28.87 cu. is A gallon contains 231 co. is lOH USEFUL TABLES 299 Table 6i Pine Shingles The figures below give the weight of shingles re- quired to cover one square of a common gable roof. For hip roofs add 5 per cent. Inclies exi)08ed to weather 4 4)^ 5 5}^ 6 Number of shingles per square of roof. .. 900 800 720 655 600 Weight of shingles per square, lb 216 192 173 157 144 Table 62 :ap acity of Cans One Inch Deep in U. S. GaUons iam. Vio- Vio Vio Vio Vio Vio Vio Vio Vio .03 .03 .03 .03 .03- .04 .04 .04 .04 .05 .06 .05 .05 .05 .06 .06 . .07 .07 .07 .08 .08 .08 .08 .08 .09 .10 .10 .11 .11 .11 .12 .12 .12 .13 .13 .14 .14 .15 .15 .15 ,16 :i7 .17 .18 .18 .19 .10 .20 .20 .21 .21 .22 .22 .23 .23 .24 .25 .25 .26 .27 .28 .28 .29 .30 .30 .31 .31 .32 '33 10 .34 .34 .35 .36 .36 .37 .38 .38 .39 !40 11 .41 .41 .42 .43 .44 .44 .45 .46 .47 .48 la .48 .49 .50 .51 .52 .53 .53 .54 .55 .66 IS .57 .58 .59 .60 .60 .61 .62 .63 .64 .65 14 .66 .67 .68 .69 .70 .71 .72 .73 .74 .75 IS .76 .77 .78 .79 .80 .81 .82 .83 .84 .85 16 .87 .88 .89 .90 .91 .92 .93 .94 .95 .97 17 .98 .99 1.005 1.017 1.028 1.040 1.051 1.063 1.075 1.086 18 1.101 1.113 1.125 1.138 1.150 1.162 1.170 1.187 1.200 1.211 U 1.227 1.240 1.253 1.266 1.279 1.292 1.304 1.317 1.330 1.343 20 1,360 1.373 1.385 1.400 1.414 1.428 1.441 1.455 1.478 1.482 21 1.499 1.513 1.527 1.542 1.556 1.570 1.585 1.600 1.612 1.630 22 J. 645 1.660 1.675 1.696 1.705 1.720 1.735 1.750 1.770 1.780 2S 1.798 1.814 1.830 1.845 1.861 1.876 1.892 1.908 1.923 1.940 U 1.958 1.974 1.991 2.007 2.023 2.040 2.056 2.072 2.096 2.105 25 2.125 2.142 2.159 2.176 2.193 2.120 2.227 2.244 2.261 2.280 21 2.298 2.316 2.333 2.351 2.369 2.386 2.404 2.422 2.440 2.460 2T 2.478 2.496 2.515 2.533 2.552 2.570 2.588 2.607 2.625 2.643 21 2.665 2.684 2.703 2.722 2.741 2.764 2.780 2.800 2.820 2.836 20 2.859 2.879 2.898 2.918 2.938 2.958 2.977 2;997 3.017 3.036 SO 3.060 3.080 3.100 3.121 3.141 3.162 3.182 3.202 3.223 3.245 SI 3.267 3.288 3.309 3.330 3.351 3.372 3.393 3.414 3.436 3.457 S2 3.481 3.503 3.524 3.543 3.568 3.590 3.612 3 633 3.655 3.589 SI 3.702 3.725 3.747 3.773 3.795 3.814 3.837 3.860 3.882 3.904 u 3.930 3.953 3.976 4.003 4.022 4.046 4.070 4.092 4.115 4.140 so 4.165 4.188 4.212 4.236 4.260 4.284 4.307 4.331 4.355 4.380 St 4.406 4.430 4.455 4.483 4.503 4.528 4.553 4.577 4.602 4.626 ST 4.654 4.679 4.704 4.730 4.755 4.780 4.805 4.834 4.856 4.880 ss 4.909 4.935 4.961 4.987 5.012 5.038 5.064 5.090 5.120 5.142 Sf 5.171 5.197 5.224 5.250 5.277 5.304 5.330 5.357 5.383 5.410 5.440 :5.467 5.491 5.521 5.548 5.576 5.603 5.630 5.657 5.684 300 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Use of the Table Required the contents of a vessel, diameter 6Vio inches, depth lo inches. By the table a vessel i inch deep and 6'/io inches diameter contains .15 (hundredths) gallon, then .15 X 10=1.50, or I gallon and 2 quarts. Required the contents of a can, diameter 19V10 inches, depth 30 inches. By the table a vessel i inch deep and 19 Via inches diameter contains i gallon and .33 /hun- dredths), then 1.33X30 = 39.90, or nearly 40 gallons, Required the depth of a can whose diameter is 12^/10 inches, to contain- 16 gallons. By the table a vessel i inch deep and i2Vi^ inches diameter contains .50 (hundredths) gallon, then i6-f- .50 = 32 inches, the depth rejquired. Number of Barrels in Cisterns and Tanks The following table shows the number of bar- rels (31^ gallons) contained in cisterns of various diameters, from 5 to 30 feet, and of depths ranging from 5 to 20 feet. To use the table, find the required depth in the side column, and then follow along the line to the column which has the required diameter at the top. Thus, with a cistern 6 feet deep and 16 feet in diam- eter, we find 6 in the second line, and theii follow along until column 16 is reached, when we find that the contents is 286.5 barrels. For tanks that are tapering the diameter may be measured four-tenths from larg^e end. uiyuzeuuy Google USEFUL TABLES 301 Table 63 Capacity of Cisterns and Tanks in Barrels DepQi Diameter in Feet 111 Feet 5 6 7 4 9 10 11 U 18 23.3 33.6 45.7 59.7 75.5 93.2 112.8 134.3 157.6 28.0 40.3 54.8 71.7 90.6 111.9 135.4 ^ 161.1 189.1 32.7 47.0 64.0 83.6 105.7 130.6 158.0 • 188.0 220.6 37.3 53.7 73.1 95.5 120.9 149.2 180.5 214.8 252.1 42.0 60.4 82.2 107.4 136.0 167.9 203.1 241.7 283.7 10 46.7 67.1 91.4 119.4 151.1 186.5 225.7 268.6 315.2 11 51.3 73.9 100.5 131.3 166.2 205.1 248.2 295.4 346.7 12 56.0 80.6 109.7 143.2 181.3 223.8 270.8 322.3 378.2 1$ , 60.7 87.3 118.8 155.2 196.4 242.4 293.4 315.9 349.1 409.7 14 65.3 94.0 127.9 167.1 211.5 261.1 376.0 441.3 15 7o.a 100.7 137.1 179.0 226.6 2S9.8 338.5 402.8 472.8 16 74.7^ 107.4 146.2 191.0 241.7 298.4 361.1 429.7 504.3 17 79.3 114.1 155.4 202.9 256.8 317.0 383.6 456.6 535.8 18 84.0 120.9 164.5 214.8 272.0 335.7 406.2 483.4 567.3 19 88.7 127.6 173.6 226.8 287.0 354.3 428.8 510.3 598.0 20 93.3 134.3 182.8 238.7 302.1 373.0 451.3 537.1 630.4 Depth Diameter in Feet in Feet 14 15 IS 17 18 19 to 21 22 182.8 209.8 238.7 269.5 302.1- 336.6 373.0 411.2 451.3 219.3 251.8 286.5 323.4 362.6 404.0 447.6 493.5 541.6 255.9 293.7 334.2 377.3 423.0 471.3 522.2 575.7 631.9 292.4 335.7 382.0 431,2 483.4 538.6 396.3 658.0 722.1 329.0 377.7 429.7 485.1 513.8 605.9 671.4 740.2 812.4 10 365.5 419.6 477.4 539.0 634.3 673.3 746.0 822.5 902.7 11. 402.1 461.6 525.2 592.9 667.7 740.6 820.6 904.7 992.9 12 438.6 503.5 572.9 646.8 725.1 807.9 895.2 987.0 1083.2 IS 475.2 545.5 620.7 700.7 785.5 875.2 969.8 1069.2 1173.5 14 511.8 587.5 668.2 754.6 808.5 846.6 942.6 1044.4 1151.5 1263.7 15 548.3 629.4 716.2 906.0 1009.9 1119.0 1233.7 1354.0 IS 584.9 671.4 773.9 862.4 966.8 1077.2 1193.6 1315.9 1444.3 17 621.4 713.4 811.6 916.3 1027.2 1144.6 1268.2 1398.2 1534.5 18 668.0 755.3 859.4 970.2 1087.7 1211.9 1342.8 1480.4 1624.8 19 694.5 797.3 907.1 1024.1 1148.1 1279.2 1417.4 1562.7 1715.1 20 731.1 839.3 954.9 1078.0 1208.5 1346.5 1492.0 1644.9 1805.3 Depth Diameter in '. Feet in Feet 23 24 25 2S 27 28 29 SO 5 493.3 537.1 532.8 630.4 679.8 731.1 784.2 839 3 6 592.0 644.5 699.4 756.5 815.8 877.3 941.1 1007.1 7 690.6 752.0 815.9 882.5 951.7 1023.5 1097.9 1175.0 8 789.3 859.4 932.5 1008.6 1087.7 1169.7 1254.8 1342.8 9 887.9 966.8 1049.1 1134.7 1223.6 1316.0 1411.6 1510.7 10 986.6 1074.2 1165.6 1260.8 1359.6 1462.2 1568.2 1678.5 11 1085.2 1181.7 1282.2 1386.8 1495.6 1608.7 1723.0 1846.4 12 1183.9 1289.1 1398.7 1512.9 1631.5 17^.6 1882.2 2014.2 IS 1282.6 1396.5 1515.3 1639.0 1767.5 190b.8 2039.0 2182.0 14 1381.2 1503.9 1631.9 1765.1 1903.4 2047.1 2195.9 2343.9 15 1479.9 1611.4 1748.4 1891.1 2039.4 2193.3 2352.7 2517.8 IS 1578.5 1718.8 1865.0 2017.2 2175.4 2339.5 2509.6 2685.6 17 1677.2 1826.2 1981.6 2143.3 2311.3 2485.7 2666.4 2853.5 18 1775.9 1933.6 2098.1 2269.4 2447.3 2631.9 2823.3 3021.3 19 1874.5 2041.1 2214.7 2395.4 2583.2 2778.1 2980.1 3189.2 20 1973.2 2148.5 2321.2 2521.5 2719.2 2924.4 3137.0 3357.0 uigiuzeuuyGOOQle gl 302 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Capacity of Cylinders in United States Gallons Table 65 gives the capacity in United States gallons (231 cubic inches) of cylindrical vessels from I to 72 inches in depth and from 4 to 72 inches in diameter. Table 64 will be found useful in reducing flie decimal parts of a gallon to gills, pints and quarts. A very few words will suffice to ex- plain the use of the tables, and perhaps the simplest method of doing so is to apply it to a practical case. Suppose, for instance, it is desired to find the dimen- sions of a cylinder holding 27 gallons. Running down the column headed 19, we find the number 27.0028, and following the line across, we come to the number 22; hence a cylinder 19 inches in diameter and 22 inches deep will hold 27 gallons and .0028 gallon. Turning to Table 64 we find a gill is equal to .03125 gallon, so that the capacity of the cylinder in question is about ^/lo gill more than 27 gallons. Again, if it is desired to find the depth of a 15- inch cylinder that shall hold 27 gallons, we run down the column headed 15 till we come to the number 27.54, and following the line across we find the depth to be 36 inches. The decimal .54 we find, on consulting Table 64, is equivalent to between i and 2 pints; therefore a 15-inch cyl- inder 36 inches deep will hold between i and 2 pints more than 27 gallons. Similarly, to find the diameter bf a cylinder 15 inches deep that shall hold 27 gallons, we run across the line oppo- site 15 till we come to the number 26.976, under the column headed 23. The decimal part, accord- Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 303 ing to Table 64, is equivalent to between 31 gills and I gallon, so the capacity of a cylinder 15 inches deep and 23 inches diameter is about Yi gill less than 2y gallons. Where it is desired to find the capacity of a cylinder both dimensions of which are given, it is only necessary to run down the column headed with the diameter till we come to the line across from the given depth, where the number found will be the capacity of the cylinder in gallons. To illustrate : What is the capacity of a cylinder 29 inches deep and 32 inches in diam- eter ? Consulting Table 65 in the manner described, we find the number 100.966, the decimal part of which, according to Table 64, is about 31 gills, or 3 quarts, i pint and 3 gills; the given cylinder, therefore, holding 100 gallons, 3 quarts, i pint and 3 gills* These examples, we think, fully illus- trate the uses of the tables, and serve to show their wide application to the determination of the capaci- ties and dimensions of cylindrical vessels. Table 64 The Decimal Equivalents of the Fractional Parts of a Gallon 0.03125 of a gallon = 1 gill 0.06250 of a gallon « Yt pint 0.09375 of a gallon « 3 gills 0.12500 of a gallon = 1 pint 0.15625 of a gallon = 5 gills 0. 18750 of a gallon « IH pints 0.21875 of a gallon = 7 gills 0.25000 of a gallon = 1 quart 0.28125 of a gallon = 9 gills . 0.31250 of a gallon - 2>^ pints 0.34376 of a gallon - 11 gills 0.37600 of a gallon » 3 pints 0.40626 of a gallon = 13 gills 0.43760 of a gallon -= 3H pints 0.4 "5875 of a gallon = 15 gills 0.50000 of a gallon =• M gallon 0.53125 of a gallon = 17 gills 0.56250 of a gallon » 43^ pints 0.59375 of a gallon = 19 gills 0.62500 of a gallon = 6 pints 0.65625 of a gallon ^ 2\ gills 0.68750 of a gallon = 5H pints 0.71875 of a gallon = 23 gills 0.75000 of a gallon = 3 quarts 0.78125 of a gallon = 25 gills 0.81250 of a gallon - 6H pints 0.84376 of a gallon - 27 gills 0.87600 of a gallon = 7 pints. 0.90625 of a gallon = 29 gills 0.93750 of a gallon = 7H pints 0.96875 of a gallon = 31 gills 1.00000 of a gallon = 1 gallon .oogle ^304 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 65 Capacity of Cylinders in United States Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth, Inches 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 .0544 .085 .1224 .1666 .2176 .2754 t .1088 .170 .2448 .3332 .4352 .5508 8 .1632 .255 .3672 .4998 .6528 .8262 4 .2176 .340 .4896 .6664 .8704 1 . 1016 ft .2720 .425 .6120 .8330 1.0880 1.3770 6 .3264 .510 .7344 .9996 1.3056 1.6524 7 .3808, .595 .8568 1.1662 1.5232 1.9278 8 .4352 .680 .9792 1.3328 1.7408 2.2023 9 .4896 .765 1 . 1016 1.4994 1.9584 2.4780 10 .5440 .850 1.2240 1.6660 2.1760 2.7546 11 .5984 .935 1.3464 1.8326 2.3936 3.0294 18 .6528 1.020 1.4688 1.9992 2.6112 3.3048 18 .7072 1.105 1.5912 2.1668 2.8288 3.5802 14 .7616 1.190 1.7136 2.3324 3.0464 3.8556 15 .8160 1.275 1.8360 2.4990 3.2640 4.1310 16 .8704 1.360 1.9584 2.6656 3.4816 4.4064 17 .9248 1.445 2.0808 2.8322 3.6992 4.6818 18 .9792 1.530 ' 2.2032 2.9988 3.9168 4.9572 19 1.0336 1.615 2.3256 3.1654 4.1344 6.2326 80 1.0880 1.707 2.4480 3.3320 4.3520 6.5080 81 1.1424 1.785 2.5704 3.4986 4.5696 5.7834 83 1.1968 1.870 2.6928 3.6652 4.7872 6.0588 88 1.2512 1.955 2.8152 3.8318 6.0048 6.3342 84 1.3056 2.040 2.9376 3.9984 5.2224 6.6096 85 1.3600 2.125 3.0600 4.1650 6.4400 6.8850 86 1.4144 2.210 3.1824 4.3316 5.6576 7.1604 87 1.4688 2.295 3.3048 4.4982 5.8752 7.4358 88 1.6232 2.380 3.4272 4.6648 6.0928 7.7112 89 1.5776 2.465 3.5496 4.8314 6.3104 7.9866 30 1.6320 2.550 3.6720 4.9980 6.5280 8.2620 81 1.6864 2.635 3.7944 5.1646 6.7456 8.5374 88 1.7408 2.720 3.9168 5.3312 6.9632 8.8128 83 1.7952 2.805 4.0392f 5.4978 7.1808 9.0882 84 1.8496 2.890 4.1616 6.6644 7.3984 9.3636 85 1.9040 2.975 4.2840 5.8310 7.6160 9.0390 86 1.9584 3.060 4.4064 5.9976 7.8336 9.9144 40 2.1760 3.400 4.8960 6.6640 8.7040 11.0160 44 2.3936 3.740 6.3856 7.3304 9.6744 12.1176 48 2.6112 4.080 5.8752' 7.9968 10.4448 13.2192 54 2.9376 4.590 6.6096 8.9964 11.7504 14.8716 60 3.2640 5.100 7.3440 9.9960 13.0560 16.5240 78 3.9168 6.120 8.8128 11.9962 15.6672 19.8288 Note. — This table on heavy cardboard 11 X 14 ins., eyeletted, $0.25. uKj.uzeuuy Google USEFUL TABLES 305 Table 65 (Continued) Capacity of Cylinders in United States Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth, Inches 10 n .18 18 14 15 1 .34 .4114 .4896 .6746 .6664 .766 a .68 .8228 .9792 1.1492 1.3328 1.530 8 1.02 1.2342 1.4688 1.7238 1.9992 2.296 4 1.36 1.6466 1.9684 2.2984 2.6666 3.060 5 1.70 2.0570 2.4480 2.8730 3.3320 3.826 6 2.04 2.4684 2.9376 3.4476 3.9984 4.690 7 2.38 2.8798 3.4272 4.0222 4.6648 6.356 8 2.72 3.2912 3.9168 4.6968 6.3312 6.120 9 3.06 3.7026 4.4064 6.1714 6.9976 6.886 10 3.40 4.1140 4.8960 6.7460 6.6640 7.660 11 3.74 4.5254 6.3866 6.3206 7.3304 8.416 18 4.08 4.9368 6.8762 6.8952 7.9968 9.180 18 4.42 6.3482 6.3648 7.4698 8.6632 9.946 14 4.76 6.7596 6.8644 8.0444 9.3296 10.710 15 6.10 6.1710 7.3440 8.6190 9.9960 11.476 16 6.44 6.6824 7.8336 9.1936 10.6624 12.240 17 6.78 6.9938 8.3232 9.7682 11.3288 13.006 18 6.12 7.4052 8.8128 10.3428 11.9952 13.770 19 6.46 7.8166 9.3024 10 9174 12.6616 14.636 80 6.80 8.2280. 9.7920 11.4920 13.3280 16.300 SI 7.14 8.6394 10.2816 12.0666 13.9944 16.066 88 7.48 9.0508 10.7712 12.6412 14.6608 16.830 S8 7.82 9.4622 11.2608 13.2168 15.3272 17.696 S4 8.16 9.8736 11.7504 13.7004 15.9936 18.360 S5 8.50 10.2850 12.2400 14.3650 16.6600 19.126 86 8.84 10.6964 12.7296 14.9396 17.3264 19.890 87 9.18 11.1078 13.2192 15.5142 17.9928 20.656 88 9.52 11.5192 13.7088 16.0888 18.6592 21.420 89 9.86 11.8306 14.1934 16.6634 19.3256 22.185 80 10.20 12.3420 14.6880 17.2380 19.9920 22.950 81 10.54 12.75.34 15.1776 17.8126 20.6584 23.715 33 10.88 13.1648 15.6672 18.3872 21.3248 24.480 83 11.22 13.57G2 16.1568 18.9G18 21.9912 25.246 84 11.66 13.9876 16.6464 19.5364 22.6576 26.010 8S 11.90 14.3998 17.1360 20.1110 23.3240 26.775 S6 12.24 14.8104 17.6256 20.6856 23.9904 27.540 40 13.60 16.4560 19.5840 22.9840 26.6560 30.600 44 11.96 18.1016 21.5424 25.2824 29.3216 33.660 43 16.32 19.7472 23.5008 27.5808 31.9872 36.720 64 18.36 22.2156 26.4384 31.0284 35.9856 41.310 60 20.40 24.6840 29.3760 34.4760 39.9840 45.900 78 24.48 29.6208 35.2512 41.3712 47.9808 55.080 Note. — This table on heavy cardboard 11 X 14 ins., ej'-elcttcd, $0.25. Digitized by Google 306 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table '65 (Continued) Capacity of Cylinders in United States Gallons Depth. Inches Diameter in Inches !• 17 It 19 10 SI .8704 .9826 1.1016 1.2274 1.36 1.7408 1.9652 2.2032 2.4548 2.72 2.6112 2.9478 3.3048 3.6822 4.08 8.4816 3.9304 4.4064 4.9096 5.44 4.3520 4.9130 5.5080 6.1370 6.80 5.2224 5.8956 6.6096 7.3644 8.16 6.0928 6.8782 7.7112 8.5918 9.62 6.9632 7.8608 8.8128 9 8192 10.88 7.8336 8.8434 9.9144 11.0466 12.24 10 8.7040 9.8260 11.0160 12.2740 13.60 11 9.5744 10.8086 12.1176 13.6014 14.96 IS 10.4448 11.7912 13.2192 14.7288 16.32 IS 11.3152 12.7738 14.3208 15.9562 17-68 14 12.1856 13.7564 15.4224 17.1636 10.04 If 13.0560 14.7390 16.5240 18.4110 20.40 IS 13.9264 15.7216 17.6256 19.6384 21.76 17 14.7968 16.7042 18.7272 20.8658 23.12 18 15.6672 17.6868 19.8288 22.0932 24.48 19 16.5376 18.6694 20.9304 23.3206 25.84 SO 17.4080 19.6520 22.0320 24.5480 27.20 SI 18.27R4 20.6346 23.1336 25.7754 28.56 ss 19.1488 21.6172 24.2352 27.0028 29 92 ss 20.0192 22.5998 25.3368 28.2302 31.28 S4 20.8896 23.5824 26.4384 29.4576 32 64 S9 21.7600 24.5650 27.5400 30.6850 34.00 S6 22.6304 25.5476 28.6416 31.9124 35.36 S7 23.5008 26.5302 29.7432 33.1398 36.72 S8 24.3712 27.5128 30.8448 34.3672 38.08 S3 25.2416 28.4954 31.9464 35.5940 39.44 SO 26.1120 29.4780 33.0480 40.8220 40.80 SI 26.9824 30.4606 34.1496 38.0494 42.16 SS 27.8528 31.4432 35.2512 39.2768 43.52 S3 28.7232 32.4258 36.3528 40.5042 44.88 84 29.5938 33.4084 37.4544 41.7316 46.14 SS 30.4640 34.3910 38.5560 42.9590 47.60 S6 31.3344 35.3736 39.6576 44.1864 48.96 40 34.8160 39.3040 44.0640 49.0960 54.40 44 38.2976 43.2344 48.4704 54.0056 59.84 48 41 . 7792 47.1648 52.8768 5S.9152 65.28 64 47.0016 63.0604 59.4864 66.4796 73.44 60 52.2240 58.9560 66.0960 73.6440 81.60 97.92 7S 62.6688 70.7472 79.3151 88.3728 Note, —This table on heavy cardboard 11 X 14 ins., eyeletted, S0.25. Digitized by Google USEFUL TABLES 307 Table 65 (Continued) Capacity of Cylinders in United States Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth. Inches ss SO U SO so 1 1.0456 1.7986 1.9684 2.2984 2.6666. S 3.2912 3.5972 3.9168 4.6968 6.3312 S 4.9368 6.3958 6.8752 6.8952 7.9968 4 6.5824 7.1944 7.8336 9.1936 10.6624 • 8.2280 8.9930 9.7920 11.4920 13.3280 • ' 9.8736 10.7916 11.7604 13.7904 16.99?6 T 11.5192 12.5902 13.7089 16.0888 18.6592 8' 13.1648 14.3888 16.6672 18.3872 21.3248 • 14.8104 16.1874 17.6256 20.6856 23.9904 10 16.4560 17.9860 19.6840 22.9840 26.6560 11 18.1016 19.7846 21.5424 25.2824 29.3216 IS 19.7472 21.5832 23.5008 27.6808 31.9872 IS 21.3928 23.3818 25.4592 29.8792 34.6628 14 23.0384 26.1804 27.4176 32.1776 37.3184 15 24.6840 26.9790 29.3760 34.4760 39.9840 16 26.3296 28.7776 31.3344 36.7741 42.6696 17 27.9752 30.5762 33.2928 39.0728 46.3152 18 29.6208 32.3748 35.2512 4^.3712 47.9808 If 31.2664 34.1734 37.2096 43.6696 60.6464 SO 32.9120 36.9720 39.1680 45.9680 63.3120 SI 34.5576 37.7706 41.1264 48.2604 66.9776 ss 36.2032 39.5692 43.0848 60.5648 58.6432 ss 37.8488 41.3678 46.0432 62.Ji632 61.3088 S4 39.4944 43.1664 47.0016 C6.1616 63.9744 SO 41.1400 44.9650 48.9600 67.4600 66.6400 SO 42.7856 46.7636 60.9184 69.8584 69.8066 S7 44.4312 48.5622 62.8768 62.0568 71.9712 SO 46.0768 60.3608 64.8352 64.3552 74.6368 so 47.7224 62.1594 66.7936 66.6536 77.3024 00 49.3680 63.9580 68.7520 68.9520 79.9680 81 51.0136 65.7566 60.7104 71.2504 82.6336 OS 52.6592 57.5552 62.6688 73.5488 86.2992 00 64.3048 69.3538 64.6272 76.8472 87.9648 04 55.9504 61 . 1624 66.5856 78.1456 90.6304 00 67.5960 62.9510 68.5440 80.4440 93.2960 00 69.2416 64.7496 70.5024 82.7424 96.9616 40 65.8240 71.9440 78.3360 91.9360 106.6240 44 72.4064 79.1384 86.1696 101 . 1300 117.2860 40 78.9888 86.3328 94.0032 110.3230 127.9490 04 88.8624 97.1244 105.7640 124.1140 143.9420 00 98.7360 107.9160 117.6040 137.9040 169.9360 7S 118.4830 129.4990 141.0060 166.4860 191.9230 NOTE.- -This table on heavy cardboard 11 X 14 inf., eyeletted, 00.26. uiyiiizt: uuyGoOQ 338 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 65 (Continued) Capacity of Cylinders in United States Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth. Inches 80 88 84 86 40 3.06 3.4816 3.9304 4.4064 5.44 6.12 6.9632 7.8608 8.8128 10.88 9.18 10.4448 11.7912 13.2192 16.32 12.24 13.9264 15.7216 17.6256 21.76 15.30 17.4080 19.6520 22.5320 27.20 18.36 20.8896 23.5824 26.4384 32.64 ' 7 21.42 24.3712 27.5128 30.8448 38.08 24.48 27.8528 31.4432 35.2512 43.52 27.64 31.3344 35.3736 39.6576 48.96 10 30.60 34.8160 39.3040 44.0640 54. 40 11 33.66 38.2976 43.2344 48.4704 50.84 12 36.72 41.7792 47.1648 52.8768 65.28 18 39.78 45.2608 51.0952 57.2832 70.72 14 42.84 48.7424 55.0256 61.6896 76.16 15 46.90 62.2240 58.9560 66.0960 81.60 16 48.96 65.7056 62.8864 70.5024 87.04 17 52.02 69.1872 66.8168 74.9088 • 92.48 18 65.08 62.6688 70.7472 79.3152 97.92 19 58.14 • 66.1504 74.6776 83.7216 103.36 80 61.20 69.6320 78.6080 88.1280 108.80 81 64.26 ^3.1136 82.5384 92.5344 114.24 82 67.32 76.5952 86.4688 96.9408 119.68 88 70.38 80.0768 90.3992 101.3470 125.12 84 73.44 83.5584 94.3296 105.7540 130.56 85 76.50 87.040D 98.2600 110.1600 136.00 as 79.53 90.5213 102.1900 114.5660 141.44 8f 82.62 94.0032 103.1210 118.9730 146.88 88 85.68 97.4848 110.0510 123.3790 152.32 29 88 74 100.9GG0 113.9320 127.7860 157.76 80 91.80 100.4480 117.9120 132.1920 163.20 81 94^6 107.9300 121.8420 ' 136.5980 168.64 88 97.92 111.4110 125.7730 141.0050 174.08 83 100.98 114.8930 129.7030 145.4110 179-. 52 84 104.04 118.3740 133.6440 149.8180 184.96 85 107.10 121.8560 137.5640 154.2240 190.40 86 110.16 125.3380 141.4944 158.6300 195.84 40 122.04 139.2640 157.2160 176.2560 217.60 44 134.64 153.1900 172.9380 193.8820 239.36 48 146.88 167.1170 188.6590 211.5070 261 . 12 64 166.24 188.0060 212.2420 237.9460 293.76 60 183.60 208.8960 250.6750 235.8240 264.3840 326.40 78 220.32 282.9890 317.2610 391.68 Note. — This table on heavy cardboard 11 X 14 ins., eyeletted, $0.25. Digitized by Google USEFUL TABLES 309 Table 65 (Continued) Capacity of Cylinders in United States Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth, Inches 44 43 64 60 72 6.5824 7.8333» 9.9144 12.24 17.6256 13.1048 15.6372 19.8238 24.48 35.2512 19.7472 23.5008 29.7432 36.72 52>.8768 23.3296 ' 31.3344 39.6576 44.96 70.5024 32.9120 39.1630 49.5720 61.20 88.1280 39. 4944 47.0016 59.4864 73.44 105.7540 46.0768 54.8352 69.4008 85.68 123.3790 52.6692 62.6688 79.3152 97.92 141.0050 59.2416 70.5024 89.2296 110.16 158.6300 10 65.8240 78.3360 99.1440 122.40 176.2660 11 72.4034 86.1696 109.0580 134.64 193.8820 12 78.9888 94.0032 118.9730 146.88 211.5070 13 85.5712 101.8370 '28.8870 159.12 229.1330 14 92.1536 109.6700 138.8020 171.36 246.7680 16 98.7360 117.5040 148.7160 183.60 264.3840 16 • 105.3180 125.3380 158.6300 195.84 282.0100 17 111.9010 133. 17 JO 168.5450 208.08 299.6350 IS 118.1830 141.0050 176.4590 ^20.32 317.2610 19 125.0660 148.8380 188.3740 232.66 334.8860 SO 131.6480 156.6720 198.2880 244 80 352.6120 SI 138.2300 164.5060 208.2020 257.04 370.1380 St 144.8130 172.3390 218.1170 269.28 387.7630 S8 151.3950 180.1730 228.0310 281.62 405'. 3890 U 157.9780 188.0060 237.9460 293.76 423.0140 S6 164.5600 195.8400 247.8600 306.00 440.6400 S6 171.1420 203.6740 257.7740 318.24 458.2660 S7 177.7250 211.5070 267.6890 330.48^ 475.8910 S8 184.3070 219.3410 277.6030 342.72 493.6170 S9 190.8900 227.1740 287.5180 354.96 611.1420 SO 197.4720 235.0080 297.4320 367.20 528.7680 81 204.0540 242.8420 307.3460 379.44 646.3940 8S 2 JO. 6370 250,6750 317.2010 391.68 564.0190 88 217.2190 258.5090 327.1750 403.92 581.6450 84 223.8020 266.3420 337.0900 416.16 599.2700 86 230.3840 274.1760 347.0040 428.40 616.8930 86 236.9660 282.0100 356.9180 440.64 634.6220 40 263.2960 313.3440 396.5760 480.60 705.0240 44 289.6260 344.6780 436.2340 538.56 775.5260 48 315.9550 376.0130 475.8910 587.52 846.0290 64 355.4500 423.0140 535.3780 660.96 951.7820 60 394.9440 470.0160 594.8640 734.40 1057.5400 7S 473.9330 564.0190 713.8370 881.28 1269.0400 NOTB. — ^This table 6n heavy cardboard 11 X 14 ins., eyeletted, 80.26. Digitized by Google 310 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 65 (Continued) Capacity of X^ylinders in United States Gallons I>epth Diameter in Feet m Feet 5 8 7 8 9 10 11 IS 5 735 1.060 1,440 1,875 2380 2.925 3.550 4.237 6 881 1.270 1.728 2,250 2.855 3.510 4.260 6,084 X 1,028 1.480 2,016 2,625 3.330 4.095 4.970 5.931 8 1.175 1,690 .2,304 3.000 3.805 4.680 5,680 6.778 f 1.322 1.900 2.592 3.375 4.280 5,265 6,390 7,625 10 1.469 2,110 2.880 3.750 4.755 5.850 7.100 8,472 U 1,616 2,320 3.168 <.125 5.250 6.435 7.810 9,319 IS 1.762 2.530 3,456 4.500 5.705 7,020 8,520 10.166 ' IS 1,909 2,740 3,744 4.875 6,180 7,605 9,230 11.013 u 2.056 2,950 4.032 5.250 6.655 8,100 9,940 11.860 18 . 2.203 3,160 4.320 5.625 7.130 8.775 10,650 12,707 18 2,366 3,370 4,608 6.000 7,605 9.360 11,360 13.S64 17 2,497 3,580 4.896 6.375 8.080 9.946 12,070 14.401 18 2,644 3,790 5.184 6.750 8.535 10.530 12,780 15.245 19 2,791 4.000 5.472 7.125 9.010 11.115 13.490 16.098 SO 2,938 4,210 5.760 7.500 9.490 11.700 14,200 16.942 Depth Diameter in Feet in Feet 18 14 18 18 18 SO ss S4 8 4.960 5,765 6,698 7,620 9,516 11,750 14.215 16,918 8 5.952 6.913 8.038 9.024 11.419 14.100 17.059 20,302 7 6.944 8.071 9.378 10.528 13.322 16.450 19.902 23,680 8 7.936 9.^24 10,718 12,032 15.225 18,800 22.745 27,070 9 8.928 10.377 12.058 13.536 17.128 21,150 25,588 30,484 10 9.920 11.530 13.398 15,050 19.031 23,500 28,431 33,838 11 19,913 12.683 14,738 16.544 20,934 25,850 31,274 37.222 IS 11,904 13.836 16,078 18,048 22,837 28,200 34.117 40.606 IS 12.896 14.989 17.418 19.552 24.740 30,550 36,960 43.990 14 . 13,888 16,142 18,758 21,056 26.643 32,900 39.803 47.374 18 14,880 17,295 20,098 22,260 28,546 35,250 42.646 60.758 18 15.872 18,448 21.438 26.064 30.449 37.600 45.489 64!l42 17 16.864 19,601 22,778 25»568 32,352 39,950 48.332 57.520 18 17.856 20,754 24,118 27,072 34,255 42.300 51,176 6o!910 19 18.848 21.907 25.458 28.576.36.158 44,650 64,018 64,294 SO 19,840 23.060 26,798 30,080 38,062 47,000 66,861 67)678 To find the number of gallons in a tank of unequal diameter mult^y the inside bottom diameter in inches by the inside top diameter in inches, then this product by 34: point off four figures and the result will be the aver- age nmnber of gallons to one inch in depth of the tank. Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 311 Table 66 Number of U.S. Gallons in Rectangular Tanks One Foot in Depth Width Length of Tank in Feet in — — Feet 2 2.5 t t.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 € €.5 T 2 29.92 37.40 44.88 52.36 59.84 07.32 74.81 82.29 89.77 97.25 104.73 2.5 46.75 56.10 65.45 74.80 84.16 93.51 102.86 112.21 121.56 130.91 C :.... 67.32 78.54 89.77 100.99 112.21 123.43 134.65 145.87 157.09 t.5 91.64 104.73 117.82 130 91 144.00 157.09 170.18 183.27 4 119.69 134.65 149.61 164.57 179.53 194.49 209.45 4.5 151.48 168.31185.14 201.97 218.80 235.63 5 187.01 205-. 71 224.41 243.11 261.82 5.5 226.28 246.86 267.43 288.00 Z 269.30 291.74 314.18 €.5 316.05 340.36 T 366.54 Width Length of Tank in Feet Feet 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 2 112 21 119.63 127.17 134.65 142.13 U9.61 157.09 161.57 172.05 179.53 2.5 140.26 149.61 158.96 168.31 1V7.66 187.01 196.36 235.71 215.06 224.41 S 168.31 179.53 190.75 202.97 213.19 224.41 235.63 246.86 258.07 2G9.30 1.5 196.36 209.45 222.54 235.63 248.73 261.82 274.90 288.00 301.09 314.18 4 224.41 239.37 254.34 269.30 284.26 299.22 314.18 329.14 344.10 359.06 4 5 252.47 269.30 286.13 302.96 319.79 336.62 353^370.28 387.11 403.94 5 280.52 299.22 317.92 336.62 355.32 374.03 302^2 411.43 430.13 448.83 5.5 308.57 329.14 349.71 370.28 390.85 411.43 432.00 452.57 473.14 493.71 € 336.62 359.06 381.50 403.94 426.39 448.83 471.27 493.71 516.15 538.59 •.5 364.,67 388.98 413.30 437.60 461.92 486.23 510.54 534.85 559.16 583.47 7 392.72 418.91 445.09 471.27 497.45 523.64 549.81 575.99 602.18 628.36 7.5 420.78 448.83 476.88 504.93 532.98 561.04 589.08 617.14 645.19 673.24 8 478.75 508.67 538.59 568.51 598.44 628.36 658.28 688.20 718.12 5.6 540.46 572.25 604.05 635.84 667.63 699.42 731.21 763.09 f 605.92 639.58 673.25 706.90 740.56 774.23 807.89 9.5 675.11710.65 746.17 781.71817.24 8o2.77 10 748.05 785.45 822.86 860.26 897.66 10.5 824.73 864.00 903.23 942.56 11 905.44 946.27 937.43 11.5 989.29 1032.3 U 1077.2 Example. — To find number of gallons in a rectangular tank that is 7.5 feet by 10 feet, the water being 4 feet deep: Look in extreme leftihand column for 7.5, and opposit'e to this in column headed 10 read 561.04, which being multiplied by 4, the depth of water in the tank, gives 2244.2, the number of gallons required. Digitized by CjOOQIC 312 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 67 Capacity of Cylinders in Imperial Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth, Inches 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 1 .0453 .0708 .102 .1388 .1814 .2295 .2833 t .0906 .1416 .204 .2776 .3628 .4590 .5666 % .1359 .2124 .306 .4164 .5442 .6885 .8499 4 ' .1812 .2832 .408 .5552 . .7256 .9180 1.1332 5 .2265 .3540 .510 .6940 .9070 1.1475 1.4165 6 .2718 .4248 .612 .8328 1.0884 1.3770 1.6998 7 .3171 .4956 .714 .9716 1.1698 1.6065 1.9831 8 .3624 .5664 .816 1.1104 1.4512 1.8360 2.2664 9 ■ .40Y7 .6372 .918 1.2492 1.6326 2.0655 2.6497 10 .4530 .7080 1.020 1.3880 1.8140 2.2950 2.8330 11 .4083 .7788 1.122 1.5268 1.9954 2.5245 3.1163 IS .5436 .8496 1.224 1.6656 2.1768 2.7540 3.3996 18 .5889 .9204 1.326 1.8044 2.3582 2.9835 3.6829 14 .6342 .9912 1.428 1.9432 2.3396 3.2130 3.9662 16 .6795 1.0620 1.530 2.0820 2.7210 3.4425 4.2495 16 .7248 1.1328 1.632 2.2208 2.9024 3.6720 4.5328 17 .7701 1.2036 1.734 2.3596 3.0838 3.9015 4.8161 18 .8154 1.2744 1.8.36 2.4984 3.2652 4.1310 5.0994 19 .8607 1.3452 1.938 2.6372 3.4466 4.3605 5.3827 80 .9060 1.4160 2.040 2.776Q 3.6280 4.5900 5.6660 81 .9513 1.48aB 1.5576 2.142 2.9148 3.5094 4.8195 5.9493 88 .9966 2.244 3.0536 3.9908 5.0490 6.2826 88 1.0419 1.6284 2.346 3.1924 4.1722 5.2785 6.5159 84 1.0872 1.6992 2.448 3.3312 4.3536 5.5080 6.7992 85 1.1325 1.7700 2.550 3.4700 4.5350 5.7375. 7.0825 86 1.1778 1.8408 2.652 3.6088 4.7164 5.9670 7.3658 87 1.2231 1.9116 2:754 3.7476 4.8978 6.1965 7.6491 88 1.2684 1.9824 2.856 3.8864 4.6792 6.42C0 7.9324 89 1.3137 2.0532 2.958 4.0252 5.2606 6.6555 8.3057 • 80 1.3590 2.1240 3.060 4.1640 6.4420 6.8850 8.4990 81 1.4043 2.1948 3.162 4.3028 5.6234 7.1145 8.7823 83 1.4496 2.2056 3.26^1 4.4416 5.8048 7.3440 9.0656 88 1.4949- 2.3364 3.366 4.5804 5.9862 7.5735 9.3489 84 1.5402 2.4072 3.468 4.7192 6.1676 7.8030 9.6322 85 1.5855 2.4780 3.570 4.8580 6.3490 8.0326 9.9156 86 1.6308 2.5488 3.672 4.9968 6.5304 8.2620 10.1988 40 - 1.8120 2.8320 4.080 6.5520 7.2560 9.1800 11.3320 44 1.9932 d.ll52 4.489 . 6.1072 7.9816 10.0980 12.4662 48 2.1744 3.3984 4.896 6.6624 8.7072 11.0160 13.5984 64 2.4462 3.8232 5.508 •7.4952 9.7956 12.. 3930 16.2982 60 2.7180 4.2480 6.120 8.3280 10.8840 13.7700 16.2980 78 3.2616 5.0976 7.344 9.9936 13.0608 16.5240 20.3976 This table gives number of Imperial gallons (277 . 274 inches) in cylindrical vessels from 1 to 72 inches in depth and from 4 to 72 inches in diameter. yuzeuuyGOOQle USEFUL TABLES 813 Table 67 (Continued) Capacity of Cylinders in Imperial Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth. Inches 11 12 18 14 15 16 .3428 .4080 .4788 .5553 .6375 .7253 .6856 .8160 .9576 1.1106 1.2750 1.4506 1.0284 1.2240 1.4364 1.6659 2.0125 2.1759 1.3712 1.6320 1.9152 2.2212 2.5500 2.9012 1.7140 2.0400 2.3940 2.7765 3.1875 3.6265 2.0568 2.4480 2.8728 3.3318 3.8250 4.3518 2.3996 2.8560 3.3516 3.8871 4.3625 6.0771 2.7424 3.2640 3.8304 4.4424 5.1000 5.8024 3.0852 3.6720 4.3092 4.9977 5.7375 6.5277 10 3.4280 4.0800 4.7880 6.5530 6.3750 7.2530 u 3.7708 4.4880 6.2668 6.1083 7.0125 7.9783 11 4.1136 4.8960 6.7456 6.6636 7.6500 8.7036 IS 4.4564 5.3040 6.2244 7.2189 8.2875 9.4289 14 4.7992 5.7120 6.7032 7.7742 8.7250 10.1542 15 5.1420 6.1200 7.1820 8.3295 9.5625 10.8795 16 5.4848 6.5280 7.6608 8.8848 10.2000 11.6048 17 5.8276 6.9360 8.1396 9.4401 10.8375 12.3301 18 6.1704 7.3440 8.6184 9.9954 11.4750 13.0554 19 6.5132 7.7520 9.0972 10.5507 12.1125 13.7807 SO 6.8560 8.1600 9.5760 11.1060 12.7500 14.6060 21 7.1988 8.5680 10.0548 11.6613 13.0875 15.2313 82 7.5416 8.9760 10.6336 12.2166 14.0250 15.9566 28 7.8844 9.3840 11.0124 12.7719 14.6625 16.6819 24 8.2272 JB.7920 11.4912 13.3272 15.3000 17.4072 25 8.5700 10.2000 11.9700 13.8825 15.9375 18.1325 26 8.9128 10.6080 12.4488 14.4378 16.5750 18.8578 27 9.2556 11.0160 12.9276 14.9931 17.2125 19.5831 28 9.5984 11.4240 13.4064 15.5484 17.4500 20.3084 29 9.9412 11.8320 13.8852 16.1037 18.4875 21.0337 80 10.2840 12.2400 14.3040 16.6590 20.1250 21.7590 81 10.6268 12.6^180 14.8428 17.2143 19.7625 22.4843 88 10.9696 13.0560 15.. 3216 17.7696 20.4000 23.2096 88 11.3124 13.4640 15.8004 18.3249 21.0375 23.9349 84 11.6552 13.8720 16.2792 18.8802 21.6750 24.6602 85 11.9980 14.2800 16.7580 19.4355 21.8125 25.3855 86 12.3408 14.6880 17.2368 19.9908 22.9500 26.1108 40 13.7120 16.3200 19.1520 22.2120 25.5000 29.0120 44 . 15.0832 17.9520 21.0672 24.4332 28.0500 31.9132 48 16.4544 19.5840 22.9824 26.6544 30.6000 34.8144 64 18.5112 22.0320 25.8552 29.9862 34.4250 39 1702 60 20.5680 24.4800 28.7280 33.3180 38.2500 43.5180 72 24.6816 29.3760 34.4736 39.9816 45.9000 52.2216 This table gives the number of Imperial gallons (277.274 inches) in cylin- drical vessels from 1 to 02 inches in depth an d f^om 4 to 72 inches in diameter. Digitized by Google 814 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 67 (Continued) Capacity of Cylinders in Imperial Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth. Inches 17 18 19 SO SI S4 1 .8188 .9180 1.0228 1.1333 1.2495 1.632 % 1.6376 1.8360 2.0456 2.2666 2.^4990 3.264 t 2.4564 2.7540 3.0684 3.3099 3.7485 4.086 4 3.2752 3.6720 4.0912 4.5332 4.9980 6.528 • 4.0040 4.5900 6.1140 5.6665 6.2475 8.160 • 4.9128 5.5080 6.1368 6.7998 7.4970 9.792 T 5.7316 6.4260 7.1596 7.9331 8.7465 11.424 8 6.5504 7.3440 8.1824 9.0664 9.9960 13.056 f 7.3602 8.2620 9.2052 10.1997 11.2465 14.688 10 8.1880 9.1800 10.2280 11.3330 12.4950 16.320 11 9.0068 10.0980 11.2518 12.4663 13.7445 17.962 IS 9.8256 11.0160 12.2736 13.5996 14.9940 19.584 IS 10.6444 11.9340 13.2964 14.7329 16.2435 21.216 14 11.4632 12.8520 14.3192 15.8662 17.4930 22.848 15 12.2820 13.7700 15.3420 16.9995 18.7425 24.480 16 13.1008 14.6880 16.3648 18.1328 19.9920 26.112 17 13.9196 15.6060 17.3876 19.2661 21.2415 27.744 18 14.7384 16.5240 18.4104 20.3994 22.4910 29.376 19 15.5572 17.4420 19.4332 21.5327 23.7405 31.008 SO 16.3760 18.3600 20.4560 22.6660 24.9900 32.640 SI 17.1948 19.2780 21.4788 23.7993 26.2395 34.272 ss 18.0136 20.1960 22.5036 24 9326 27.4890 35.904 ss 18.8324 21.1140 23.5244 26.0669 28.7385 37.536 S4 19.6512 22.0320 24.5472 27.199a 29.9880 39.168 S5 20.4700 22.9500 25.5700 28.3325' 31:2375 40.800 S6 21.2888 23.8080 26.5928 29.4658 32.4870 42.432 S7 22.1076 24.7860 27 6156 30.5991 33.7365 44.064 S8 22.9264 25.7040 28.6384 31.7324 34.9860 45.696 S9 23.7452 26.6220 29 6612 32.8657 36.2355 47.328 30 24.5640 27.5400 30.6840 33.9990 37.4860 48.960 81 25.3828 28.4580 31.7068 35.1323 38.7345 50.592 8S 26 2016 29.3760 32.7296 36.2656 39.9840 52.224 88 27.0204 30.2940 33 7554 37.3989 41.2335 53.856 84 27.8392 31.2120 34.7752 38.5322 42 . 4830 55.488 88- 28.6580 32.1300 35.7980 39.6655 43.7325 57.120 86 29.4768 33.0480 36 8208 40.7988 44.9820 68.752 40 32.7520 36.7200 40 9120 45.3320 49.9800 65.280 44 36.0272 40.3920 45 0072 49.8652 54.9780 71.808 48 39.3024 44.0640 45.0944 54.6384 59.9760 7^.336 64 44.2152 49.5720 55.2312 61.1982 67.4730 88.128 60 49.1280 55.0800 61 . 3680 67.9980 74.9700 97.920 7S 58.9536 66.0960 73.6416 81.5976 89.9640 117.504 This table gives drical vessels from the number of Imperial gallons (277 1 to 72 inches in depth and from 4 to 274 inches) in cylin- 72 inches in diameter. y Google USEFUL TABLES 315 Table 67 (Continued) Capacity of Cylinders in Imperial Gallons Diameter in Inches Depth, Inches SO 86 40 48 60 7S 1» 2.55 3.C72 4.5333 6.528 10.2 14.688 5.10 7.344 9. 0306 13.050 20.4 29.376 7.65 11.018 13.5999 19.584 30.6 44.064 10.20 14.688 18.1332 26.112 40.8 68.752 12.75 18.360 22.6665 32.640 61.0 73.440 15.30 22.032 27.1998 39.168 61.2 88.128 17.85 25.704 31.7331 46.696 71.4 102.816 20.40 29.376 •36.2664 52.224 81.6 117.604 22.95 33.048 40.7997 68.752 91.8 132.192 10 25.50 36.720 46.3330 66.280 102.0 146.880 11 28.05 40.392 49.8663 71.808 112.2 161.568 la 30.60 44.064 54.3996 78.336 122.4 176.256 IS 33.15 47.736 58.9329 84.864 132.6 190.944 14 35.70 51.408 63.4662 91.382 142.8 206.632 15 38.25 65.080 67.9995 97.920 163.0 220.320 16 40.80 68.752 72.5328 104.448 163.2 236.008 17 43.35 62.424 77.0661 110.970 173.4 249.696 18 45.90 66.096 81.5994 117.604 183.6 264.384 19 48.45 69.768 86.1327 124.032 193.8 279.072 SO 61.00 73.440 90.6660 130.560 204.0 293.760 SI 53.65 77.112 95.1999 137.088 214.2 308.448 ss 66.10 80.784 99.7326 143.616 224.4 323.136 S8 68.65 84.456 104.2659 150.144 234.6 337.824 U 61.20 88.128 108.7992 156.672 244.8 362.512 S5 63.75 91.800 113.3325 163.200 255.0 367.200 SO 66.30 95.472 117.8658 109.728 265.2 381.888 S7 68.85 99.144 122.3991 176.256 275.4 396.676 SS 71.40 102.816 126.9324 182.784 285.6 411.264 so 73.95 106.488 131.4657 189.312 295.8 425.952 so 76.50 110.160 135.9990 195.840 306.0 440.640 SI 79.05 113.832 140.6326 202.368 316.2 456.. 328 ss 81.60 117.504 146.0666 208.896 326.4 470.016 ss 84.15 121.176 149.5989 215.424 336.6 484.704 84 86.70 124.848 164.1322 221.952 346.8 499.392 86 89.25 128.520 158.6656 228.480 357.0 614.080 • 86 91.80 132.192 163.1988 235.008 367.2 628.768 40 102.00 146.880 181.3320 261 . 120 408.0 687.520 44 112.20 101.668 199.4652 287.232 448.8 646.272 48 122.40 176.256 217.6984 31 J. 344 489.6 705.024 64 137.70 198.288 244.2982 352.612 660.0 793.162 60 153.00 220.320 271.9980 391.680 612.0 881.280 7S 183.60 264.384 326.3976 470.016 734.4 1057.536 This table gives the number of Imperial gallons (277. 274 inches) in cylin- drical vessels from 1 to 72 inches in depth and from 4 to 72 inches iii diameter. uiyiiizeu uy v^j v^^wy lv_ 316 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 68 DiameterSy Areas and Circumferences of Circles To find the capacity of any cylindrical measure, from i inch diameter to 30 inches, take the inside diameter of the measure in inches, and multiply the area in the table which corresponds to the diameter by the depth in inches, and divide the products, if gills are required, by 7.2135; if pints, by 28.875; if . quarts, by 57.75; if gallons, by 231. If bushels are required (say in a tierce or barrel, after ^ the mean diameter is obtained), multiply as above, and divide the product by 2150.42. Calling the diameters feet the areas are feet, — then, if a ship's water tank, steam boiler, etc., is 5%, or any num- ber of feet and parts of feet in diameter, find the area in the table which corresponds in inches, multiply it by the length in feet, and multiply this result by the number of gallons in a cubic foot (7.4805), and the product is the answer in gallons. In any case where there are more fig- ures in the divisor than in the dividend, add ciphers. Any of the areas in inches, multiplied by .052, or the areas in feet multiplied by 7.48, the product is the num- bers of gallons at i foot in depth. Any of the areas in feet, multiplied by .03704, the prod- uct equals the number of cubic yards at i foot in depth. Diam., Circum., Area, Diam., Cireum., Area, Diam., Cireum., Area, Ins. Ins. Sq.Ins. Ins. Ins. Sq.Ins. Ins. Ins. Sq.Ins. A /> .0030 H 2H .6013 2^ m 4.430 H li .0122 H 2H .6903 2H 7H 4.908 A iS .0276 1 3H .7854 2% SH 6.412 K U .0490 IH m .9940 2H m 6.939 A n .0767 IH m 1.227 2% 9 6.491 H lA .1104 IH iH 1.484 % §H 7.0« iV IH .1503 IH m 1.767 m 9H 7.M9 l/« lA .1963 m 6H 2.074 ZH 10>i 8.295 A HI .2486 IH 6H 2.405 ZH 105^ 8.946 H m .3068 VA m 2.761 ZH 11 9.621 H 2A .3712 1 6^ 3.141 m im 10.320 Va, 2|i .4417 2H 6H 3 546 ZH IIH 11.044 H 2A .6186 2H 7 3.976 ZH i2yi 11.793 digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 317 Table 68 (Continued) Diameters, Areas and Circumferences of Circles IXanL, Cir.. Area. Area. Diam., Cir.. Area. Area. ST Ft. Ids. Sq. Ins. Sq.Ft. Ins. Ft. Ins. Sq. Ins. Sq.Ft. iin. OH 12.666 .0879 lOH 2 m 86.690 .6061 0^ 13.364 .0936 lOH 2 % 88.664 .6205 l^i 14.186 .0993 iojI 2 90.762 .635a 4^ 2K 15.033 .1052 2 lOH 92.866 .649» 4^9 15.904 .1113 Uin. 2 lOVi 95.033 .6852 4&2 2v| 16.800 .1176 IIH 2 10^ 97.206 .6874 41^ 2y| 17.720 .1240 im 2 UK im 99.402 .695g 4>i 3K 18.666 .1306 IIH 2 101.623 .714a 5 in. 19.635 .1374 llH 3 OVb 103.869 .7290 4l| 20.629 .1444 llH 3 OH 106.139 .7429 5Va 4Vi 21.647 .1515 UK llH 3 m 108.434 .7590 5ll \1/L 22.690 .1588 3 % 110.763 .7762 5^3 5j| 23.758 .1663 Uin. 3 113.097 .7916 5^B 24.850 .1739 12H 3 2 116.466 .8082 55* 6 25.967 .1817 12H 12H 3 2H 117.859 .8250 6J^ ' 27.108 .1897 3 2H 120.276 .8419 . €in. 28.274 .1979 12H 3 ^\i 122.718 .8590 29.464 .2062 125^ 3 125.185 .8762 6^ 30.679 .2147 12?/4 12% 3 4* 127.676 .8937 6^ 8 * 31.919 .2234 3 4% 130.192 .9113 6Vi 33.183 .2322 IS in. 3 4H 5g 132.732 .9291 6^ 34.471 .2412 13H 13^ 3 135.297 .9470 6tI^ 9Vi 35.734 .2504 3 137.886 .9642 9^ 37.122 .2598 13H 3 6 * 140.500 .9835 Tin. 10 38.484 -.2603 13H 3 g^ 143.139 1.0019 39.871 .2791 13^1 3 145.802 1.0206 71^ 1054 41.232 .2889 13^ 13H 3 148.489 1.0294 75^ llH 42.718 .2990 3 7H 151.201 1.0584 •jil im 44.178 .3092 Uin. 3 7H 153.938 1.0775 7^ im 45.663 .3196 14H 3 t(l 166.699 1.0968 7*^ 47.173 .3299 W4 3 169.486 1.119a hi\ OH 47.707 .3409 14H 3 9H 162.295 1.1360 Sin. \\/C 50.265 .3518 14H 3 9H 165.130 1.1569 \\A 51.843 .3G29 im 3 9J^ 167.989 1.1749 giz V/% 53.456 .3741 UH 3 10^ 170.873 1.1961 g^ 2^9 55.088 .3356 UH 3 173.782 1.2164 8v| * 56.745 .3072 Win. 3 ll4 IIH 176.715 1.2370 8^ 3 * 68.426 .4089 IbVs 3 179.672 1.2577 8^ 60.132 .4209 15H 3 11^8 OK 182.654 1.2785 3j| 61.862 .4330 WA 4 186.661 •1.2995 tin. 4^ 63.617 .4153 4 OH 188.692 1.320» »H 4^ 65.396 .4517 155! 4 1 191.748 1.3422 9K 2 5 67.200 .4704 4 IH 194.828 1.3637 2 5)1 69.029 .4832 l^Vs 4 IH 197.933 1.3855 9H 2 70.882 .4001 16 in. 4 1^ 201.062 1.4074 2 6)^ 72.759 .5093 16H 4 204.216 1.4295 9^ 9H 2 74.662 .5226 IGK 4 3 207.394 1.4617 •2 7 76.688 .5361 4 3H 210.597 1.4741 ID in. 2 78.540 .5407 WA 4 r^ 213.825 1.4967 2 80.515 .5636 4 217.077 1.6195 10^ 2 8j| 82.616 .5776 16^ 4 4H 220.353 1.6424 2 8H 84.640 .6917 16K 4 5 223.664 1.6655 NOTE.- -This table on heavy cardboard 11 X 14 ins., 62 reletted, SO. 25. - yuzeuuy Google 318 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 68 (Continued) Diameters, Areas and Circumferences of Circles DianL, Or., Ft. Ins. Ares, Sq. Ins. Area, Sq.Ft. Ft. Ids. Ft. Ins. Area, Bq. Ins. Arem, Sq.Ft. i. — ^This table on heavy cardboard USEFUL TABLES 319 Table 68 (Continued) Diameters^ Areas and Circumferences of Circles Ft. Ina. Cir.. Ft. Ins. Area, Sq. Ins. Area, Sq.Ft. Diam., Ft. Ins. Cir.. Ft. Ins. Area, Sq. Ids. Area, Sq.Ft. 22.515 22.621 22.8«6 23.043 23.221 23.330 23.578 on heavy cardboard II X 14 ins., eyeletted, $0.25. 220 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 68 (Continued) Diameters, Areas and Circumferences of Girdles "Ditan.f Cu^ Ares, Area, Diam., Cir., Area. Area, Tt. Ina. Ft. Ina. Sq.Ina. 8q. Ft. Ft. Ina. Ft. Ins. Sq.lM. Sq. Ft. i i 17 3H 3421.29 23.758 « 8 20 UH 6026.26 34.900 5 6H 17 iVs 3447.16 23.938 6 8K 21 OH 6058.02 36.125 5 m 17 4H 3473.23 21.119 6 8H 21 OH 6089.66 36.344 £ 6K 17 5H 3499.39 24.301 6 8|| 21 1^ 5121.24 36.564 5 7 17 6H 3525.26 24.483 6 9 21 2H 5153.00 35.784 5 7\i 17 7H 3552.01 24.666 6 9H 21 3^ 5184.86 36.006 6 VA 17 8 3578.47 24.850 6 9^ 21 4 5216.82 36.227, f 5 7% 17 S-i 3005.03 25.034 6 9^ 21 ^H 5248.87 36>45C^' S 8 17 9H 3631.63 25.220 6 10 21 5H 5281.02 36.674 5 8K 17 lOH 3658.44 25.405 6 lOH 21 m 5313.27 36^897. 6 8H 17 IIH 3685.20 25.5C2 6 10^ 21 7H 5345.62 K.122 5 8Ji 17 \VA 3712.24 25.779 6 10^ 21 7H 5378.07 37:347 6 9 18 OH 3739.28 25.964 6 11 21 SH 5410.62 87.573 5 9H 18 m 3766.43 26.155 6 UK 21 9H 6443.26 87.700 6 9H 18 2K 3793.67 26.344 6 UH 21 lOK 5476.00 38.027 5 9% 1$>' 3H 3821.02 26.534 6 UH 21 11 5508.84 38.256 € 10 18 3H 3848.46 26.723 7 21 11^ 38.4846 5 lOK 18 4H 3875.99 26.916 7 1 22 3 39.4060 5 lOH 18 bH 3903.63 27.108 7 2. 22 6H 40.3388 5 lOH 18 6V| 3931.36 27.301 7 3 22 9K 41.2825 6 11 18 7 3959.20 27.494 7 4 23 0^ 42.2367 6 UK 18 7H 3987.13 27.688 7 5 23 2K 43.2022 5 im 18 8H 4015.16 27.883 7 6 23 6K 44.1787 6 UK 18 Ws 4043.28 28.078 7 7 23 U 45.1656 • 18 K)H 4071.51 28.274 7 8 24 IH 46.1638 6 OK 18 WA 4099.83 28.471 7 9 . 24 4K 47.1730 6 OH is 'UH 4128.25 28.663 7 10 24 7K 48.1926 6 OK 19 OH 4156.77 28.866 7 11 24 lOH 49.2236 6 1 19 IK 4185.39 29.064 8 25 IH 60.2656 6 IK 19 2K 4214.11 29.264 8 1 25 4K 51.6178 6 IH 19 2H 4242.92 29.466 8 2 25 7K 62.8816 6 IK 19 3H 4271.83 29.665 8 3 25 11 53.4562 • S 19 4H 4300.85 29.867 8 4 26 2K 64.5412 6 2K 19 5K 4329.95 30.069 8 5 26 iH 56.63n 6 2H 19 6 4359.16 30.271 8 6 26 8H 66.7451 6 2K 19 6K 4388.47 30.475 8 7 26 UK 57.8628 6 3 19 7H 4417.87 30.619 8 8 27 2K 68.9920 6 3K 19 8K 4447.37 30.884 mS 9 27 6K 00.1321 6 3K 19 9K 4476.97 31.090 8 10 27 9 61.2826 6 3H 19 9K 4506.67 31.296 8 11 28 OK 62.4445 8 4 19 lOK 4536.47 31.503 9 28 3K 63.6174 6 4K 19 UK 4566.36 31.710 9 1 28 6K 64.8006 6 4K 20 OK 4596.35 31.919 9 2 28 9K 66.9951 6 4K 20 IK 4626.44 32.114 9 3 29 OK 67.2007 6 5 20 IK 4656.63 32.337 9 4 29 3K 68.4166 6 5K 20 2K 4686.92 32.548 9 5 29 7 60.6440 6 5K 20 3K 4717.30 32.759 9 6 29 lOK 70.8823 6 5K 20 4K 4747.79 32.970 9 7 30 IK T2.1309 8 6 20 5 4778.37 33.183 9 8 30 4K 78.3910 6 6K 20 5K 4809.05 33.396 9 9 30 7K 74.6630 6 6K 20 64 4839.83 33.610 9 10 30 UK 75.9433 6 6K 20 7K 4870.70 33.821 9 11 31 IK 77.2362 « 7 20 8K 4901.68 34.039 10 31 5 78 5400 « 7K 20 8K 4932.75 34.255 10 1 31 8K 79.8540 6 7K 20 9K 4963.92 34.471 10 2 31 UK 81.1796 6 7K 20 lOK 4995.19 34.688 10 3 32 2K 82.5190 Note. — This table on heavy cardboard 11 X 14 ins., eyeletted, 60.25. uigitized by VjOv^'pi i>^ USEFUL TABLES 321 Table 68 (Continued) Diameters, Areas and Circumferences of Circles DianL. Cir.. Area., Diam.. Cir.. Area. Ft. Ins. Ft. Ins. Sq.Ft. Ft. Ins. Ft. Ins. Sq.Ft. 10 4 82 5H 83.8627 15 3 47 lOH 182.6545 10 6 32 8^t 85.2211 15 4 48 2H 184.6555 10 e 82 11^ 86.5903 15 5 48 5Vi 186.6684 10 7 33 87.9697 15 6 48 8Vi 188.6923 10 8 33 6H 89.3668 15 • 7 48 llH 190.7260 10 9 33 m 90.7627 15 8 49 2^B 192 7716 10 10 34 0^ 92.1749 15 9 49 m 194.8282 10 11 - W 3VI 93.5986 15 10 49 196.8946 11 # 84 67V 95.0334 15 11 50 198.9730 11 1 84 MX 96.4783 li • 50 IP 201.0624 11 2 35 Oyi 97.9347 16 1 50 203.1615 11 3 35 4^ 99.4021 100.8797 16 2 50 9^ 205.2726 11 4 35 7h\ 16 3 51 OVi 207.3946 11 5 35 lOH 102.3689 16 4 51 6H 209.5264 11 6 36 m 193.8601 16 5 51 211.6703 11 7 36 105.3794 16 6 51 10 213.8251 11 8 86 7?* 106.9013 16 7 52 iH 215.9896 11 9 36 lOH 138.4342 16 8 52 4)* 218.1662 11 10 37 109.9772 16 9 52 7H 220.3537 11 11 37 5^ ! 111.5319 16 10 52 lOVi 222.5510 12 37 8^1 113.0976 16 11 53 liZ 224.7603 12 1 37 IIJI1 114.6732 17 • 53 Ayi 226.9806 12 2 38 116.2607 17 1 53 8 229.2105 12 3 38 5^ 117.8690 17 2 53 llH 231.4625 12 4 38 gT^I 119.4674 17 3 54 2Vb 233.7055 12 6 39 121.0876 17 4 54 5H 235.9682 12^ 6 39 122.7187 17 5 54 8Vi 238.2430 12 7 39 6H 124.3593 17- 6 54 im 240.5287 12 8 39 9ra 126.0127 17 7 55 2T^ 242.8241 12 9 40 OM 127.6765 17 8 55 6 245.1316 12 10 40 3li 129.3504 17 9 55 ^H 247.4500 12 11 40 6/8 131.0369 17 10 56 0)* 249.7781 u 40 10 132.7326 17 11 56 ' 3V§ 252.1184 13 1 41 134.4391 IS • 56 6H 254.4696 13 2 41 4H 136.1574 18 1 56 9^8 256.8303 13 3 41 7Va 137.8867 18 2 57 OH 259.2033 13 4 41 10^1 139.6260 18 3 57 4 261.5872 13 6 42 IH 141.3771 18 4 57 jyi 263.9807 13 e 42 4^ 143.1391 18 5 57 lOH 266.3864 13 7 42 8 144.9111 18 6 58 1^ 268.8031 13 8 42 llH 146.6949 18 7 58 4Vn 271.2293 13 9 43 148.4896 18 8 58 l\\ 273.6678 13 10 43 5H 150.2943 18 9 58 107* 276.1171 13 11 43 m 152.1109 18 10 59 2 278.5761 14 • 43 n*A 153.9484 18 11 59 5H 281.0472 14 1 44 155.7758 19 • 59 8^ 283.5294 14 2 44 6 157.6250 19 1 59 IIH 286.0210 14 3 44 159.4852 19 2 60 2^2 288 5249 14 4 45 ov^ 161.3553 19 3 60 5M 291 3970 14 5 45 3Vi 163.2373 19 4 60 8^ 203.5641 14 6 45 6^1 165.1303 19 5 60 UH 296.1107 14 7 45 OH 167.0331 19 6 61 3H 298.6483 14 8 46 168.9479 19 7 61 9)1 301.2054 14 9 46 4 170.8735 19 8 61 303.7747 14 10 46 11)1 172.8091 19 9 62 OH 306.3550 U 11 46 174.7565 19 10 62 308.9448 U 47 176.7150 19 11 62 9j| 311.5469 li 1 47 4&I 178.6832 20 62 314.1600 15 2 47 75* 180.6624 NOTB. — This table on heavy cardboard 11 X 14 ins. . eyeletted. $0.^' 322 THE NEW TINS^MITH'S HELPER 12 inches 3 feet, 40 rods, Table 69 Long or Linear Measure or 36 inches or 198 ins., or 16H ft. or 7,920 ins., or 660 ft., or 220 yds. 8 furlongs, or 6,330 ins., or 5,280 ft., or 1,760 yds. or 320 rods » 1 mile -Ifoot « lyard -Irod « 1 furlong 1.000 mils 3 ins. 4 ins. Measures in Occasional Use ■* 1 inch 9 ins. -^ 1 span > 1 palm 2H ft. -* 1 military pace *" 1 hand 2 yds., or 6 ft. - 1 fathom Table 70 Square Measure for Surface -i 1 .2732 circular in^iet — 1 square foot — 1 square yard — 1 square -i 1 square rod « 1 square rood 1 sq. in. 144 sq. ins.. orl83.35cir ins. 9 sq. ft.. or 1.296 sq. ins. 100 sq. ft. 30K8q.yds., or 272^ sq. ft. 40 sq. rods, or 1,210 sq. yds. 4 sq. roods, or 10 sq. chains, or 160 sq. rods or 4,840 sq. yds., or 43.560 sq. ft. - 1 acre 640 acres, one section, or 27,878,400 sq. ft. « 1 square mile One square inch = 1.2732 circular inches. An acre = a square whose side is 208.71 feet Table 71 Liquid Measure 4 giUs or 16 fltiid ounces 2 pints or 8 gills , 4 quarts, or 128 fluid otmces 31H gallons 42 gallons 63 gallons, or 2 barrels 84 gallons, or 2 tierces 126 gallons or 2 hogsheads 2 pipes, or 3 puncheons « 1 pint -* 1 quart « 1 ndlon « 1 barrel » 1 tierce — 1 hogshead « 1 puncheon » 1 pipe or butt » 1 tun A gallon of water at 62" F. weighs 8.3356 pounds. The U. S. gallon contains 231 cubic inches. A measure six inches high and seven inches in diameter will hold almost a gallon, or one 6 inches high by 35^ inches in diameter one quart; or one three inches high and three and one- half inches in diameter will hold one pint. The British Imperial gallon contains 277.274 cubic inches or 1.20032 U. S. gallons. Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES Table 72 Dry Measure 2 pints, or 67.2 cu. ins. 4 quarts, or 268.8 cu. ins. 2 gallons, or 8 quarts 4 pecks, or 2.150.42 cu. ins. m 1 quart » 1 gallon - Ipeck -» 1 bushel The Standard U. S. bushel is the Winchester bushel which is in cylinder form i8^ inches diameter and 8 inches deep. The British Imperial bushel equals 8 Im- perial gallons or 2218.192 cubic inches. Eight Imperial bushels equal one British quarter. The following measures are sanctioned by custom or law: 82 lbs. oats 45 lbs. timothy seed 48 lbs. barley 50 lbs. indian meal 56 lbs. rye 56 lbs. Indian com 60 lbs. wheat 60 lbs. potatoes 60 lbs. clover seed 80 lbs. lime bushd 56 lbs. butter -Ifirldn 100 lbs.'meal or flour -Isack 100 lbs. grain or flour 100 lbs. drv fish -1 cental ■■ 1 quintal 1001bs.naUs -Icask 1961bs.flour -Ibarrel 200 lbs. beef or pork 280 lbs. salt N.Y. -1 « -1 « 280 lbs. lime -1 « 400 lbs. Portland cement -1 ' Table 73 Cubic Measure — Meaisures of Volume 1,728 cu. ins. ■> 1 cubic foot 27 cu. ft. ■■ 1 cubic yard 128 cu. ft. (a pile, 4 X 4 X 8 ft.) - 1 cord of wood 24|i cu. ft. (I6H X IH X 1 ft.) - 1 perch of masonry 16 ^ ft. - 1 cord foot Table 74 • Apothecaries' Fluid Measure 60 minims (m) or drops (gtt) ■■ 1 fluid drachm /3 8 drachms ■■ 1 fluid ounce /§ 16 fluid ounces — 1 pint O 8 pints - 1 gallon (Cong) In the U. S. a fluid ounce is the 128th part of a U. S. gallon, or 1.805 cubic inches. It contains 456.3 grains of water at 39* F. In Great Britain the fluid ounce is 1.732 cubic inches and contains i ounce avoirdupois, or 437.5 grains of water at 62" F. Digitized by Google 824 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 75 Avoirdupois or Commercial Weight 27.343 graint » 1 drachm 16 drachms, or 437.5 grains > 1 ounce, os. 16 ounces, . or 7,000 grains « 1 pound, lb. 28 pounds — 1 quarter, qt. 4 quarters, or 112 pounds > 1 hundredweifi^t, cwt. 20 hundredweight, or 2,240 lb. > 1 gross or long ton 2.000 potmds « 1 net or short ton 2^204 . 6 pounds -* 1 metric ton 14 pounds -* 1 stone 100 pounds - 1 quintal The drachm, quarter, hundredweight, stone and quintal are now seldom used in the United States. Table 76 Troy Weight 24 grains 20 pennyweights, 12 ounces, 1 U. S. cent 1 U. S. nickel 1 U. S. dime, 1 U. S. quarter dollar, 1 U. S. half dollar, 1 U. S. dollar, 1 U. S. doUar, 1 U. S. quarter eagle, 1 U. S. half eagle, 1 U. S. eagle, 1 U. S. double eagle, or 480 grains or 6,760 grains silver silver silver silver gold $2.50. gold $5, gold $10. gold $20, gold ■■ 1 pennyweight, dwt. « 1 ounce. OS. * « 1 pound, lb. ' 48 T. grains ■■ 77.16 T. grains • 38.58 T. grains - 96.45 T. grains ' 192 T. grains ■ 412.5 T. grains ' 26.8 T. grains ■ 64.6 T. grains 129 T. grains ■ 258 T. grains ' 616 T.. grains Troy weight is used for weighing gold and ^silver. The grain is the same as Avoirdupois, Troy, and Apothecaries' weights. • A carat, for weighing diamonds = 3. 168 grains = 0.200 gramme. In gold it indicates the fineness and means 1/24 part: Thus 18 carats fine is 18/24 gold and 6/24 alloy. Table yy Apothecaries' Weight 20 grains » 1 scruple 3 scruples, or 60 grains ■» 1 drachm 8 drachms, or 480 grains » 1 ounce, oz. 12 ounces, or 6,760 grains — 1 pound, lb. Digitized by Google USEFUL TABLES 325 Table 78 Metcic and U. S. Equivalent Measures Measures of Length French 1 meter 0. 3048 meter 1 centimeter. 2 . 54 centimeters 1 millimeter 25 . 4«millimeters 1 kilometer 1 . 60935 kilometers 1 myriafaeter British -and U. S. - - 39 . 37 inches, or ».28083 feet, or 1 . 09361 yda. « 1 foot -0.3937 inch » 1 inch - 0.03937 inch, or a;bout V« inch - 1 inch - 1,093.61 yards, or 0.62137 mile ■« 1 mile -6.2137 miles Table 79 Square or Surface Measure French 1 sq. meter 0.836 sq. meter 0.0920 sq. meter 1 sq. centimeter . 6.452 sq. centimeters 1 sq. cemtimeter 645 . 2 sq. cemtimeters 1 centiare =» 1 sq. meter 1 are, or 1 sq. decameter 1 hectare, or 100 ares 1 sq. kilometer 1 sq. myriameter British and U. S. . - 10.7639 sq. feet, or 1.196 sq. yards - 1 sq. yard ■« 1 sq. foot - 0.15500 sq. inch ■— 1 sq. inch » 0.00155 sq. inch - 1,973 circ. mils - 1 sq. inch - 10 . 734 sq. feet, or 1 . 196 sq. yards ' - 1,076.41 sq. feet, or 119.6 sq. yards - 107.641 sq. feet =2.4711 acres - 0.386109 sq. miles = 247.11 acres - 38.6109 sq. miletf Table 8o Cubic or Volume Measure French 1 cu. meter 0.7645 cu. meter 0.02832 cu. meter 1 cu. decimeter 28 . 32 cu. decimeters 1 cu. centimeter 16.387 cu. centimeters 1 cu. centimeter — 1 milliliter 1 deciliter 1 liter — 1 cu. decimeter 1 hectoliter or decistere 1 sterc, kiloliter, or cu. meter British and U. S. ■■ 35.314 cu. feet, or 1.308 cu. yards = 1 cu. yard ■■ 1 cu. foot « 61.0234 cu. inches, or 0.035314 cu. foot • 1 cu. foot • 0.061 cu. inch « 1 cu. inch ■ 0.061 cu. inch ' 6.102CU. inches = 61.0234 cu. inches - 1.05671 qts, U. S. . 3.5314 cu. feet « 2.8375 bu., U. S. ■ 1.308 cu. yards - 28.37 bu., U. S. euuy Google 326 THE NEW IINSMITH'S HELPER Table 8i Liquid and Dry Measures The liter is the primary unit of measures of ca- pacity, and is a cube, each of whose edges is a tenth of a meter in length. The hectoliter is the unit in measuring large quantities of grain, fruits, roots and liquids. . 10 mOliliten dnl) * 1 centiliter (d) » 0.338 fluid ounce 10 centiliters » 1 deciliter - 0.845 licraid'giU 10 dedUtert - 1 liter 0) - 1 .0567 liquid quarts 10 liters «> 1 decaUter «> 2.6417 gallons 10 decaliters - 1 hectoliter (hi) - 2 busheb. 3 . 35 pecks 10 hectoliters - 1 Idloliter - 28 bushete. IH pecks A centiliter is about >^ of a fluid ounce ; a liter is about I i/i8 liquid quarts, or 9/10 of a dry quart ; a hectoliter is about 2% bushels ; and a kiloliter is one cubic meter, or stere. Table 82 Weights The gram Is the primary unit of weights, and is the weight in a vacuum of a cubic centimeter of distilled water at the temperature of 39.2° F. 10 miUi^rams (mg) » 1 centigram (eg) ■> 0. 1543 troy grain 10 centigrams ■> 1 decigram (dg) «■ 1.543 troy grains 10 decigrams ■> 1 gram (g) ■> 15.432 troy grains 10 grams ■> 1 decagram > . 3527 avoirdupois ounce 10 decagrams « 1 hectogram » 3.5274 avoirdupois ounces 10 hectograms -* 1 kilogram (kg) -> 2.2046 avoirdupois pounds 10 kilograms -> 1 mynagram -> 22.046 avoirdupois pounds lOmynagrams ■> 1 quintal (q) ■> 220.46 avoirdupois pounds 10 quintals - 1 tonneau (t) « 2204.6 avoirdupois pounds 1 kilogram per kilometer -> 0.67195 pound per 1.000 feet 1 pound per thousand feet « 1 .4882 loloorams per Idlosneter 1 kilogram per 89. millimeter » 1.423 pounds per sq. inch 1 pound per sq. inch > 0.000743 kilogram per sq. millimeter The gram is used in weighing gold, jewels, letters and small quantities of things. The kilogram, or, for brevity, uigitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 327 kilo, is used by grocers ; and the tonneau, or metric ton, is used in finding the weight of very heavy articles. A gram is about 15^ grains troy; the kilo about 2 Ji pounds avoirdupois; and the metric ton, about 2,205 pounds. A kilo is the weight of a liter of water at its greatest density ; and the metric ton, of a. cubic meter of water. Metric numbers are written with the decimal point (.) at the right of the figures denoting the unit; thus the expression, 15 meters 3 centimeters, is written, 15.03 m. When metric numbers are expressed by figures, the part of the expression at the left of the decimal point is read as the number of the unit, and the part at the right, if any, as a number of the lo'west denomination indicated, or as a decimal part of the unit; thus, 46.525 m is read 46 meters and 525 millimeters, or 46 and 525 thousandths meters. In writing and reading metric numbers, according as the scale is 10, 100 or 1,000, each denomination should be allowed one, two or three orders of figures. Comparison of U. Table 83 S. and Foreign Weights and Measures Avoirdupois Weights Liqtiid Measures Country Name U.S. Lbs. Name U.S. Gals. Dry Measures Name U.S. Bush. Austria. . . Pfund.... .1.234 Bremen... Pfund.... .1.099 Buenos Ay* s Libra .1.0127 China Catty .1.3333 Cuba Libra.... .1.0119 Denmark.. Pund.... .1.1025 England.. Pound . . . .1. Prance .... Kilo .2.2046 Hamburg. Pfund.... .1.0033 Japan Monme . . .3.858 Mexico... Libra . . , . .1.0119 Nor.&Swdn. Skalpund . .937 Papal States Libra . . . . . .7475 Portugal.. Libra .1.0119 Russia.... Fuat .1.097 Turkey... Oke .2.834 Eimer 14.95 Stubchen... .851 Frasco 627 Arroba 4. Pott Imp. Gall... 1. Liter Ohm 48. Masa Frasco Kamea Barile(w'e).15, Almude .... 4 . Vedro 3. 1 255 2003 2642 278 459 4 662 412 422 249 Nutze .1.745 Scheffel. . . .2.103 Fanega.... .3.894 Sei .3.472 Fanega. . . . .3.134 Fonda . . . . .3.948 Loap. Bush . .1.0315 Hectoliter. .2.838 Pass :. .1.56 Fanega. . . . .1.547 Rubblio... . .836 Alqueire... . .393 Chetviert.. .6.956 Kilo .1.001 Digitized by Google 328 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER . Table 84 Decimal Equivalents of the Fractional Parts of an Inch Fractions Decimals Millimeter Fractions Decimals Millimeter 1/64 inch „ 0.015625 0.3968 33/64 inch „ 0.515625 13.0966 2/64 « M 0.03125 0.7937 34/64 B 0.53126 13.4934 3/64 « sm 0.046876 1.1906 35/64 ■ SB 0.546875 13.8903 1/16 « a 0.0626 1.5875 8/16 37/64 B- 0.5625 14.2872 6/64 a s 0.078125 1.9843 B 0.578125 14.6841 6/64 m s 0.09375 2.3812 38/64 = 0.59375 15.0809 7/64 tt SB 0.109375 2.7780 X B 0.609375 15.4778 1/8 It SB 0.125 3.1749 S 0.625 15.8747 9/64 10/64 « B 0.14625 3.5718 41/64 S 0.640625 16.2716 « ■i 0.15625 3.9G86 42/64 B 0.65626 16.6684 11/64 « ' B 0.171875 4.3655 43/64 ' B 0.671875 17.0653 8/16 « ss 0.1875 4.7624 11/16 B 0.6876 17.4621 13/64 u a 0.203125 5.1592 45/64 B 0.703125 17.8690 14/64 ■ tt SB 0.21875 5.5561 46/64 B 0.71875 18.2559 15/64 u 93 0.234375 5.9530 47/64 B 0.734375 18.6527 17/64 u s 0.250 6.3498 8/4 B 0.760 19.0496 tt :a 0.265625 6.7467 49/64 B 0.766625 19.4465 18/64 tt xa 0.28125 7.1436 50/64 B 0.78126 19.8433 i^iS* tt 3S 0.296875 7.5404 51/64 S 0.796875 20.2402 « s 0.3125 7.9373 18/16 °B 0.8125 .20.6371 21/64 « as 0.328125 8.3342 53/64 B 0.828125 21.0339 22/64 tt 93 0.35375 8.7310 64/64 B 0.84375 21.4308 23/64 tt a 0.359375 9.1279 55/64 B 0.859375 21.8277 8/8 « B 0.375 9.5248 7/8 B 0.876 22.2245 25/64 u s 0.390625 9.9216 57/64 S 0.890626 22.6214 26/64 u >■ 0.40625 10.3185 68/64 B 0.90625 23.0183 27/64 tt as 0.421875 10.7154 69/64 B 0.921875 23.4151 7/16 ■a aa 0.4375 11.1122 16/16 S 0.9375 23.8120 29/64 « a 0.453125 11.5091 61/64 S 0.953125 24.2089 30/64 u sa 0.46875 11.9060 62/64 B 0.96875 24.6067 31/64 " B 0.484375 12.3029 63/64 B 0.983276 26.0057 1/2 « a 0.500 12.6997 1 .= 1.000 25.3995 Table 85 Inches and Fractions Expressed in Decimals of One Foot Inches (0,1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 .... 0833 1667 2500 3833 4167 5000 5833 6667 7600 8333 9167 1/8 0104 0938 1771 2604 3438 4271 6104 5938 6771 7604 8438 9271 1/4 0208 1042 1875 2708 3542 4375 5208 6042 6875 7708 8542 9375 3/8 0313 1146 1979 2813 3646 4479 5313 6146 6979 7813 8646 9479 1/2 0417 1250 2083 2917 3750 4583 5417 6250 7083 7917 8750 9583 6/8 0521 1354 2188 3021 3854 4688 5521 6354 7188 8021 8864 9688 3/4 0625 1458 2292 3125 3958 4792 5625 6458 7292 8125 8958 9792 7/8 0729 1563 2396 3229 4063 4896 6729 6663 7396 8229 9063 9896 uiymzeuuyGOOQle USEFUL TABLES 329 , Table 86 . Weights of Various Substances Per Cubic Foot in Pounds Material Weight per Cubic Foot, Lbs. Aluminum. 162 to 166.5 Antimony 421 .6 Ashes 37 to 43. Asphaltimi 87 . Bismuth 612.4 Cast Cot>per + Zinc & 20^ 70 30 60 40 60 60 Brick: Soft Common Hard Pressed Fire Sand-lime Brickwork in — Mortar •Cement Bronze: Cop., 95 to 80 \ Tin 6 to 20/- Cadmium Calcium Cement: American, Roeendale Louisville, Portland loose in barrel Chromium Clay : Cobalt Concrete '■ Copper •• Earth: Loose Rammed Emery Glass flint 135 140 604 636.3 623.8 521.3 511.4 100. 112. 125. 150. 150. 136. 100. 112. 552 639. 98.5 56. 50. 90 to 92. 115. 311.8 .20 to 150. 633.1 .20 to 155. 552. to 80. to 110. 250. to 172. to 196. g^^^^ I 160 to 170. Gold, pure: Cast 1200. 9 to 1204 Hammered 1217 Gravel 100 to 120. Gypsum 130 to 150. Hornblende 200 to 220. Ice 55 to 57. Iridium 1393. Material Weight per Cubic Foot, Lbs. Iron: Cast 450. 'Wrought 480. Lead * 709.7 Lime, quick, in bulk 50 to 60. Limestone. . . , 140 to 185. Magnesia, Carbonate 150. Magnesium 109 . Manganese 499 . Marble 160 to 180. Masonry: Dry rubble 140 to 160. Dressed 140 to 180. f 32* 848.6 Mercury < 60* 846.8 l212« • 834.4 Mica 175 to 183. Mortar 90 to 100. Mud, soft flowing... 104 to 120. Nickel 548.7 Pitch 72. Plaster of Paris 93 to 113. Platinum 1347.0 Potassium « . 53 . 9 Quartz 165. Rosin 69. Salt: Coarse, N.Y ' 45. Fine, Liverpool. . . 49 Sand 90 to 110. " wet 118 to 129. Sandstone 140 to l60. Silver 655.1 Slate 170 to 180. Snow: Freshly fallen 5 to 12. Moistened 15 to 60 . Soapstone 166 to 175. Sodium 60.5 Steel 489.6 Stone: Various 135 to 200. Crushed 100. Tar..... 62. Tile 110 to 120. Tin 458.3 Titanium 330.5 Trap Rock 170 to 200. Tungsten 1078.7 Water: Distilled at 60* F. 62.35 Sea 64.08 Zinc 436.5 Digitized by Google IGaUon Lbs. Oil of Turpentine .... 7.26 Oil. Whale Petroleum Vine«tf .... 7.26 .... 7.86 8.43 Saltwater.. .... 8.60 Tar .... 8 43 Distilled Water .... 8.84 330 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER . Table 87 Weight of* Liquids Per Gallon 1 Gallon Lbs, Add. Nitric 10.58 Add, Sulphuric 15.42 Add. Muriatic 10. AlcMiol, Commerce 6.74 Alcohol. Proof Spirit 7.94 Naphtha 7.08 Oil, Linseed 7/75 Table 88 Weight of Water I cubic inch is equal to .03617 pound. 12 cubic inches is equal to .434 pound. I cubic foot is equal to 62.5 pounds. I cubic foot is equal to 7.50 U. S. gallonau 1.8 cubic feet is equal to 1 13.00 pounds. 35.84 .cubic feet is equal to 2240.00 pounds. I cylindrical in is equal to .02842 pound. 12 cylindrical ins. .......is equal to .341 pound. I cylindrical ft. is equal to 49.10 pounds. 1 cylindrical ft is equal to 6.00 U. S. gallons. 2.282 cylindrical ft is equal to 112.00 pounds. 45.64 cylindrical ft is equal to 2240.00 pounds. 13*43 ^* S. gallons is equal to 112.00 pounds. ^68.8 U. S. gallons is equal to 2240.00 pounds. Center of pressure is at two-thirds depth from surface. Table 89 Pressure of Water Per Square Inch, Due to Dif- ferent Heads, from i to 250 Feet Head Pressure in Lbs. Head Pressure in Lbs. Head Pieflsore in Lbs. ^1 !^35 19 r^T 27 16.04 2 .8670 20 8.670 38 16.47 3 1.300 21 9.104 39 16.91 4 1.734 22 9.537 40 17.34 5 2.167 23 9.971 50 21.67 6 2.601 24 10.40 100 43.35 7 3.035 25 10.84 110 47.68 8 3.408 26 11.27 120 52.02 9 3.902 27 11.70 130 56.36 10 4.335 28 12.14 140 60.60 11 4.768 29 12.57 150 65.03 12 5.202 30 13.00 160 69.36 13 5.636 31 13.44 170 73.70 14 6.069 32 13.87 180 78.03 16 6.503 33 14.31 190 82.36 16 6.936 34 14.74 200 86.70 17 7.370 35 15.17 225 97 41 18 7.803 36 15.60 250 108.37 Digitized by CjOOQIC USEFUL TABLES 331 Table 90 V Strength and Weight of Rope Specifications of the United States Navy, June, 19 10 Ci^n, ""^ "*"''• ""^ '"■* ^2fe!^ iS^' Circum- i>iainetera = lbs. per ft. **^^ lbs. per ft. 'j^ H 0T24 oT^ 700 0.051 750 1 0.32 0.033 1,000 0.06 1,060 IJi 0.40 0.05 1,800 0.067 1,670 1J4 0.48 0.083 2,500 0*083 2,340 IH 0.56 0.10 3,000 0.105 3,325 2 0.64 0.14 4,000 0.16 3,955 2K 0.72 0.17 5,000 0.21 4,720 2J4 0.80 0.21 5,500 0.26 5,770 2% 0.87 0.26 6,600 0.32 7,000 3 0.95 0.305 7,800 0.37 8,400 SH . 1.03 0.36 9,200 0.44 9,800 3J^ 1.16 0.42 10,500 0.51 11,200 Z% 1.19 0.47 12,200 0.59 13,000 4 1.27 0.54 13,700 0.67 14,550 4H 1.43 0.67 17,400 5 1.59 0.83 21,800 bVi 1.75 1.00 27,700 6 1.90 1.21 31,000 7 2.22 1.63 36,200 8 2.54 2.17 47,300 9 2.87 2.70 60,000 10 3.14 3.33 74,203 Manila-hemp rope is made in three strands and in sizes up to 3 inches in circumference; four strands are used for sizes larger than 3 inches in circumference. Working-Load The Working-Load for slow-speed derrick and hoisting- service is usually taken at one-seventh the Breaking-Load. This makes some allowance for the loss of strength at splices and connections. The deterioration of rope ex- posed to the weather is very rapid. Digitized by VjOOQIC 382 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER Table 91 Boiling Point of Acid» Oil, Water, Etc., at Atmosi^eric Pressure 14.7 lb. Per Sq. Inch Alcohol 173 Aniline 363 Aqua ammonia, sp. gr. . 95 146 Average sea-water 213.2 Benzine 176 Bromine 145 Carbon bisulphide 118 Chloroform 140 Ether, sulphuric 100 " ou «... Linseed ou 507 Mercury 676 Naphthaline... ,. 428 Nitric acid 248 Oil of turpentine 315 Phosphorus 654 Saturated brine 226 Sulphur 800 Sulphuric acid 500 Water 212 Wood spirit 150 The boiling-points of liquids increase as the pressure increases. Table 92 Melting Points of Various Materials Degrees Acetic acid 113 Alloy, IH tin. Head. . . .-.334, 367t Aluminum 1157*, 1214+ Antimony 1150, 1169t Bismuth 504 to 507 Brass melts at 1873 Bronze 1692 Bromine — 9.5 Cadmium 442 Calcium. Pull red heat. Carbonic acid — 108 Cast iron: White. .... 1922, 2075t Gray 2012 to 2786, 2228* Copper 1929*, 1943+ Gold. 1913*, 1947+ Hyponitric acid 16 Ice 32 Iodine 225 Iridium 4280 Lead 618*, 620+ Magnesium 1200 Margaric acid 131 to 140 Merfcury -39. 38+ Molybdenum 4622 NaC;l. common salt 1472+ Nickel 2600+ Nitro-glycerine 46 Palladium. 2732* Platinum 3227* 3110+ Phosphorus 112 Potassium 136 to 144 Potassium sulphate. . 1859*. 1958+ Rhodium 3578 Silver 1733*. 1751+ Sodium 194 to 208 Spermaceti 120 Stearic acid 158 Stearine 109 to 120 Steel 2372 to 2532* hard 2570*; mUd. 2687 Sulphur 239 Sulphurous acid —148 Tallow 92 Tin 446,449+ Tin and lead, equal parts. melt at 418 Tin 2 parts, bismuth 5 and leads, melt at 199 Tungsten 5252 Turpentine 14 Vanadium 3110 Wax 142 to 154 Wrought iron 2732 to 2912, 2737* Zinc 779*. 786+ The figures given above are by Clark (on the authority of Pouillet, Claudel, and Wilson), except those marked *, which are given by Prof. Roberts-Austen, those marked — , which are from H. von War- tenherg, and those marked t, which are given by Dr. T. A. Harker. Digitized by Google INDEX A PAGE Acetylene welding and cutting, discussion 189 Acid, boiling point, table 332 Acid-proof putty receipt 250 Addition, Sign of i Ageing or pattenizing copper work 235 Air, Cold, furnace work collars, table of weights .... 293 Hot. pipes, tables of weights 293 Aluminum and brass sheets, Stub's gauge and weights . .278 bars. Round and square, table of weights 279 sheets, B. & S. gauge and weights, table . . . . . 278 Stub's gauge and weights, table 276 soldering and welding . 230 solder. Novel's formulas 229 solders, formulas i, 2 and 3 . 230 preparation and application 230 table of compositions 229 American gauge for copper, brass, iron and steel sheets . . 269 Angle chart, use 87 face miter, pattern ....*. 156 finding true angle of sides of leadei: head 130 iron horizontal joint connection 204 stiffener for plate work 195 miter. Developing pattern for plain gutter .... 134 - in plan, pattern 152 to bisect geometrically 23 true, for oblique leader elb6w, pattern 126 Angles, Hot air pipe, table of weights 293 of polygons, table . i of roofs commonly used, table • 292 relations in triangles 3 Weight and safe load of, Carnegie table 264 Angular furnace boot, pattern 107 Apothecaries' fluid measure, table 324 weight, table 324 Arc and radius given, to locate center of arc geometrically . 23 Erecting a perpendicular to geometrically 21 To draw a tangent geometrically 25 To find center geometrically, chord and segment given . 22 To find length, by mensuration 10 Area of roof, Application of geometry and mensuration . 36 ^^^ uiyuzeuuy Google 334 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGE Area of circle. To fii|d. diameter given by mensuration . . & of ellipse or oval. To find, by mensuration 12 of regular polygon, side only given, by mensuration . . 5 of right-lined figure by mensuration 2 of sector of circle. To find, by mensuration .... 10 of segment of circle. To find, by mensuration .... 10 of triangle, base and perpendicular given .... 3 Areas, diameters and circumferences of circles, table 316-321 Arithmetical signs, definition i Article, Boiler block for truing oval bodies 70 Flaring, top and base a rectangle, pattern 60 Rectangular base and round top, two-piece pattern . . 62 Round base and square top, two-piece pattern ... 61 ^uare base and round top, two-piece pattern . . . * 63 "A" smoke jack, patterns 96 Autogeneous, see Acetylene. Automobile joints and seams 218 Avoirdupois or commercial weight, table 3^4 B Ball, Gore pattern 167 Band iron joint. Tapped 20$ stiffener, diagram . i95 Bar, Gable skylight, pattern 176 Hip, Hipped skylight, pattern 180 Jack and rafter. Hipped skylight, patterns . . . .177 Reinforced skylight • iS* Single pitch skylight, pattern I73 Special expansion, for skylights 213 Barrels, number in cisterns and tanks, table . . . 300, 301 Bars, aluminum. Round and square, table of weights . . 279 and sheets of lead, copper and brass, table .... 280 for skylights. Finding lengths 184 Square and round steel, table bf weight and areas . . 262 Base and top rectangle. Pattern for flaring article ... 60 chimney, Laying out, pattern . . * 99 rectangular and top round, Pattern for, article . .• . 62 round and top square, Pattern for, article 61 square and top round, Pattern for, article . . . , . 63 Batten type of seam for roofing 203 Bead. Gutter, for slip joints 1 205 swage and slip joipt 196 Bisecting an angle geometrically . . . .* , . . .23 Black putty, receipt ^. . . 251 solder, formulas i and 2 232 sheet iron and wire gauge, table 256 Blades, Cement for fastening 243 Blanks, Marking pattern 68 Digitized by CjOOQIC INDEX 335 PAGE !Block-tin pipe. Pure, weight and caliber, table . .^ . .375 Sodies, fractured. Cement for repairing ...... ^49 3ody stififener, diagram ........ ^ . . 196 Tea kettle, to obtain length of pieces . . . . . .67 Soiler block for truing and shaping bodies of oval articles. 70 cover, Rapid method for laying out, pattern . . . . 56 to find length, Sheet for oval 55 3oilers, Cement for 246 Soiling point of acid, oil. water, etc., table 332 IBolted joint connection for pipes ........ 204 Sonnet, furnace. Joining collars to '. 208 Sonnets, Furnace collar, table of weights 293 Boot, Furnace, patterns . . ., loi, 104, 107 Sorax, zinc chloride and sal ammoniac flux 240 Sottom, Seaming on body •. . 193 Sowls, Wash, table of tinware sizes . 298 Boxes of tin. Number for roofing, tables .... 284-290 register. Connecting collars to 210 Branch. Y, pattern . in Brass and aluminum sheets, Stubs' gauge and weights . .278 and copper rectangular bars, table of weights . . . .281 Cement for fastening to glass 242 copper and lead sheets and bars, table of weights . . 280 wrought iron and steel 269, 270 escutcheon pin, table of weights . . . . . . . . 294^ Method of cleaning 241 Solders for, formulas i and 2 232 tubes. Seamless, table of weights 282 Brazed joint for cpppersmithing 197 Brazier's oval head copper rivets, table 294 Breast for can, patterns, three methods . . . . . 47-49 for watering pot or steamer pail, pattern 46 Bright tin plates, net weight, sizes and number of sheets 271, 272 Britannia ware, solder formulas 232 Bronze aluminum. Novel's formula .^28 Brown and Sharpe gauges for sheets, table 269 Burrs and rivets. Oval head, table 294 Butt miter against curved surface, pattern . . . . .151 seams. Facts about* 188 C Can breasts, three method patterns 47-49 Cans, Capacity in U. S. gallons in, rules and tables . 302-310 Capacity of any cubical figure, to find by mensuration . 14 of frustum of pyramid, by mensuration x8 of rectangular tanks in U. S. gallons, table . . . .311 of spheres, to find by mensuration 19 Capacities of bodies, mensuration of 14 Digitized by CjOOQIC SJS THE NEW TTHSMITH'a HELPER Caps, Sliditig, for roofing, diagram 201 Case hardening 241 Cast Britannia ware, solder, formulas 232- Casting. Cement for holes in 244 Cedar and pine shingles, number and weight, table . . . 292 Cements, for various purposes 242-249 A Rood general 249 Iron rust, Nos. I, 2, 3. and 4 245,246 Marble 247 paint. Non-combustible and waterproof 248 Red lead, for face joints 24S Plimiber's 248 to render cisterns and casks watertight 243 Transparent, for glass 245 Waterproof 248 Center bar. skylight, pattern 176 boot, furnace, pattern loi of arc. to find, geometrically 22 to find geometrically, chord and segment given . . 22 Channels. Carnegie, weight and safe load, table .... 264 Chart, Angle, use 87 Gray's practical elbow 86 Chimney base, laying out pattern 99 cap, pattern 72 China cement, Formula for 243 Circle, diameter given. Find side of square of equal area . . 9 given side of square. Find diameter of circle of equal area . 9 mensuration of 6 To draw tangent to, geometrically 25 To find area by mensuration, diameter given .... 8 To find area of a sector of, by mensuration . . . . 10 To find area of a segment, by mensuration . . . 10 To find diameter, any chord and versed sine given . . 9 To find circumference by mensuration, diameter given . 8 To- find diameter by mensuration, area given .... 9 To find diameter by mensuration, circumference given . 8 To find length of any arc, by mensuration . . . . 10 To inscribe equilateral triangle in, geometrically . . . 25 To inscribe hexagon in, geometrically .• 26 To inscribe octagon in. geometrically 27 To inscribe square in, geometrically 26 Circles, Areas, diameters and circumferences, table . 316-321 Circular cornices, Making seams for 217 Circumference of circle, to find, diameter given . . .• . 8 of ellipse or oval. To find, by mensuration 12 Circumferences, Diameters and areas of circles, table 316-321 Cisterns and tanks, number of barrels in, table .... 300 Cement to make watertight 243 Digitized by CjOOQIC INDEX 337 Cleaning brass ^ ^ • \ , 241 soldering coppers » 236 Close. and open valleys in sltttirfoiifiig 327 Coating. Rust proofs tor'^teel . 2^2 Coffee pots, taMr for tinware sizes 29^ Cold air boot. Slip joint, diagram 205 QdBsTS for furnace work, table of weights . . . . • .293 Collars, Furnace, pattern 115 Collars, Connecting to furnace tops , . * 207 Connecting to register boxes 210 Coloring solder to match copper work . 235 Commercial or avoirdupois weight, table . 324 Common lock seam 193 ogee swage 196 pewter, composition 234 soldering fluxes 239 Comparison of standard wire and sheet metal gauges, table 26S Comparisons of U. S. and foreign weights and measures 327 Composition and fusing point of soft solders . . . . . 234 Compound elbows in rectangular piping, two cases . . 91-94 Concrete mixtures, proportions 255 Conductor pipes, sizes to use, table 295 Conductors, sec Leaders. Cone, frustum. Contents in United States standard gallons . 17 convex surface of frustum. To find, by mensuration . . 13 frustum of, second method pattern 43 of, table of tinware sizes 29^ Old German rule for developing pattern 39 To find solidity or capacity of frustum, by mensiuration . 1 7 Cones, Mensuration of .13 k Convex surface of cylinder. To find, by mensuratiofi . . 12 of frustum of cone or pyramid. To find .... 13 of right cone or pyramid. To find, by mensuration . 13 of sphere or globe. To find, by mensuration . . .14 Contraction in long gutters. Joint for 205 in long skylights. Joint for 212 Copper and brass rectangular or flat bars, table . . . .281 brass and lead sheets and bars, table of weights . . .280 wrought iron and steel sheets. Am., B. & S. or Bir- mingham or Stub's gauges 269, 270 brazier's rivets. Oval and flat head, table 293 rivets. Oval and fiat.head, table 293, 294 Sheet, table of weights 279 Soldering, Method for cleaning ........ 236 • Solder for, formulas i, 2 and 3 232 work. Ageing or pattenizing of 235 wrought iron and lead pipe, table of weights, example . 283 Coppersmith's cement 244, 247 Digitized by CjOOQIC 338 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGE Coppersmithing brazed joint . 196 CorkB, Cement for . 244 Comer piece joint, diagram . . . . , . . ... . . 203 Cornice seams. Methods of making 216 Corrugated iron joints 214 steel sheets, number in one square, table 267 sheets. How to estimate 266 Estimating quantity and cost, table 226 Space betweeii supports, table . 267 weight per 100 sq. ft., table 267 Cove molding, describing 146 Cover, frustum of, pattern 42 oval boiler, pattern for rapid method 56 Coverings, Roof, table of weights 296 Crimping method 197 Cubed. Arithmetical sign used when number is to be . . . . i Cubic measure, measures of volume of, table ..... 323 metric and U. S. equivalent, table 325 Cubical form, capacities of figures 14 Cullender, table of tinware sizes of 298 Curb profile, pattern. Hipped skylight 179 Skylight, pattern 176 Curved surface, butt miter against 151 Cylinders, capacity in Imperial gallons, table 311 To find solidity or capacity, by mensuration . . . zi, 16 Mensuration of zi D Dampers, Smoke and hot air pipe, table of weights . . . 293 Decagon, Angle of, table 6 Decimal equivalents of fractional parts of an inch, table . 328 of fractional parts of gallon, table 203 Decimals of one foot. Inches and fractions expressed in 328 Design of leader head Z29, Z31 Diameter given. To find circumference of circle . . . • 8 To find area of circle 8 To find side of square of equal area to circle ... 9 To find, of circles, any chord and versed side given . . 9 To find, of circle of equal area to given side of square . 9 To find, area of circle given 9 To find, circumference given 8 Diameters, areas and circumferences of circles, table . 316-321 Dimensions of liquid measures, table 298 of tinner's rivets, table 294 Ordinary, of galvanized sheets, table 273 Dippers, table for tinware sizes 298 Dish kettles and pails, table for tinvirare sizes 298 uyuzeuuy Google INDEX 339 PAGE Division, Sign of i Doctoring solder 237 Dodecagon, Angle of, table 6 Door, Tin clad fire, joints and seams 220 Double and flange seams. Making 193 hem edge stiffener 195 seam, Making 194 Dove- tailed furnace collar, diagram . 268 Drip or roasting pan, pattern 71 Druggist's and liquor dealer's measures, table of sizes . 29S Dry measure, metric and U. S. equivalent, table . . 323, 326 Dry measure, table 323 Ducts, Horizontal joint 204 Duct work, seams 203 £ Earthenware cement, formula 244 Eaves trough, flaring tube, and oi>ening in trough, pattern . 139 Right angle miter, patterns 142 Straight tube, and opening in trough, pattern . . .137 Edge stiffeners 195 Elbow, Compound, in rectangular piping, patterns , . 91-94 Gray's practical, chart . 86 Ideal rule for cutting patterns 88 Oblique leader, patterns 123 Offsetting or obtuse, finding miter lines 84 rectangular. Pattern for, two methods 89-90 rises for elbow miter lines. How to find 85 Rule and example for finding miter line rise of elbows . 85 Table of rises for miter lines 8$ Tapering, describing pattern 74 Three, four and five piece, right-angle, pattern . . 78-'82 Two-piece right angle, pattern 76 Quick method for cutting pattern 77 True angle of oblique leader elbow and, pattern . . .126 Elbows, Hot air and smoke pipe, table of weights . . . 293 Making by hot flame welding .180 Electric welding, discussion 189 Ellipse, to describe geometrically 29-33 To find area and circumference 12 Ellipses or ovals. Mensuration of 12 English, Old, method of laying slates 227 Engineers' cement, formula 244 Equivalent in decimals of fractional parts of an inch, table . 328 measures, metric and U. S. tables 325-327 Equivalents, Decin\al. of fractional parts of gallon, table . 303 Escutcheon pins. Brass, table 294 uyuzeuuy Google 340 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGB^ Estimating quantity and cost of corrugated sheets, table . 266 Expansion joints ^ 206, 212 F Face miter, patterns 154, 156 Fathom, see table 69 322 Fe^t, inches and fractions expressed in decimals, table . . 328 Flgiu-e, Right line, to measure quantity of surface ... 2 Figuring amount of tin for roofing, table .... 284-290 Files, Cement for fastening 243 Finials, Hip, patterns 164 Fire doors. Tin clad, joints and seams 220 Flanged notched furnace collar, diagram 209 Flaring article, top and base rectangular, two-piece, pattern 59 with straight and round ends, two-piece pattern . . 58 square top and rectangular base, patterns . . .57 eaves trough tube, and opening in trough, patterns . . 139 hexagon article pattern 52 oval vessel, tour-^iece pattern 57 tinware, describing. Patterns for 45 vessels, describing, Patterns for . . , 44 Flashing strips, Number of sheets for, table 291 Flat head copper rivets, table of number of 292 or rectangular bars of brass and copper, table of weights 281 rolled iron, weight per lineal foot, table 258 seams. Facts about 187 for metal work, Roofing 197 in tin roofing, Ideal method 199 Novel procedure for tin roofing 198 skylights 168 Fluid measure. Apothecaries', table 323 or flux, Special sol ierini? . 240 Flush and double seams, Making ........ 193 Fluxes, Common soldering 239 Flux for soHering tin roofs 240 Foreign weights and measures, comparison with U. S., table 327 Four-piece right angle elbow patterns 80 Fractured bodies. Cement for repairing 249 Fractional parts of an inch, decimal equivalents for, table 328 of gallon. Decimal equivalents for, table .... 303 Frustum of cone or pyramid. To find convex suriace . . 13 two methods, pattern 42. 43 To find contents in U. S. gallons 17 To find solidity or capacity 17 sizes of tinware, table 298 of pjrramids, patterns 51-53 of pyramid. To find solidity or capacity . . . . . 18 Funnel pattern by short rule . . . .' . . ^^ . t. .66 uigitizedbyV^OOgle INDEX 341 PAGE Punnd. Rectangular, pattern 50 Furnace boot. Angular, patterns 107 Round to rectangle, patterns 104 center boot patterns loi collar pattern 115 pipes. Connecting to furnace tops 207 work. Slip joint for 205 Fusing point and composition of soft solder 234 G Gable molding on square tower, patterns 162 mold, Joining, to corrugated roof 215 skylight 174 Gallon, fractional part of. Decimal equivalent of, table . . 303 liquid measures, tables of dimensions 298 Gallons, Imperial, number in cylindo^, table . . . 312-315 number in cylindrical vessels 15 in frustum of a cone 17 in a sphere 18 . U. S., Capacity in cylinders, tables 302-310 Number in cans, table . 299, 300 Number in rectangular tanks, table 311 Galvanized iron smoke pipe and elbows, table of weights . 293 sheets, Ordinary, dimensions, table 273 Gauges, Standard, wire and sheet metal, comparison table . 268 of tin plate, standard weights, table 274 Geometry and mensuration. Practical application of . . .36 German rule for developing pattern of cone 39 silver solder, formula 232 Gill, Liquid measure, table of dimensions 298 Glass, Cement for fastening brass to 242 Transparent cement for 245 Weight of skylight, table 290 Glassware, Cement for mending 244 Glazier's putty, receipt 251 Gold solder. Soft, formula 232 Gore pattern for balls 167 Gray's practical elbow chart 86 Groove and lock seams. Making 192 Gutter bead slip joint, diagram 205 Plain, square and angle miter, pattern 134 strips, Number of sheets in, table 291 Gutters, Expansion joint tor . . 206 H Half and half tinsmith solder, formula 233 Hand, see table 69 322 Hardening, case, Mbtture for n'^A^]^ Digitized by VjOOQ IC 342 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGE Hard putty, receipt 253 solder, formula 233 Head, Joining to body 194 Heart, To draw, with square and compass 28 Height of segment and chord given, To find center of arc . 22 Hem edge stiffener 195 Heavy sheet iron gutter for gravel roofs ...... 132 Hexagonal pyramid frustum, pattern 52 article, pattern 52 shapes of lead, copper and brass, table of weights . . 280 To inscribe, in a circle 26 Hextagon, Angle of, table 6 Hip bar. Correct view of 181 for hipped skylight 180, finials, patterns 164 skylight bars. Finding length of 184 Jack and lifter bar for . 177 Hips, find true angle of, in a leader head ...... 30 Hobo or Pittsbui-gh seam, diagram 203 Holes in castings. Cement for 204 Hood, furnace. Connecting collars to 208 Hook seam, Making 192 Horizontal joints in ducts 204 Hot air pipe, elbows, dampers, etc., table of weights . . 293 Hot flame, Welding and cutting, discussion 189 Hypotenuse and base given, To find perpendicular . . . 4 and perpendicular given. To find base 4 To find, base and perpendicular given . '. . . . . 4 I Ideal rule for elbow patterns ......... 88 Imperial gallons. Number of, in cylinders, table . . 312-315 Inches and fractions expressed in decimals of one foot, table 328 Ink for marking 241, 242 Inscribing octagon in circles and squares 27 square in circle 26 Inside miter, diagram 142 patterns. Nesting 144 Iron, Angle, Carnegie, weight and safe loads, table . . . 264 Black sheet, and wire gauge, table 256 Channel, Carnegie, weight and safe loads, table . . . 264 Corrugated, joints 214 Flat rolled, weight per lineal foot, table 258 lead and copper pipe, table of weights, rule and example 283 Plate, weight per lineal foot, table . . . . .. . .257 weight per square foot, table 200 pots and pans. Cement for 245 Russian sheet, weight and approximate U. S. gauge . . 260 "d^ INDEX 343 PAGE Iron> met cement, No. i, 2, 3 and 4 245, 246 steel, copper and brass, American or B. & S. gauges . . 269 Birmingham or Stub's gauges 270 tubes. Cement^ for 246 Wood's patent planished, weight, Russian gauge, table . 261 Ivory cement 246 J Jack and rafter bar for hipped skylight 177 bar pattern 179 Pattern for "A" smoke 96 Jewelers' solder for silver, fcM-mula 233 Joint, Brazed, for coppersmithing 197 Expansion, for skylights . . .212 Slip, diagram 196 Tapped band iron, diagram 205 Joints and seams for tin clad fire doors 220 Expansion, in long gutters 206 face. Red lead cement for 248 for cornices 216, 217 for corrugated iron 214 Horizontal, in duct work . ! 204 in automobiles 218 in sheet metal shingles . 218 steel, Solder for, formula 233 Judging solder 236 K Kettle, Obtaining length of piece for body ..... 67 Kettles, Dish, table 298 L Lap seams. Making 191 Laps, Corrugated iron 214 Provisions for, on patterns 186 Lead, copper and brass sheets and bars, table of weights . 280 copper and wrought iron pipe, table, rule and example . 283 pipe, weight per foot and caliber, table 281 red. Cement for, face joints 248 wire, B. & S. gauge, table of weights 283 Leader elbow. Oblique, patterns 123 True angle and pattern in oblique 126 head. Plain, designs and patterns 129 pipe. Sizes to use, table 295 pipes. Making offsets in 119 Sizes and other facts about , .128 Leather cement 246 Length, Measure of, metric and U. S. equivalent, table . .325 uiyiiizeu uy -"^j v>' v>' -< i v_ 344 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGE Length of any arc of a circle. To find . . . ^ • • • lo of piece for tea kettle body. To obtain . . . . . .67 of sheet required for oval boiler, To find 55 Lengths of skylight bars, Finding 183 Linear measure, table 322, 325 Line, Ideal rule for obtaining elbow miter line, pattern . . - 8S To divide, into equal parts 21, 24 To draw a straight line parallel to 24 To erect a perpendicular 20 Rule for finding miter line rise for elbows 85 Liquid and dry measure, metric and U. S. equivalent, table. 326 measure, table 322 Liquids, Boiling point of various 332 Table for weight of 330 Liquor dealers' and druggists' measure, table of sizes . 298 Loads, Safe, and weights of Carnegie T shapes, table . . 265 Lock Miter, in oblique square leader elbow 125 seam, Making 192 Locks for sheet metal shingles 218 Long gutters. Expansion joints for 206 measure, table 323 M Marble cement, receipts 247 Marking galvanized iron. Ink for 241 Measures, tables 322-327 Cubic or volume, metric and U. S. equivalent, table . . 325 Form, comparison with U. S., table 327 lip pattern 40 Druggists' and liquor dealers', table of sizes . . . 298 in occasional use, table 322 Measurements of corrugated sheets, table 266 Melting point of various materials, table 332 Mending cement for glass and earthenware 244 Mensuration and geometry, practical application of . . .36 of solids and capacities of bodies 14 Surface 2 Metals and wood, Cement for joining 247 Metric and U. S. equivalent measure, tables . . . 325-327 Military pace, see table 69 322 Mils, see table 69 322 Miter, Pattern for angle face 156 at angle in plan, pattern , ... 152 Butt, against curved surface, pattern T57 line. Elbow, table 85 for elbows. Ideal rule for finding 8& Rule and example for finding rise for elbows . 8^ lock in square oblique leader elbow 125 Digitized by CjOOQIC INDEX 345 PAGB. Miter, Patterns for plaiiji gutter 134 for raking . 159. for square 148' for square face 154 Miters. Eaves trough, patterns 142 Mixtures, Concrete 241, 255 Molding, cove and ogee, Describing 146- Gable, on square tower, pattern 162 Mother of pearl cement 246* N Nails, Number and weight, for wood shingles, table . . . 29* pounds, and number of slates for roofing, table . . .297 Nonagon, Angle of, table 6^ Non-combustible and waterproof cement paint . . . .248^ Novel's solders for aluminum, formulas 229* Number of corrugated sheets in one square, table . . . 267 of slates and pounds of nails" for roofing, table . . . 297- Oblique square leader elbow. True angle and pattern . .126 Octagon angle, table 6> shapes. Lead, copi>er and brass, table of weights . . . 28O' Tapering, article pattern 53 To inscribe, in a given circle 27- Offset elbow, finished cut for 121 Offsetting or obtuse elbow ... 84 Offsets, Square leader pipe, making 119- Ogee and cove molding, Describing . •. 146- swage for stiffening 196- Oil, acid, water, etc.. Boiling point of 332 Old English method of laying slates 227- Open and close valleys in slate roofing 227 Opening in trough for tubes 137, 140' Ornamental sliding cap for roofing 201 Outside miter, diagram 142- patterns, Nesting 144 Oval articles. Boiler block for truing bodies 70^ boiler cover, Rapid method for laying out, pattern . . 56 To find length of sheet required for 5S flaring vessel, patterns 57. 59' head rivets and butts, table . 294 Ovals or ellipses, to describe geometrically .... 29-34 Oxy-acetylene welding, discussion 189^ P Pail, Pattern for breast of 46* Pails and dish kettles, table of tinware sizes 298. Digitized by CjOOQIC 346 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGE Paint, cement. Non-combustible and waterproof .... 248 Painter's putty and rough stuff 253 Palm, see table 69 322 Pans, Tinware, table of sizes 298 Parapet, Finishing corrugated iron against 215 Pattening or ageing copper work 235 Pattern, Stringing together, blanks 68, 69 Peening an edge in tin roofing "... 199 Perpendicular and base given. To find area of triangle . . 3 To find hypotenuse 4 To erect, to arc 21 To erect, to straight line 20 Pewter, Common, composition 234 Pewterers* solder, formula 233 Piece, Length of tea kettle body 67 Pine and cedar shingles, table for number and weights 292, 299 Pins, Brass escutcheon, table 294 Pint, liquid measure, table of dimensions 298 Pipe, Conductor, table of sizes 295 Lead, table of weight per foot and caliber 281 table of weights per lineal foot 283 Pure block-tin, table of weights 275 Smoke and hot air, table of weights 293 Stiffening, and elip joints 197 work and seams. Horizontal joints in ... . 203, 204 Pipes, Connecting, to furnace tops 207 leader, Making offsets in 19 Pitch bonnet collars for furnace work, table of weights . . 293 Double skylight . *. 174 Single skylight 169 Pitched cover, pattern 40 Pittsburgh or hobo seam, diagram 203 Plain leader head, patterns 129 sliding cap, diagram 201 Planished sheet iron, Wood's patent, weight, Russian gauge 261 Plated metal solder, formula 233 Plate iron, weight per foot, table 257. 260 Terne and tin, table of specifications and weights. . .274 Tin. standard weights and gauges, table 274 work, see Caps, Seams, etc. Plates. Bright tin, net weight, number and sizes of sheets 271, 272 Plumbers* cement, receipt 248 solder, formula 233 Pocket seam, diagram 203 Polygon, regular, side only given. To find area .... 5 table of angles 5 Pot. coffee, table of tinware sizes 298 Pattern for breast of 46 Digitized by CjOOQIC INDEX 347 PAG^ Pots and pans, Iron, cement for 245. Pressure of water due to different heads, tables .... 330 Processes, Stiffening 195. Pure block-tin pipe, table of weights and calibers . . . 375: Putties, Waterproof, four receipts 253. Acid proof, receipt 250" Black, receipt 251 for skylights, receipt 250 Glazier's, receipt 251 Hard, receipt 253. Painter's, and rough stuff 253; Softening 25* Pyramid, frustum of, To find solidity or capacity of . . . 18. hexagonal, Frustum of, pattern 5^ octagonal. Frustum of, pattern 53-. or cone, frustum of. To find convex surface of .' . . . i j To find solidity or capacity 17 Q Quantity and cost of corrugated sheets. Estimating . . 266- of slate and pounds of nails for roofing, table .... 297 of ti^ for roofs, Basis of calculating, tables .... 288: Directions for using tables 289- flat, single and double lock, standing seams .284-287 Quart, liquid measure, table of dimensions 298- Quick method for cutting two-piece elbow pattern ... 77 R Radius and arc given. To locate center 23; Raised Britannia ware solder, formulas 232- Raking miter, patterns 15^ Rectangle base and flaring top, article, pattern .... 60 Rectangle, Mensuration of 2- Rectangular base and round top, article, pattern .... 62- elbows, patterns, two methods 89, 90 funnel, pattern 50 or flat bars of copper and brass, table of weights • • . 281 piping, compound elbows, two methods .... 91-94. Red lead cement for face joints 248: Refining solder 237- Register boxes. Connecting collars to 210 Regular polygon, side only given. To find area of ... 5 table of angles 6 Reverse double seam, diagram 194. Ridge bar, pattern 176 Ridge roll. Joining, to corrugated iron roof 215 Right angle eaves trough miters 142- elbows, patterns 7^-8* y Google 348 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGE i^ight angle, cone or p3rramid, To find convex surface of . . 13 line figure, sides ];)arallel, To measure quantity of surface. 2 Sises for elbow miter lines 85 Rule and example for finding 85 Riveted butt seam, diagram 188 lap seam 192 Rivets and burrs. Oval head, table 294 Flat head copper, table 292 Roasting or drip pan, pattern 71 Rods, Round lead, copper and brass, table of weights , . 280 Round zinc, weight per lineal foot, table 276 Rolled iron. Flat, weight per lineal foot, table .... 258 Rolls of tin for roofing, table of number of sheets . . . 291 Roof, Cement for repairing leaky . . . . . . . . 249 corrugated. Joining to gable mold and ridge . . . .215 Method of measuring • 36 Roofing, Batten seams for 201 metal. Flat seam . 197 Number of slates and pounds of nails in, table . . . 297 slates and tiles 223 Sliding caps smd standing seams for 200 . tiles. Sheet metal, table of weights .... . . . 2^5, 296 Roofs, Angles commonly used for, table ...... 292 Quantity of tin for, flat seam, single and double lock. . 284 Rope, working load and weight, standing seam . 284-287 Rough stuflf. Painter's putty, receipt 253 Round and square aluminum bars, table of weights . . .279 steel bars, weight and areas, table 362 base and square top. Article, pattern 61 ends, straight sides, flaring. Article, pattern .... 58 rods. Lead, copper and brass, table of weights . . . 280 tanks. Number of U. S. gallons in, table . . . 303-310 top and square base. Article, pattern 63 to rectangle furnace boot, pattern 104 zinc rods, weight per lineal foot, table 276 Rule, Ideal, for elbow patterns 88 Russian sheet iron, weight and approximate U. S. gauge. 260 Rust cement, Iron, Nos. i. 2, 3 and 4 ^45. 246 Rust-proof coating for steel 242 S S^e loads and weights of Carnegie T-shapes, table . . . 265 Safety thimbles for furiuice work, table of weights *. . . 293 S^ ammoniac, borax and zinc chloride flux 240 Scale scoop, pattern 64 Scroll, Drawing 35 Seam, Double 194 Flat, for metal roofing . I97 Digitized by CjOOQIC INDEX 34^ PACK Seam, flat. Novel procedure for, tin roofing . . . . . igS- Pittsburgh or hobo, diagram 203, Pocket, diagram 203 Reverse double 194. Single, for joining body, to bottom 194 Standing, diagram . 192^ Seamless brass tubes, weight per foot, table 282 Seams and joints for tin clad fire doors 220 Automobile 218; Circular cornice 217 Facts about 187, 188^ in duct work 203. Lap, making . . « 191 lock and groove. Making , , 192: Provisions for, on patterns i86- Riveted butt, diagram i88i. Straight cornice 216 Sector of circle. To find area of (see Circle) . . . . .10 Segment, chord and height given. To find center of arc . . 22: of circle. To find area of (see Circle) io» Semi-circle, see Circle. Shaping or truing block for bodies of oval articles . . . 70- Sheet copper, weight, table . .279? iron. Black and wire gauge, table .2561 Russian, Weight and approximate U. S. gauge of. 260- Wood's patent planished, and Russian weight gauge . 261 lead, weight and sizes, table 273; metal and wire standard gauges, table 268^ tiles, table of weights 295; tin, weight and thickness per square foot, table . . .275 zinc, thickness and weights, table 277 required for oval boiler, length 55; Sheets, Aluminum, approximate B. & S. gauge and weights 278- Stub's table of weights 276 and bars. Copper, brass and lead, table of weights . . 280- Brass and aluminum. Stub's gauges and weights . .278^ Bright tin plate, number, net weight and sizes . 271, 272 Galvanized, table of dimensions and weights . . . .273: Number required for tin roofs, table . . 7 . 284-287 of tin in flashing and gutter strips, table 291 Shingles, Cedar and pine, number and weight, table. 292, 296, 299. Sheet metal, joints and locks 21& Short rule for funnel pattern 66 Shoulder standing seam, diagram 203. Side bonnet collars for furnace work, table of weights . . 293: of regular polygon given, To find area 5 of square given, to find diameter of circle of equal area . 9* Silver solder for plated metal, formula ....... 23^ Digitized by CjOOQIC 350 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGB 'Simple spiral or scroll, Drawing 35 ^ine. see Circle. 'Single pitch skylight, design and patterns 168 ^Sizes and other facts about leaders .• 128 and weight of sheet lead, table 273 of conductor pipe, table 294 of tinware in the form of a frustum of a cone, table . . 298 Skylight, Gable, design and patterns 174 glass required for one square of roof, table .... 290 Hipped, design and patterns 180 Jack and rafter bars 177 Layout diagram of hipped 184 putty ! 250 Skylights, Expansion joint 212 Slate,- Number of pounds of nails for roofing, table . . . 297 Old English method of laying 227 roofing 225 Slates and tiles. Roofing . 223 laying. Discussion of methods of 226 Sliding cap for standing seams, diagrams 201 corner piece joint, diagram 203 Slip joints, diagram IS)6, 205 Slips, Pipe or duct work, diagrams 204 Smoke jack, "A," pattern 96 pipe, dampers, etc., table of weights 293 Softening putty 252 Solder, Best soft, for cast Britannia ware, formulas . . . 232 Coloring, to match copper work 234 Doctoring 237 for silver, White, formula 233 Gold and German silver, formula 232 Gold, formulas i and 2 . . . 233 Half and half tinsmith's, formula ....... 233 Hard, formula 233 How to judge 236 Pewterer's. formula ..." 233 Plumber's, formula 233 Silver, formulas i and 2 233 Soft gold, formula 232 Tinner's, formula 233 White and Yellow 232 Soldered lap seam 192 Soldering coppers, Method of cleaning 236 fluxes 239. 240 Solders, Black, formulas i and 2 232 for aluminum 229-231 soft. Composition and truing point of 234 Solidity or capacity of any figure. To find 14-19 digitized by CjOOQIC INDEX 351 PAGE Solids and capacities of bodies. Mensuration of • • . . 14 Span, see table 69 322 Special soldering fluid or flux 240 Specifications for tin and teme plates, table 274 Spheres . . . 13, 18 Spiral, Drawing . . . *. . . . . . ; . . .35 Spot welding, discussion 189 Square and angle miters for plain gutter 134 and round aluminum bars, table of weights . . . .279 Angle of, table 6 base and round top article, two-piece pattern .... 63 elbow patterns 76-82 How to lay out and use . 121 measure for surface, table 322 miter patterns . . * . . 148, 164 or flaring vessel. Pattern for frustum of pyramid . . . 51 tanks, Number of* U. S. gallons in, table . . . .311 To inscribe, in circle . 26 top and rectangular base, article, pattern for flaring . 54 and round base. Article, Two-piece pattern for . . 61 Standard gauge galvanized sheets, table of weights . . .273 weights and gauges of tin plate, table . . . . . .274 Standing seam, diagram '193 seams for tin roofing 200 Various types, for roofing 201 Star brand brass escutcheon pins, table 294 describing 28 Steamer cover, pattern 40 Steel bars. Round and square, table of areas and weights, . 262 joints. Solder for, formula 233 Removing rust * 242 Rust-proof coating for 242 wrought iron, copper and brass, weight of sheets, table 269, 270 Stiff ener. Half round iron, for automobiles 219 Stiffening process 195 Stoneware cement 248 Straight eaves trough tube, and opening in tube, patterns . 137 line. To divide, into equal parts 21, 24 sides and round ends flaring. Article, pattern .... 58 Strainer pail, pattern 46 Stringing number of patterns together 68, 69 Structural shapes for stiffening 195 Stub pattern, diagrams 176 Substances, Various, table of weights 329 Subtraction sign i Surface, convex. To find, of cylinder n To find, of frustum of cone or pyramid 13 To find, of right cone or pyraunid i| Digitized by CjOOQIC 352 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGB Surface, convex. To find, of sphere or globe . . • • . 14 measure method and U. S. equivalent, table .... 335 mensuration, square, rectangle, cube, etc 2 quantity in any right-lined figure 2 Square measure, table 332 Bead and ogee 196 T Table of angles for regular polygons ....... 5 Tangent, To draw, to a circle or arc 25 Tanks and cisterns. No. of barrels and gallons in . . 300-303 • rectangular. Number of U. S. gallons in, table . . .311 Tapering elbow, patterns 74 octagon article or frustum of octagonal pyramid, pattern 537 Tapped band iron joint, diagram 205 Tea kettle body. Length of piece for 67 Tee joints, patterns .96 Teme and tin plate, tables 274 plates, weight, table 274 Thickness and weight of sheet tin and zinc, tables . . . 275 Three-piece square elbow, patterns 78 Tiles and slates. Roofing 223 Clay, table of weights 295 Laying, discussion of methods ........ 223 Sheet metal, joints and locks 21ft table of weights 295 Tin clad fire doors. Joints and seams in 220 in rolls for gutter or flashing strips, table 291 pipe. Pure block, weight and caliber, table 275 plate, Bright, net weight, number and sizes of sheets 271, 272 Standard weights aftd gauges, table . . . ^. .274 Quantity, for roofs . . . '^ 284-287 roofing. Flat and double lock seam 198 standing seams 200 roofs. Soldering flux for 240 Sheet, weight and thickness per square foot, table . .275 Tinner's rivets, table of dimensions 294 solder, formula 233 Tinsmith's half and half solder, formula 233 Tinware, Flaring, describing patterns ....... 45 Ink for marking 242 Sizes of various kinds, table 298 Tops, furnace. Connecting pipes to 207 Tower, Gable molding on square, patterns 162 Transparent cement for glass 245 Tray, Scale or scoop, patterns . 64 Triangulation, Typical problem in 107 To find areas of 3, 4 Digitized by CjOOQIC INDEX 353 PAGB Triangles, Mensuration of 3 I'roughs, eaves, Opening and pattern for flaring tube . • • 140 Pattern for straight tube of 138 miters. Eaves, patterns 142 Sizes of, conductors, table 295 True angle of leader pipe elbow, pattern 126 Truing bodies of oval articles on boiler block 70 T-^hapes, Carnegie, table of safe loads and weights . • • 265 Tube pattern. Flaring for eaves trough ...... 139 for leader head 131 Straight, for eaves trough 137 stiff ener for automobiles, diagram . . . . • • .219 Tubes, iron. Cement for ^ 246 Seamless brass, weight per foot, table 282 Two-piece, Square elbow, patterns ........ 76 U Undecagon, Angle, table 6 United States and foreign weights and measures, comparison. 327 gallons, capacity of , rules and tables . . . .299-311 standard gallons. Contents of, in frustum of cone . 17 wire and black sheet iron gauge, table . . . .258 V Valleys, Open and close, in slate roofing . . . • • .227 Vessel, flaring. Describing, pattern 44 square, or frustum of pyramid, pattern 51 Three-piece pattern of circle of 9 Oval flaring. Patterns . t S7» 59 Versed sine and any chord given. To find diameter of circle . 9 Volume or cubic measure, metric and U. S. equivalent . . 325 W Wash bowls, table for tinware sizes 298 Water, add, oil, etc.. Boiling point of, table 332 t>ressure due to different heads, table . . . . . .330 Watering pot breasts, pattern 46 Waterproof and non-combustible cement paint .... 248 putties, four receipts . 253 Watertight cement for cisterns and tanks 243 Weight and caliber of pure block-tin pipe, table . . . .275 and sizes of sheet lead, table 273 Net, of bright tin plates, number and sizes of sheets .271, 272 of aluminum and approximate B. & S. sheet metal gauge. 278 of cedar and pine shingles, table 292 of flat head copper rivets, table 292 Digitized by CjOOQIC 354 THE NEW TINSMITH'S HELPER PAGE Weight of lead wire, B. & S. gauge, per lineal foot, table . 283 of liquidd per g^dlon, table 330 per foot and caliber of lead pipe, table ...... 281 per foot of seamless brass tubes, table 282 of round zinc rods per lineal foot, table . . . . .276 of sheet copper and tin, tables 375, 279 of sheets for wrought iron, steel, copper and brass, table. 269 of skylight glass, table 390 of slate for roofing, table 297 of standard gauge galvanized sheets, table . . . .273 of terne plates, table 274 of water, table . 330 tables 334, 336 working load and strength of rope, table 331 Weights and gauges, standard. Tin plate, table .... 274 and measures, Comparison foreign and U. S., table . .327 and safe loads of Carnegie T-shapes, table .... 265 and thickness of sheet zinc, table 277 of aluminum and brass sheets and Stub's gauge . . 278 of clay tiles, tables . 395 of corrugated sheets, table * . 366, 367 of hot air and smoke pipe collars, bonnets, etc., table . 293 of lead, copper and wrought pipe, rule and example . . 383 of rectangular or flat bars of copper and brass, table . .381 of roof coverings, table 396 of sheet metal tiles and shingles, table .... 395, 296 of square and round aluminum bars, table .... 279 of various substances, table 339 Wdding aluminum 329 for butt seams 188 oxy-acetylene, discussion . . 189 White solder formulas ^ 332, 333 Wire and black sheet iron gauge, table 356 and sheet metal standard gauges, table of comparison . 368 Lead, B. & S. gauge, table of weights 383 slip joint for ducts 305 Wiring methods IS>6 Wood and metals, cement for joining 347 Wood's patent planished sheet iron, weight; Russian gauge 361 equivalent Russian gauge, table 36 x Y Yellow solder for brass and copper, formulas i and 2 . . 332 Y fitting, pattern iix Z Zinc chloride, borax and sal ammoniac flux 240 y Google J Digitized byCjOOQlC A*1D7a55MaAA B89078564888A . "^^^t me*. «re and ». 'JUS substau iuminum t seams . Xylene, discussion formulas ^i sheet iron gauge, "*w^U-4»tao